docs(readme): add Plugin Directory section with descriptions for all 25 plugins

https://claude.ai/code/session_01MuGKn3a3Gbqoe8uM5Lmuqt
fix(plugins): sync all 171 plugin SKILL.md files with fixed skills/ versions
2026-06-08 13:42:10 +00:00 · 2026-06-08 13:06:21 +00:00 · 2026-06-08 13:01:36 +00:00 · 2026-06-08 12:57:05 +00:00 · 2026-06-08 12:53:18 +00:00 · 2026-06-08 12:47:41 +00:00
474 changed files with 67996 additions and 692 deletions
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/marketplace.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-claude-skills",
+  "version": "14.0.0",
+  "description": "PM stands for Professional, not just Product Management. 167 Claude Skills + 4 agent templates across 26 bundles covering 18 professions — engineering, customer success, legal, finance, HR, sales, design, Figma, marketing, social media, writers, and more. Built by a PM, used by everyone. Building blocks for the Anthropic agent template architecture.",
+  "owner": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "plugins": [
+    {
+      "name": "pm-essentials",
+      "description": "Core PM skills: PRD Template, Meeting Notes, Stakeholder Update, User Research Synthesis, Competitive Analysis, Word Doc Tracked Changes. The essentials every PM needs first.",
+      "version": "3.1.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-essentials",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-discovery",
+      "description": "Discovery & research skills: Discovery Interview Guide, Job Story Mapper, User Interview Synthesis, Assumption Mapper, Customer Journey Map. Structure user research from screener to synthesis — including end-to-end journey mapping with touchpoints, emotions, and prioritised opportunities.",
+      "version": "3.1.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-discovery",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-planning",
+      "description": "Planning & strategy skills: OKR Builder, Feature Prioritisation (RICE/MoSCoW/Kano/ICE), Roadmap Presentation, Pricing Strategy, RICE + Impact Matrix, Roadmap Narrative.",
+      "version": "3.0.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-planning",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-delivery",
+      "description": "Sprint & delivery skills: Sprint Planning, Technical Spec, A/B Test Planner, Go-to-Market Planner, Launch Checklist, Sprint Brief, Retro Analysis, PPTX Slide Auditor, User Story Writer. Write production-ready user stories with Given/When/Then acceptance criteria, edge cases, and definition of done.",
+      "version": "3.2.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-delivery",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-analytics",
+      "description": "Data & metrics skills: Data Analysis Standard, Retention Analysis, Product Health Analysis. Structure metric deep-dives, funnel analysis, cohort studies and churn investigations.",
+      "version": "3.0.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-analytics",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-strategy",
+      "description": "Strategy & stakeholder skills: Competitor Signal Tracker, Competitive Intelligence Monitor, Stakeholder Influence Mapper, Strategic Narrative Generator, Executive Update, Ambiguity Resolver.",
+      "version": "3.0.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-strategy",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-advanced",
+      "description": "Advanced PM skills: AI Product Canvas, Multi-Source Signal Synthesiser, Experiment Designer, Design Handoff Brief, AI Ethics Review. For senior PMs working on complex products — including a structured ethical review framework for AI/ML features covering fairness, transparency, privacy, safety, and accountability.",
+      "version": "3.1.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-advanced",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-rituals",
+      "description": "Weekly PM ritual skill: PM Weekly Review. A 20-minute structured ritual covering metrics, shipping progress, insights, and next week's top 3 priorities.",
+      "version": "3.0.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-rituals",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-gtm",
+      "description": "Marketing & GTM skills: Go-To-Market Planner, Content Calendar, Competitor Teardown, Email Campaign, SEO Content Brief, Media Pitch, Social Media Strategy, Product Positioning Doc. Build positioning docs, messaging frameworks, content pillars, social strategies with KPIs, launch campaigns, and journalist pitches.",
+      "version": "1.2.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-gtm",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-engineering",
+      "description": "Engineering & tech skills: Code Review Checklist, Incident Postmortem, API Docs Writer, Architecture Decision Record, Debugging Log Analyser, PR Description Writer, System Design Interview, Changelog Generator, Test Strategy Doc, Runbook Writer, CI/CD Playbook, SLO & Error Budget, Developer Onboarding Doc, On-Call Runbook, Security Threat Model, Performance Budget, Database Schema Design, Database Migration Plan, Technical Debt Register, RFC Writer, Capacity Planning, Load Testing Plan, Disaster Recovery Plan, Feature Flag Guide, Dependency Audit, Service Catalog Entry, Monitoring Setup Guide, Local Dev Setup, API Versioning Strategy, Infra-as-Code Review, Engineering Weekly Report, Tech Radar, Sprint Velocity Analysis, Microservices Decomposition, Engineering Hiring Rubric, Context Mode, Claude Superpowers. 37 structured skills for engineering teams, SREs, technical PMs, and Claude Code power users.",
+      "version": "4.1.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-engineering",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-cs",
+      "description": "Customer Success skills: Customer Health Scorecard, QBR Deck, Escalation Brief, Churn Analysis, Renewal Playbook, Customer Success Plan. Score health, build QBRs, write escalation briefs, plan renewals with commercial strategy and objection responses, and build joint success plans with milestones and mutual commitments.",
+      "version": "1.1.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-cs",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-data",
+      "description": "Data & analytics skills: Metrics Framework, SQL Query Explainer, Dashboard Brief, Chart Data Extractor, Cohort Analysis, Data Pipeline Spec. Build metric trees, explain SQL, spec dashboards, run cohort retention analysis with LTV modelling, and design ETL/ELT pipeline specifications with SLAs and data quality rules.",
+      "version": "1.2.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-data",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-people",
+      "description": "Leadership & people skills: Performance Review, Hiring Rubric, Team Offsite Planner, 360-Degree Feedback Template, Team Health Check. Write reviews, build scorecards, run Spotify-model team health assessments, and design 360 feedback surveys with structured narrative reports.",
+      "version": "1.1.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-people",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-design",
+      "description": "Design & UX skills: UX Research Plan, Design Critique, Accessibility Audit, Design System Audit. Create research plans, critique designs using JTBD and Gestalt principles, audit for WCAG 2.2 compliance, and audit design systems for component coverage, token consistency, and adoption health.",
+      "version": "1.1.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-design",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-business",
+      "description": "Business & strategy skills: Investor Update, Board Deck Narrative, Job Application. Write investor updates investors actually read, structure board presentations, and tailor CVs with ATS optimisation.",
+      "version": "1.0.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-business",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-legal",
+      "description": "Legal skills: Contract Review, NDA Analyser, Legal Brief, Compliance Checklist. Flag risks in contracts and NDAs, draft legal memos in IRAC format, and generate GDPR, SOC 2, FCA and other compliance checklists.",
+      "version": "1.1.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-legal",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-finance",
+      "description": "Finance skills: Financial Model Narrative, Budget Variance Analysis, Investor Pitch Deck, Financial Due Diligence, Tax Planning Checklist. Turn numbers into board-ready narratives, explain variances, structure pitch decks, generate DD checklists, and review year-end tax planning opportunities.",
+      "version": "1.1.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-finance",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-hr",
+      "description": "HR skills: Job Description Writer, Onboarding Plan, Employee Engagement Survey, Redundancy Consultation, Change Management Plan. Write inclusive JDs, build 30/60/90-day plans, design engagement surveys, structure redundancy processes, and manage organisational change with stakeholder analysis and adoption metrics.",
+      "version": "1.1.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-hr",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-sales",
+      "description": "Sales skills: Sales Battlecard, Discovery Call Prep, Proposal Writer, Account Plan, Sales Forecasting Model, Partnership Proposal. Build battlecards, prepare calls, write proposals, create account plans, build forecasts, and structure B2B partnership proposals with mutual value, commercial terms, and joint GTM plans.",
+      "version": "1.2.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-sales",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-operations",
+      "description": "Operations skills: Process Documentation, SOP Writer, Vendor Evaluation, Project Status Report, Workshop Facilitation Guide, Risk Register, RACI Matrix, Email Triage, Morning Intelligence. Document workflows, write SOPs, build risk registers, define RACI matrices, triage your inbox to only what needs action, and auto-generate a personalised morning news brief.",
+      "version": "1.3.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-operations",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-research",
+      "description": "Research and healthcare skills: Clinical Case Summary, Research Protocol, Patient Communication, Literature Review. Write SBAR handovers, design research protocols, draft accessible patient communications, and structure literature reviews.",
+      "version": "1.0.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-research",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-cross",
+      "description": "Cross-profession skills: Press Release, Grant Proposal, Executive Summary, Teaching Lesson Plan, Sycophancy Challenger, Last 30 Days Research, NotebookLM Connector. Get genuine push-back on your ideas (not validation), gather multi-platform research from the last 30 days, and automate NotebookLM from Claude.",
+      "version": "1.2.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-cross",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-figma",
+      "description": "Figma skills for PMs and designers: Component Audit, Design Brief, Annotation Guide, Design Review, User Flow Planner, Variant Matrix, Spacing System, Prototype Plan, Design QA, PM Design Critique. Work smarter across the full Figma design lifecycle.",
+      "version": "1.1.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-figma",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-social",
+      "description": "Social Media skills: Social Media Audit, Influencer Brief, Community Management Playbook, Social Ad Campaign, Viral Content Framework. Score your social presence, brief influencer partnerships, manage communities at scale, plan paid social campaigns with full ad copy, and build a repeatable system for shareable content.",
+      "version": "1.0.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-social",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "pm-writers",
+      "description": "Writers & Content Creators skills: Instagram Post Downloader, AEO Optimizer, Thumbnail Creator, Substack Notes Scraper, Notes Humanizer. Download Instagram carousels as PDFs, restructure articles for AI citation, generate thumbnail candidates via Gemini, export Substack Notes analytics to Excel, and strip AI writing patterns from any text.",
+      "version": "1.0.0",
+      "category": "productivity",
+      "source": "./plugins/pm-writers",
+      "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills"
+    }
+  ]
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# These are supported funding model platforms
+
+github: # Replace with up to 4 GitHub Sponsors-enabled usernames e.g., [user1, user2]
+patreon: # Replace with a single Patreon username
+open_collective: # Replace with a single Open Collective username
+ko_fi: # Replace with a single Ko-fi username
+tidelift: # Replace with a single Tidelift platform-name/package-name e.g., npm/babel
+community_bridge: # Replace with a single Community Bridge project-name e.g., cloud-foundry
+liberapay: # Replace with a single Liberapay username
+issuehunt: # Replace with a single IssueHunt username
+lfx_crowdfunding: # Replace with a single LFX Crowdfunding project-name e.g., cloud-foundry
+polar: # Replace with a single Polar username
+buy_me_a_coffee: mohit15856
+thanks_dev: # Replace with a single thanks.dev username
+custom: # Replace with up to 4 custom sponsorship URLs e.g., ['link1', 'link2']
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+---
+name: "🐛 Bug Report"
+about: "A skill isn't triggering correctly, producing wrong output, or something else is broken"
+title: "[BUG] "
+labels: ["bug"]
+assignees: ""
+---
+
+## Which skill is affected?
+
+<!-- e.g. plugins/pm-gtm/skills/go-to-market -->
+
+**Skill path:**
+
+---
+
+## What's the problem?
+
+<!-- Tick all that apply -->
+
+- [ ] Skill isn't triggering when it should
+- [ ] Skill is triggering when it shouldn't
+- [ ] Output is missing a section
+- [ ] Output format is wrong
+- [ ] Skill description is incorrect or misleading
+- [ ] Plugin isn't showing in the marketplace
+- [ ] Installation issue
+- [ ] Other: ___________
+
+---
+
+## What did you expect to happen?
+
+---
+
+## What actually happened?
+
+<!-- Paste the output or describe what went wrong -->
+
+---
+
+## How to reproduce
+
+<!-- Step by step:
+     1. Trigger phrase used: "..."
+     2. Claude Code version: ...
+     3. What happened: ... -->
+
+1.
+2.
+3.
+
+---
+
+## Environment
+
+- **Claude Code version:**
+- **OS:**
+- **Install method:** marketplace / manual / symlink
+
+---
+
+## Any additional context?
+
+<!-- Screenshots, logs, or anything else helpful -->
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+blank_issues_enabled: false
+contact_links:
+  - name: 📚 Read the article series
+    url: https://medium.com/product-powerhouse/claude-skills-the-ai-feature-thats-quietly-changing-how-product-managers-work-aad5d8d0640a
+    about: Full background on the Claude Skills Library and how to use it
+  - name: 💬 Start a Discussion
+    url: https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills/discussions
+    about: For open-ended conversations, ideas, and community skill sharing
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+---
+name: "💬 Question or Feedback"
+about: "Ask a question about using the skills, or share feedback on the library"
+title: "[QUESTION] "
+labels: ["question"]
+assignees: ""
+---
+
+## What's your question or feedback?
+
+---
+
+## Context
+
+<!-- Which skill or bundle are you asking about? Any relevant details about your setup? -->
+
+---
+
+## What have you already tried?
+
+<!-- If it's a question about getting something working — what have you attempted? -->
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+---
+name: "💡 Skill Request"
+about: "Suggest a new skill you'd like to see added to the library"
+title: "[SKILL REQUEST] "
+labels: ["skill-request"]
+assignees: ""
+---
+
+## What skill are you requesting?
+
+<!-- A short name for the skill, e.g. "Legal Contract Review" or "Sales Battlecard Builder" -->
+
+**Skill name:**
+
+---
+
+## What profession or role is this for?
+
+<!-- Who would use this skill day-to-day? -->
+
+- [ ] Product Management
+- [ ] Marketing & GTM
+- [ ] Engineering & Tech
+- [ ] Data & Analytics
+- [ ] Leadership & People
+- [ ] Design & UX
+- [ ] Business & Strategy
+- [ ] Legal
+- [ ] Finance
+- [ ] HR
+- [ ] Sales
+- [ ] Other: ___________
+
+---
+
+## What workflow does this skill solve?
+
+<!-- Describe the specific task or document this skill should produce.
+     Be as concrete as possible — what do you do today that takes too long? -->
+
+---
+
+## What should the output look like?
+
+<!-- What does a good output from this skill contain?
+     E.g. "A structured contract review with flagged clauses, risk rating, and plain English summary" -->
+
+---
+
+## Example trigger phrases
+
+<!-- How would you naturally ask Claude to use this skill?
+     E.g. "Review this contract", "Flag the key risks in this NDA" -->
+
+-
+-
+
+---
+
+## Are you willing to build this skill yourself?
+
+- [ ] Yes — I'll raise a PR with the SKILL.md
+- [ ] Maybe — I'd like guidance first
+- [ ] No — I'm suggesting it for someone else to build
+
+---
+
+## Any additional context?
+
+<!-- Links, examples, or anything else that would help someone build this skill -->
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+## What does this PR add or change?
+
+<!-- One sentence summary -->
+
+---
+
+## Type of change
+
+- [ ] New skill
+- [ ] Improvement to an existing skill
+- [ ] Bug fix (skill not triggering / wrong output)
+- [ ] Documentation update (README, CONTRIBUTING, etc.)
+- [ ] Marketplace / plugin config change
+- [ ] Other: ___________
+
+---
+
+## New skill checklist
+
+<!-- If you're adding a new skill, tick all of these before requesting review.
+     If this isn't a new skill PR, delete this section. -->
+
+**Skill file**
+- [ ] Skill is in the correct folder: `plugins/[bundle-name]/skills/[skill-name]/SKILL.md`
+- [ ] Frontmatter includes `name` and `description` fields
+- [ ] `description` clearly states when Claude should activate this skill (trigger condition)
+- [ ] `description` clearly states what the skill produces (output description)
+
+**Content quality**
+- [ ] Skill solves a real, recurring professional workflow (not a one-off task)
+- [ ] Output structure is clearly defined with sections and format
+- [ ] Required inputs are listed (what Claude should ask for if not provided)
+- [ ] Quality checks section is included
+- [ ] Example trigger phrases are included (at least 2)
+
+**Safety**
+- [ ] Skill contains no prompt injection attempts or instructions to override Claude's guidelines
+- [ ] Skill does not instruct Claude to collect, store, or transmit personal data
+- [ ] Skill does not contain hardcoded credentials, API keys, or PII
+
+**Testing**
+- [ ] I have tested this skill locally in Claude Code
+- [ ] The skill triggers correctly on the example trigger phrases
+- [ ] The output matches the structure defined in the SKILL.md
+
+---
+
+## What does this skill do?
+
+<!-- 2-3 sentences. What workflow does it solve? Who is it for? -->
+
+---
+
+## Example output
+
+<!-- Paste a real sample output from Claude when this skill was triggered, or describe what it produces.
+     This is the most useful thing you can include for review. -->
+
+---
+
+## Which bundle does this belong in?
+
+<!-- Which existing plugin bundle should this skill be added to?
+     Or are you proposing a new bundle? -->
+
+- [ ] pm-essentials
+- [ ] pm-discovery
+- [ ] pm-planning
+- [ ] pm-delivery
+- [ ] pm-analytics
+- [ ] pm-strategy
+- [ ] pm-advanced
+- [ ] pm-rituals
+- [ ] pm-gtm
+- [ ] pm-engineering
+- [ ] pm-data
+- [ ] pm-people
+- [ ] pm-design
+- [ ] pm-business
+- [ ] New bundle: ___________
+
+---
+
+## Related issue
+
+<!-- If this PR addresses a skill request issue, link it here: "Closes #123" -->
+
+---
+
+## Anything else the reviewer should know?
+
+<!-- Edge cases, limitations, or anything that might need discussion -->
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+# Code of Conduct
+
+## Our Pledge
+
+This is an open-source community built around sharing useful Claude Skills across professions. Everyone who contributes, raises issues, or participates in discussions is expected to make this a welcoming and constructive space.
+
+We pledge to make participation in this project a harassment-free experience for everyone, regardless of age, background, disability, ethnicity, gender identity, level of experience, nationality, personal appearance, race, religion, or sexual identity.
+
+## Our Standards
+
+**Behaviour that helps this community thrive:**
+- Sharing skills that solve real workflows, with honest descriptions of what they do
+- Giving constructive feedback on PRs — specific, actionable, and respectful
+- Acknowledging other contributors' work
+- Being direct about limitations or gaps in a skill without being dismissive
+- Helping newcomers get their first PR merged
+
+**Behaviour that is not acceptable:**
+- Harassment, personal attacks, or dismissive comments on contributions
+- Submitting skills that contain malicious instructions or prompt injection attempts
+- Spamming issues or PRs with low-effort or off-topic content
+- Claiming credit for someone else's skill file
+- Any form of discrimination
+
+## Scope
+
+This Code of Conduct applies to all spaces managed by this project — GitHub Issues, Pull Requests, Discussions, and any other forums linked from this repo.
+
+## Reporting
+
+If you experience or witness unacceptable behaviour, contact the maintainer directly at **mohit15856@gmail.com**. All reports will be reviewed and responded to promptly and confidentially.
+
+## Enforcement
+
+The maintainer reserves the right to remove comments, close PRs, or ban contributors who violate this Code of Conduct. Decisions will be made fairly and explained where possible.
+
+## Attribution
+
+This Code of Conduct is adapted from the [Contributor Covenant](https://www.contributor-covenant.org), version 2.1.
@@ -1,197 +1,164 @@
-# Contributing to PM Claude Skills
+# Contributing to pm-claude-skills

-Thank you for considering contributing to PM Claude Skills! This document provides guidelines for contributing.
+Thank you for wanting to contribute. This repo grows through community submissions — every profession added makes it more useful for everyone.

-## Ways to Contribute
-
-### 1. Report Bugs 🐛
-
-If you find a bug in a Skill:
-
-1. Check if the issue already exists in [Issues](https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills/issues)
-2. If not, create a new issue using the Bug Report template
-3. Include:
-   - Which Skill has the issue
-   - What you expected to happen
-   - What actually happened
-   - Steps to reproduce
-   - Your Claude version (Pro/Team/Enterprise)
-
-### 2. Request Skills 💡
-
-Have an idea for a new Skill?
-
-1. Check [existing issues](https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills/issues?q=is%3Aissue+label%3Aenhancement) to avoid duplicates
-2. Create a new issue using the Skill Request template
-3. Describe:
-   - What PM task the Skill would help with
-   - How you currently do this task
-   - Time you spend on it
-   - Example outputs
-
-### 3. Improve Documentation 📚
-
-Documentation improvements are always welcome:
-
- Fix typos or unclear instructions
- Add examples
- Improve installation guides
- Share your use cases
-
-### 4. Submit Skills 🎁
-
-Want to contribute a Skill you've created?
-
-**Requirements:**
- Skill must be PM-related
- Include complete SKILL.md with proper frontmatter
- Provide examples of outputs
- Must be tested and working
- Include documentation
-
-**Process:**
-1. Fork the repository
-2. Create a new branch: `git checkout -b skill/your-skill-name`
-3. Add your Skill to `skills/your-skill-name/`
-4. Update main README.md to list your Skill
-5. Submit a Pull Request
-
-### 5. Improve Existing Skills 🔧
-
-Found a way to make a Skill better?
-
-1. Fork the repository
-2. Make your improvements
-3. Test thoroughly
-4. Submit a Pull Request with:
-   - Clear description of changes
-   - Why the change improves the Skill
-   - Before/after examples if applicable
-
-## Skill Contribution Guidelines
-
-### Structure
-
-Every Skill must follow this structure:
-
-```
-skill-name/
-├── SKILL.md (required)
-└── [other resources as needed]
-```
-
-### SKILL.md Format
-
-```markdown
---
-name: skill-name
-description: Clear description of what the skill does and when to use it. This is critical - Claude uses this to decide when to trigger the skill.
 ---

-# Skill Name
+## What We're Looking For

-[Detailed instructions for using the skill]
+Good skills have three things in common:

-## Structure/Template
+1. **They solve a recurring workflow** — not a one-off task. If you do this thing more than once a week and it follows a consistent structure, it's probably a good skill candidate.
+2. **They have a clear trigger** — Claude needs to know when to activate the skill. The `description` in your frontmatter is what Claude reads to decide if your skill is relevant. Make it specific.
+3. **They produce structured, useful output** — the output should be something you'd actually use at work, not a generic response.

-[The format/structure the skill should follow]
+---

-## Guidelines
+## How to Submit a Skill

-[Best practices and tips]
+### Step 1: Fork the repo

-## Examples
+Click **Fork** in the top right of the GitHub repo. This creates your own copy.

-[Example outputs]
-```
+### Step 2: Clone your fork

-### Quality Standards
+git clone https://github.com/YOUR_USERNAME/pm-claude-skills.git
+cd pm-claude-skills

-Skills should:
- ✅ Be well-documented and clear
- ✅ Include concrete examples
- ✅ Follow PM best practices
- ✅ Save meaningful time (not trivial tasks)
- ✅ Be tested and working
- ✅ Be general enough for others to use
- ❌ Not include proprietary company information
- ❌ Not require external tools (unless clearly documented)

-## Pull Request Process
+### Step 3: Create your skill folder

-1. **Fork & Branch**
-   ```bash
-   git clone https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills.git
-   cd pm-claude-skills
-   git checkout -b feature/your-feature-name
-   ```
+Skills live in the `skills/` directory. Create a folder named after your skill using lowercase and hyphens:

-2. **Make Changes**
-   - Follow existing code style
-   - Update documentation
-   - Add examples
+mkdir skills/your-skill-name

-3. **Test**
-   - Test the Skill in Claude
-   - Verify it works as expected
-   - Check for edge cases

-4. **Commit**
-   ```bash
-   git add .
-   git commit -m "Add: Brief description of changes"
-   ```
+**Naming rules:**
+- Lowercase only
+- Hyphens between words (no underscores, no spaces)
+- Descriptive but concise: `legal-contract-review` not `skill-for-reviewing-legal-contracts`

-5. **Push & Create PR**
-   ```bash
-   git push origin feature/your-feature-name
-   ```
-   Then create a Pull Request on GitHub
+### Step 4: Create your SKILL.md

-6. **PR Description Should Include:**
-   - What changes you made
-   - Why you made them
-   - How to test them
-   - Screenshots/examples (if applicable)
+Every skill needs exactly one file: `SKILL.md` (uppercase, `.md` extension).

-## Code of Conduct
+**Minimum required structure:**

-### Our Standards
+---
+name: your-skill-name
+description: "One sentence. Use when [trigger condition]. Produces [output description]."
+---

- Be respectful and inclusive
- Welcome newcomers
- Accept constructive criticism
- Focus on what's best for the community
- Show empathy towards others
+# Skill Title

-### Unacceptable Behavior
+[Your skill instructions here]

- Harassment or discriminatory language
- Trolling or insulting comments
- Personal or political attacks
- Publishing private information
- Unprofessional conduct

-### Enforcement
+**The description field is the most important part.** It's what Claude reads (~100 tokens) to decide if your skill is relevant. Write it like this:

-Violations may result in:
-1. Warning
-2. Temporary ban
-3. Permanent ban
+✅ Good: `"Write structured incident postmortems. Use when asked for a postmortem, RCA, incident report, or P1/P2 review. Produces a blameless postmortem with timeline, root cause, impact, and action items."`

-Report violations to: [mohit15856@gmail.com]
+❌ Too vague: `"Helps with incident reports."`
+
+**Full recommended structure for a quality skill:**
+
+---
+name: your-skill-name
+description: "..."
+---
+
+# Skill Title
+
+Brief description of what this skill does.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+What Claude should ask for if the user doesn't provide it.
+
+## Output Structure
+
+The exact format and sections Claude should produce.
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+A checklist Claude runs before delivering output.
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Example phrase that would activate this skill"
+- "Another example"
+
+
+### Step 5: Test your skill locally
+
+Before submitting:
+
+1. Copy your skill folder to `~/.claude/skills/`
+2. Open Claude Code
+3. Try your example trigger phrases
+4. Verify the output matches what your SKILL.md describes
+5. Adjust and refine until it's working well
+
+### Step 6: Commit and push
+
+git add skills/your-skill-name/SKILL.md
+git commit -m "feat: add [skill-name] skill for [profession/use case]"
+git push origin main
+
+
+### Step 7: Open a Pull Request
+
+Go to your fork on GitHub and click **"Compare & pull request"**.
+
+In your PR description, include:
+- **What the skill does** (1–2 sentences)
+- **Who it's for** (profession or role)
+- **Why you built it** (what workflow pain does it solve?)
+- **Example output** (paste a sample or screenshot — helps with review)
+
+---
+
+## Review Process
+
+- PRs are reviewed weekly (usually Fridays)
+- Feedback will be left as PR comments — usually requesting a description improvement or output structure refinement
+- Once approved, your skill is merged and added to the README
+- Your GitHub handle is added to the Contributors section
+
+---
+
+## What Gets Rejected
+
+- Skills with vague descriptions that would trigger on too many unrelated tasks
+- Skills that just wrap a single simple prompt (a skill should have structure and logic)
+- Duplicate skills — check the existing skills list before submitting
+- Skills that require external API keys or services not everyone has access to (unless clearly documented)
+
+---
+
+## Skills Wishlist
+
+These have been requested but not yet built. Pick one up if you have the expertise:
+
+| Skill | Use case |
+|---|---|
+| `legal-contract-review` | Flag key clauses and risks in contracts |
+| `financial-model-narrative` | Turn spreadsheet outputs into board-ready narrative |
+| `hr-job-description` | Write inclusive, structured JDs from a role brief |
+| `onboarding-plan` | 30/60/90-day plan for new hires |
+| `press-release` | Structured press releases from product announcements |
+| `seo-content-brief` | Content briefs with keyword strategy and outline |
+| `grant-proposal` | Structure grant applications for nonprofits and researchers |
+| `sales-battlecard` | Competitive battlecards for sales teams |
+
+Suggest a new skill: [Open an issue](../../issues/new) with the label `skill-request`.
+
+---

 ## Questions?

- 💬 Start a [Discussion](https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills/discussions)
- ✉️ Email: [mohit15856@gmail.com]
- 🐦 Twitter: [@yourhandle]
+Open a [Discussion](../../discussions) or raise an [Issue](../../issues). Happy to help you get a skill PR-ready.

-## Recognition
+---

-Contributors will be:
- Listed in the project README
- Credited in the Skill they contributed
- Mentioned in release notes
-
-Thank you for contributing! 🙏
+*Thank you for contributing. Every skill added here saves someone an hour they'd rather spend on something else.*
@@ -40,10 +40,9 @@ Get your first PM Skill working in 5 minutes.

 Start a new conversation and try:

-```
 Help me write a PRD for a mobile app feature 
 that lets users save articles for later reading
-```
+

 Claude should automatically use the PRD Template Skill and create a structured PRD.

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+# Security Policy
+
+## Overview
+
+This repository contains Claude Skill files — plain markdown instruction files that teach Claude how to perform professional tasks. There are no backend services, APIs, authentication systems, or databases in this repo.
+
+That said, security matters here in two specific ways: **skill file safety** and **prompt injection risks**.
+
+## Supported Versions
+
+| Version | Supported |
+|---|---|
+| v4.0.0 (latest) | ✅ Active |
+| v3.0.0 | ✅ Security fixes only |
+| < v3.0.0 | ❌ No longer supported |
+
+## Skill File Safety
+
+All skills in this repo are reviewed before merging to ensure they:
+
+- Do not contain instructions designed to manipulate Claude into ignoring its guidelines
+- Do not attempt prompt injection (e.g. hidden instructions to override system behaviour)
+- Do not instruct Claude to request, store, or transmit personal or sensitive data
+- Do not contain malicious commands disguised as skill instructions
+- Do not include hardcoded credentials, API keys, or personally identifiable information
+
+**If you are installing skills from this repo:** skills are plain text markdown files. They do not execute code, make network requests, or access your file system on their own. Review any skill file before installing if you have concerns.
+
+## Reporting a Vulnerability
+
+If you discover a skill file in this repo that contains malicious instructions, a prompt injection attempt, or any content that could cause harm to users of Claude Code, please report it **privately** before raising a public issue.
+
+**How to report:**
+
+Email: **mohit15856@gmail.com**
+Subject line: `[SECURITY] pm-claude-skills — <brief description>`
+
+Include:
+- The skill file path (e.g. `plugins/pm-gtm/skills/go-to-market/SKILL.md`)
+- A description of the issue
+- Why you believe it is a security concern
+
+**Response time:** You will receive an acknowledgement within 48 hours and a resolution or update within 7 days.
+
+Please do not open a public GitHub Issue for security vulnerabilities — use the email above. Public disclosure before a fix is in place puts other users at risk.
+
+## Community Contributions
+
+All pull requests adding new skill files are reviewed for the safety criteria listed above before merging. If you are submitting a skill, ensure it:
+
+- Only contains instructions relevant to the stated professional workflow
+- Does not include any attempt to override Claude's built-in guidelines
+- Does not ask Claude to collect or relay user data
+
+See [CONTRIBUTING.md](CONTRIBUTING.md) for full contribution guidelines.
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+# Skill Requests — Community Voting Board
+
+Have an idea for a skill? Add it here or upvote existing requests by leaving a 👍 reaction on the issue.
+
+---
+
+## How to Request a Skill
+
+1. [Open an issue](https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills/issues/new) with the label `skill-request`
+2. Include:
+   - **Skill name** (what you'd call it)
+   - **Profession** (who uses this)
+   - **Trigger** (when would you invoke it — e.g. "when I need to write X")
+   - **Output** (what should Claude produce)
+3. Drop a 👍 on existing requests you'd use — most-voted get built first
+
+---
+
+## Milestone Unlocks
+
+Stars drive the roadmap. Here's what's queued:
+
+| Milestone | Unlocks |
+|---|---|
+| ✅ 100 ⭐ | 10 Figma skills + quality rebuild across all skills (v6.0.0) |
+| 🔒 250 ⭐ | 10 Customer Success skills (health scorecard, QBR deck, escalation brief, churn analysis) |
+| 🔒 500 ⭐ | 25 more Engineering skills (CI/CD playbooks, debugging deep-dives, onboarding docs, SLO templates) |
+| 🔒 1000 ⭐ | Full Startup Founder kit (fundraising memo, pitch critique, co-founder agreement framework) |
+
+**[Star this repo →](https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills)**
+
+---
+
+## Requested Skills (Open)
+
+Add a request by opening an issue — these are current top asks from the community:
+
+| Skill | Profession | Requested By | Votes |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| `customer-health-scorecard` | Customer Success | [@mohitagw15856](https://github.com/mohitagw15856) | — |
+| `qbr-deck-writer` | Customer Success | [@mohitagw15856](https://github.com/mohitagw15856) | — |
+| `escalation-brief` | Customer Success | [@mohitagw15856](https://github.com/mohitagw15856) | — |
+| `fundraising-memo` | Startup / Founder | [@mohitagw15856](https://github.com/mohitagw15856) | — |
+| `youtube-script-writer` | Content Creator | [@mohitagw15856](https://github.com/mohitagw15856) | — |
+| `newsletter-issue-writer` | Content Creator | [@mohitagw15856](https://github.com/mohitagw15856) | — |
+| `analytics-event-taxonomy` | Data / Analytics | [@mohitagw15856](https://github.com/mohitagw15856) | — |
+| `kpi-tree-builder` | Data / Analytics | [@mohitagw15856](https://github.com/mohitagw15856) | — |
+| `dissertation-chapter-planner` | Academic | [@mohitagw15856](https://github.com/mohitagw15856) | — |
+| `board-minutes` | Governance | Community | — |
+
+> **To vote:** React with 👍 on the linked issue. To add a new request, open an issue with label `skill-request`.
+
+---
+
+## Recently Shipped
+
+| Version | Skills Added |
+|---|---|
+| v7.0.0 | Debugging Log Analyser, PR Description Writer, System Design Interview, Changelog Generator, Test Strategy Doc, Runbook Writer |
+| v6.0.0 | Teaching Lesson Plan, SEO Content Brief, Media Pitch, Change Management Plan, Workshop Facilitation Guide, Sales Forecasting Model, Tax Planning Checklist |
+| v5.0.0 | 10 Figma skills |
+
+---
+
+*Maintained by [Mohit Aggarwal](https://github.com/mohitagw15856)*
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+# Examples: pm-figma Skills
+
+## What this bundle does
+10 Figma skills covering the full design lifecycle for product managers and designers — from planning what to design, through building components and prototypes, to QA before handoff.
+
+---
+
+## figma-component-audit
+
+### Example 1 — Messy legacy library
+
+**You say:**
+> "Audit our Figma component library. We have buttons, inputs, cards, modals, and navigation components but the naming is all over the place and developers keep asking for states we haven't designed."
+
+**Claude produces:**
+
+**Audit Summary**
+
+| Dimension | Status | Score |
+|---|---|---|
+| Naming consistency | 🔴 Poor | 3/10 |
+| Component coverage | 🟡 Partial | 6/10 |
+| Variant completeness | 🔴 Poor | 4/10 |
+| Overall health | 🟡 Partial | 5/10 |
+
+**Issue: Mixed capitalisation conventions**
+- What's happening: `button-primary`, `Button/Primary`, `btn_primary` all exist in the same library
+- Fix: Adopt PascalCase for components (`Button`), lowercase slash-separated for variants (`type/primary`, `size/large`, `state/default`)
+- Before: `btn_primary_large_hover` → After: `Button` with variants `type/primary`, `size/large`, `state/hover`
+
+**Missing states developers are asking for:**
+| Component | Missing | Priority |
+|---|---|---|
+| Button | Active/pressed state | 🔴 High |
+| Input | Error state with helper text | 🔴 High |
+| Card | Skeleton loading state | 🟡 Medium |
+
+---
+
+## figma-design-brief
+
+### Example 1 — PRD to design brief
+
+**You say:**
+> "Write a design brief for our new notification preferences feature. Users need to control which emails and push notifications they receive. Platform is iOS and Android. We need design ready in 2 weeks."
+
+**Claude produces:**
+
+**Feature:** Notification Preferences
+**Platform:** iOS + Android | **Design due:** [2 weeks from today] | **Dev handoff:** [3 weeks]
+
+**The goal:** Users can control their notification preferences without contacting support.
+
+**Success looks like:** >80% of users who visit settings can update their preferences without a support ticket.
+
+**Flows to design:**
+1. Entry from Settings > Notifications
+2. Toggle individual notification types on/off
+3. Save preferences with confirmation
+4. Error state if save fails
+
+**Missing from current brief — open questions:**
+- [ ] Are email and push controlled separately or together? (PM to confirm)
+- [ ] What's the default state for new users? (PM to confirm)
+
+---
+
+## figma-design-qa
+
+### Example 1 — Pre-handoff check
+
+**You say:**
+> "QA the checkout flow design before we hand it off to engineering. Web, using our custom design system, standard 30-minute QA."
+
+**Claude produces:**
+
+**Design QA Report: Checkout Flow**
+**Overall status:** 🟡 Minor fixes needed
+
+**Section 1: File Hygiene**
+- All layers named semantically ✅
+- No unused layers ✅
+- Components from library ❌ — Order summary card is a detached copy
+- Text uses text styles ✅
+- Colours use variables ❌ — Button label in step 3 uses hardcoded #FFFFFF instead of `color.text.on-primary`
+
+**Issues Found:**
+- **Detached card component — 🟡 Fix before handoff**
+  - What: Order summary card (frame "Step 2 / Summary") is not linked to library
+  - Fix: Re-attach to `Card/Summary` library component
+  - Owner: Designer
+
+---
+
+## figma-design-critique-pm
+
+### Example 1 — PM reviewing a dashboard design
+
+**You say:**
+> "Give me a PM critique of our new analytics dashboard design. User goal is to understand their campaign performance at a glance. Business goal is to reduce support tickets about 'why are my numbers down'."
+
+**Claude produces:**
+
+**PM Critique Summary**
+Verdict: 🟡 Mostly on track with one significant gap
+
+"The design successfully surfaces the top-line metrics above the fold and the date range selector is prominent. However, the design currently shows no contextual explanation for metric changes — a user whose conversions dropped 40% last week will still need to contact support because there's nothing in the design helping them understand why."
+
+**Goal Alignment Check:**
+| Goal | Status | Evidence |
+|---|---|---|
+| Understand performance at a glance | ✅ Yes | Top 4 KPIs are above fold, well-contrasted |
+| Reduce "why are my numbers down" tickets | 🟡 Partial | Metrics shown but no context or anomaly explanation |
+
+**PM Feedback:**
+**Missing: Metric change context — 🔴 High impact**
+- Observation: Metric cards show current value and % change vs prior period but no explanation of what drove the change
+- User impact: A user seeing -40% conversions still has no information to act on without contacting support
+- Business impact: Does not address the core support ticket driver — the "why"
+- Evidence basis: Hypothesis (we should validate with support ticket analysis)
+- Question for designer: Is there data available to surface top contributing factors? Even "top declining campaign" would help.
+
+---
+
+## Tips for best results
+
+- For `figma-design-brief`: paste the actual PRD snippet or ticket — the more specific the requirement, the more useful the brief
+- For `figma-design-qa`: describe the platform and design system explicitly — the checklist adapts to iOS vs Android vs Web
+- For `figma-design-critique-pm`: always state the business metric — without it, feedback stays generic
+- For `figma-variant-matrix`: name the component exactly as it will appear in Figma — Claude uses this for layer naming recommendations
+- For `figma-user-flow-planner`: state the starting point and user type — these determine which edge cases are most likely
+
+## Related skills
+- `design-critique` — General UX critique using Gestalt and Nielsen heuristics (pm-design bundle)
+- `ux-research-plan` — Full research plan for user testing (pm-design bundle)
+- `figma-prototype-plan` — Plan what to prototype before building it (this bundle)
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+# =============================================================================
+# create-plugin-json-pm-figma.sh
+# Run from the ROOT of your pm-claude-skills repo.
+# Creates the .claude-plugin/plugin.json for the pm-figma bundle.
+# =============================================================================
+
+set -e
+
+if [ ! -d "$(pwd)/plugins" ]; then
+  echo "ERROR: Run from the root of pm-claude-skills"
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+mkdir -p plugins/pm-figma/.claude-plugin
+
+cat > plugins/pm-figma/.claude-plugin/plugin.json << 'EOF'
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-figma",
+  "version": "1.0.0",
+  "description": "Figma skills for product managers and designers: Component Audit, Design Brief, Annotation Guide, Design Review, User Flow Planner, Variant Matrix, Spacing System, Prototype Plan, Design QA, PM Design Critique. Work smarter in Figma across the full design lifecycle.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["figma", "design", "product-management", "design-system", "components", "prototype", "handoff", "ux"]
+}
+EOF
+
+echo "✓ plugins/pm-figma/.claude-plugin/plugin.json created"
+echo ""
+echo "Next: run setup-pm-figma.sh then update-marketplace.sh"
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+# =============================================================================
+# create-plugin-jsons.sh
+# Run this from the ROOT of your pm-claude-skills repo.
+# Creates .claude-plugin/plugin.json inside each of the 6 new plugin folders.
+# Your skills/ subfolders are already in place — this just adds the missing
+# plugin.json files.
+# =============================================================================
+
+set -e
+
+REPO_ROOT="$(pwd)"
+
+echo "================================================"
+echo " pm-claude-skills — Creating plugin.json files"
+echo " Running from: $REPO_ROOT"
+echo "================================================"
+echo ""
+
+# Sanity check — make sure we're in the right place
+if [ ! -d "$REPO_ROOT/pm-gtm" ] || [ ! -d "$REPO_ROOT/pm-engineering" ]; then
+  echo "ERROR: Cannot find pm-gtm or pm-engineering folders."
+  echo "Make sure you are running this from the ROOT of your pm-claude-skills repo."
+  echo "Example: cd ~/pm-claude-skills && bash create-plugin-jsons.sh"
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+# BUNDLE 1: pm-gtm
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+echo "Creating pm-gtm/.claude-plugin/plugin.json..."
+mkdir -p pm-gtm/.claude-plugin
+cat > pm-gtm/.claude-plugin/plugin.json << 'EOF'
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-gtm",
+  "version": "1.0.0",
+  "description": "Marketing & GTM skills: Go-To-Market Planner, Content Calendar, Competitor Teardown, Email Campaign. Build positioning statements, messaging pillars, feature lists, use cases, and launch campaigns.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["product-management", "marketing", "gtm", "positioning", "content-calendar", "competitor-analysis", "email-campaign"]
+}
+EOF
+echo "  ✓ pm-gtm/.claude-plugin/plugin.json created"
+
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+# BUNDLE 2: pm-engineering
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+echo "Creating pm-engineering/.claude-plugin/plugin.json..."
+mkdir -p pm-engineering/.claude-plugin
+cat > pm-engineering/.claude-plugin/plugin.json << 'EOF'
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-engineering",
+  "version": "1.0.0",
+  "description": "Engineering & tech skills: Code Review Checklist, Incident Postmortem, API Docs Writer, Architecture Decision Record. Structured outputs for engineering teams and technical PMs.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["product-management", "engineering", "code-review", "incident-postmortem", "api-documentation", "adr", "architecture"]
+}
+EOF
+echo "  ✓ pm-engineering/.claude-plugin/plugin.json created"
+
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+# BUNDLE 3: pm-data
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+echo "Creating pm-data/.claude-plugin/plugin.json..."
+mkdir -p pm-data/.claude-plugin
+cat > pm-data/.claude-plugin/plugin.json << 'EOF'
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-data",
+  "version": "1.0.0",
+  "description": "Data & analytics skills: Metrics Framework, SQL Query Explainer, Dashboard Brief. Build North Star metric trees, explain and optimise SQL, and spec dashboards from business questions.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["product-management", "data", "analytics", "metrics", "north-star", "sql", "dashboard", "kpi"]
+}
+EOF
+echo "  ✓ pm-data/.claude-plugin/plugin.json created"
+
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+# BUNDLE 4: pm-people
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+echo "Creating pm-people/.claude-plugin/plugin.json..."
+mkdir -p pm-people/.claude-plugin
+cat > pm-people/.claude-plugin/plugin.json << 'EOF'
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-people",
+  "version": "1.0.0",
+  "description": "Leadership & people skills: Performance Review, Hiring Rubric, Team Offsite Planner. Write structured reviews, build interview scorecards, and plan offsites from goals to minute-by-minute agenda.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["product-management", "leadership", "management", "performance-review", "hiring", "interview", "offsite", "people"]
+}
+EOF
+echo "  ✓ pm-people/.claude-plugin/plugin.json created"
+
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+# BUNDLE 5: pm-design
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+echo "Creating pm-design/.claude-plugin/plugin.json..."
+mkdir -p pm-design/.claude-plugin
+cat > pm-design/.claude-plugin/plugin.json << 'EOF'
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-design",
+  "version": "1.0.0",
+  "description": "Design & UX skills: UX Research Plan, Design Critique, Accessibility Audit. Create research plans with discussion guides, critique designs using JTBD and Gestalt principles, and audit for WCAG 2.2 compliance.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["product-management", "design", "ux", "user-research", "accessibility", "wcag", "usability", "design-critique"]
+}
+EOF
+echo "  ✓ pm-design/.claude-plugin/plugin.json created"
+
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+# BUNDLE 6: pm-business
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+echo "Creating pm-business/.claude-plugin/plugin.json..."
+mkdir -p pm-business/.claude-plugin
+cat > pm-business/.claude-plugin/plugin.json << 'EOF'
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-business",
+  "version": "1.0.0",
+  "description": "Business & strategy skills: Investor Update, Board Deck Narrative, Job Application. Write investor updates investors actually read, structure board presentations, and tailor CVs and cover letters with ATS optimisation.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["product-management", "business", "strategy", "investor-update", "board-deck", "startup", "career", "job-application"]
+}
+EOF
+echo "  ✓ pm-business/.claude-plugin/plugin.json created"
+
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+# DONE
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+echo ""
+echo "================================================"
+echo " All 6 plugin.json files created successfully!"
+echo ""
+echo "  pm-gtm/.claude-plugin/plugin.json"
+echo "  pm-engineering/.claude-plugin/plugin.json"
+echo "  pm-data/.claude-plugin/plugin.json"
+echo "  pm-people/.claude-plugin/plugin.json"
+echo "  pm-design/.claude-plugin/plugin.json"
+echo "  pm-business/.claude-plugin/plugin.json"
+echo ""
+echo " Next steps:"
+echo "  1. bash add-plugin-json.sh   (update marketplace.json)"
+echo "  2. git add ."
+echo "  3. git commit -m 'feat: add 6 new plugin bundles (pm-gtm, pm-engineering, pm-data, pm-people, pm-design, pm-business)'"
+echo "  4. git push origin main"
+echo "================================================"
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-advanced",
+  "version": "3.0.0",
+  "description": "Advanced PM skills: AI Product Canvas, Multi-Source Signal Synthesiser, Experiment Designer, Design Handoff Brief. For senior PMs working on complex or AI-powered products.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["product-management", "ai-product", "experiment-design", "design-handoff", "signal-synthesis"]
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+---
+name: ai-ethics-review
+description: "Conduct a structured ethical review of an AI or ML feature, model, or product. Use when preparing to deploy an AI system, assessing algorithmic risk, auditing a model for bias, or producing a responsible AI impact assessment. Produces a structured ethics review covering fairness, transparency, privacy, safety, accountability, and societal impact with a risk tier score, pre-deployment checklist, and prioritised mitigations."
+---
+
+# AI Ethics Review Skill
+
+This skill produces a structured ethical review of an AI or machine learning feature, model, or product. Output covers fairness, transparency, privacy, safety, accountability, and societal impact — with risk scoring, prioritised mitigations, and a checklist suitable for governance review or responsible AI documentation.
+
+> ⚠️ This skill provides a structured framework for identifying and documenting ethical risks. It is not a substitute for legal advice, regulated algorithmic impact assessments, or specialist ethics review required in specific jurisdictions (e.g. EU AI Act, UK AI regulation).
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Feature or model name** and what it does
+- **Who it affects** — which users or people does the AI interact with, make decisions about, or collect data from?
+- **What decisions or outputs it produces** — recommendations, predictions, classifications, generation, automation?
+- **Consequentiality** — how significant are the AI's decisions? (low-stakes suggestions vs decisions that affect employment, credit, health, safety, etc.)
+- **Data used** — what training data, user data, or third-party data is used?
+- **Human oversight** — is there a human in the loop, and at what stage?
+- **Deployment context** — who will use this and how? (internal tool / consumer-facing / automated pipeline)
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+# AI Ethics Review: [Feature / Model Name]
+
+**Product / system:** [Name and brief description]
+**Review type:** [Pre-deployment review / Post-deployment audit / Change review]
+**Risk tier:** [High / Medium / Low — based on consequentiality, scale, and affected population]
+**Reviewer:** [Name / Team]
+**Date:** [Date]
+**Status:** [Draft / Approved / Requires escalation]
+
+---
+
+## 1. Feature Summary
+
+| | |
+|---|---|
+| **What it does** | [1–2 sentences — plain English description of the AI feature and its purpose] |
+| **Who uses it** | [End users / internal teams / automated system] |
+| **Who is affected by its outputs** | [May be different from who uses it — e.g. an AI hiring tool is used by HR but affects candidates] |
+| **Output type** | [Recommendation / Classification / Prediction / Generation / Automation / Scoring] |
+| **Scale** | [How many people affected per day/month?] |
+| **Consequentiality** | [High: affects access to services, employment, credit, health, safety / Medium: influences decisions / Low: suggestions with easy override] |
+| **Human oversight level** | [Full automation / Human review before action / Human can override after action / Advisory only] |
+
+---
+
+## 2. Risk Tier Assessment
+
+| Factor | Score (1–3) | Rationale |
+|---|---|---|
+| **Consequentiality** (impact on individuals) | [1=low, 3=high] | [e.g. 3 — model output influences hiring decisions] |
+| **Scale** (number of people affected) | [1=few, 3=many] | [e.g. 2 — internal tool used for ~500 candidates/year] |
+| **Reversibility** (can harm be undone?) | [1=reversible, 3=irreversible] | [e.g. 2 — unfair rejection can be appealed but may not be caught] |
+| **Vulnerability of affected group** | [1=general population, 3=protected or vulnerable group] | [e.g. 2 — includes protected characteristics in the decision context] |
+| **Transparency** (do affected people know?) | [1=informed, 3=opaque] | [e.g. 3 — candidates are not told AI is used in screening] |
+
+**Composite risk tier:** [High (12–15) / Medium (7–11) / Low (3–6)]
+
+**Risk tier implications:**
+- **High:** Mandatory senior ethics review, DPA/DPIA required, human-in-loop for all consequential decisions, ongoing monitoring required
+- **Medium:** Ethics review recommended, document mitigations, quarterly monitoring
+- **Low:** Standard review, document assumptions, annual review
+
+---
+
+## 3. Fairness & Bias
+
+*Does the AI treat people equitably across groups?*
+
+**Protected characteristics relevant to this feature:**
+[List applicable protected characteristics — age, gender, race/ethnicity, disability, religion, national origin, etc.]
+
+| Risk | Analysis | Mitigation |
+|---|---|---|
+| **Training data bias** | [Does the training data reflect historical discrimination? e.g. hiring data that reflects past biases in who was hired] | [Audit training data for demographic representation / use debiasing techniques / document data lineage] |
+| **Proxy discrimination** | [Could the model use a proxy for a protected characteristic? e.g. using postcode as a proxy for race] | [Identify proxy features / test for disparate impact using adversarial debiasing] |
+| **Differential performance** | [Does the model perform differently across demographic groups? — e.g. lower accuracy for underrepresented groups] | [Disaggregate performance metrics by group / set minimum performance thresholds per group] |
+| **Feedback loops** | [Does the model's output reinforce existing disparities? e.g. recommending content that keeps disadvantaged groups in lower-engagement patterns] | [Monitor outcome distributions over time / implement feedback loop detection] |
+
+**Fairness evaluation method:** [What method will be used to measure fairness — statistical parity / equalised odds / individual fairness? Who is responsible for running it and how often?]
+
+---
+
+## 4. Transparency & Explainability
+
+*Can affected people understand how the AI makes decisions?*
+
+| Dimension | Current state | Required state | Gap |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| **User disclosure** | [Are users told they're interacting with AI?] | [Yes — required for trust and regulation] | [e.g. No disclosure on current UI] |
+| **Decision explanation** | [Can the system explain why it reached a conclusion?] | [For high-stakes decisions: yes] | [e.g. Black-box model — no feature attribution available] |
+| **Right to know** | [Can affected people ask how a decision was made?] | [Yes — required under GDPR Art. 22 for automated decisions] | [e.g. No process exists] |
+| **Confidence calibration** | [Does the model express appropriate uncertainty?] | [Yes — overconfident models cause over-reliance] | [e.g. Model outputs binary label without confidence score] |
+
+**Explainability approach:** [LIME / SHAP / rule-based surrogate / LLM-generated rationale / none — and why]
+
+---
+
+## 5. Privacy & Data
+
+*Is personal data used responsibly and lawfully?*
+
+| Risk | Analysis | Mitigation |
+|---|---|---|
+| **Data minimisation** | [Does the model use more personal data than necessary?] | [Audit input features — remove any that don't improve performance and involve unnecessary data collection] |
+| **Data retention** | [How long is personal data retained for training and inference?] | [Define retention policy aligned to GDPR / CCPA / sector requirements] |
+| **Re-identification risk** | [Could model outputs or training data be used to identify individuals?] | [Differential privacy / k-anonymity / output rate limiting] |
+| **Third-party data** | [Is data from third parties used? Is it licensed for this use?] | [Audit data licensing / get legal sign-off on each third-party source] |
+| **Cross-border data transfer** | [Is personal data transferred across jurisdictions?] | [Legal review — Standard Contractual Clauses or equivalent] |
+
+**DPIA required?** [Yes / No / Uncertain — for High tier or whenever processing is likely to result in high risk to individuals under GDPR Art. 35]
+
+---
+
+## 6. Safety & Reliability
+
+*What happens when the AI gets it wrong?*
+
+| Failure mode | Likelihood | Impact | Mitigation |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| **False positives** | [H/M/L] | [e.g. Flagging a legitimate transaction as fraud — customer locked out] | [Set threshold conservatively; human review for edge cases] |
+| **False negatives** | [H/M/L] | [e.g. Missing a real fraud case — financial loss] | [Monitor false negative rate; set minimum recall threshold] |
+| **Out-of-distribution inputs** | [H/M/L] | [Model behaves unpredictably on inputs outside training distribution] | [Input validation; confidence thresholding — route uncertain inputs to human review] |
+| **Model degradation** | [M] | [Performance degrades as data distributions shift post-deployment] | [Scheduled performance monitoring; drift detection alerts] |
+| **Adversarial inputs** | [L/M] | [Deliberate manipulation of inputs to game the model] | [Adversarial testing; rate limiting; anomaly detection on inputs] |
+| **Single point of failure** | [L/M] | [Model outage causes downstream system failure] | [Graceful degradation — define fallback behaviour when model is unavailable] |
+
+**Fallback behaviour:** [What happens if the AI is unavailable or returns low-confidence output? — e.g. route to human review / use rule-based fallback / block the action]
+
+---
+
+## 7. Accountability & Governance
+
+*Who is responsible when things go wrong?*
+
+| Question | Answer |
+|---|---|
+| **Who owns this AI feature?** | [Team or individual with end-to-end accountability] |
+| **Who approved deployment?** | [Name and role — must be documented] |
+| **Who is responsible for ongoing monitoring?** | [Team and cadence] |
+| **Who can shut it down?** | [Who has kill-switch authority and under what conditions?] |
+| **How are incidents reported?** | [Internal escalation path + external disclosure process if required] |
+| **Is this subject to regulation?** | [EU AI Act / UK AI regulation / sector-specific rules — FINRA, FDA, FCA, etc.] |
+
+**Incident response plan:** [Link to or describe what happens if the model causes harm — detection, escalation, remediation, disclosure]
+
+---
+
+## 8. Societal Impact
+
+*Beyond individual users — what are the broader effects?*
+
+| Impact area | Risk | Mitigation |
+|---|---|---|
+| **Labour displacement** | [Does this AI automate tasks that currently employ people?] | [Transition plan / human-AI collaboration framing / skills retraining commitment] |
+| **Environmental impact** | [What is the carbon cost of training and inference?] | [Measure and offset; prefer efficient architectures; use renewable-energy infrastructure where possible] |
+| **Power concentration** | [Does this AI give the deploying organisation disproportionate power over individuals?] | [Ensure right to opt out; avoid lock-in; consider open alternatives] |
+| **Information ecosystem** | [Could this AI contribute to misinformation, filter bubbles, or manipulation?] | [Provenance labelling / content policies / algorithmic diversity requirements] |
+
+---
+
+## 9. Mitigation Priorities
+
+| # | Risk | Severity | Action | Owner | Deadline |
+|---|---|---|---|---|---|
+| 1 | [Highest risk — e.g. No disclosure to affected candidates] | Critical | [Add AI disclosure to UI and candidate-facing documentation] | [PM + Legal] | [Before launch] |
+| 2 | [e.g. No fairness evaluation across demographic groups] | High | [Commission third-party fairness audit using [method]] | [ML team + external auditor] | [Within 30 days of launch] |
+| 3 | [e.g. No model monitoring in place] | High | [Deploy performance and drift monitoring dashboard] | [ML Ops] | [Launch day] |
+| 4 | [e.g. DPIA not completed] | High | [Complete DPIA with DPO before deployment] | [Legal / DPO] | [Before launch] |
+
+---
+
+## 10. Pre-Deployment Checklist
+
+- [ ] Ethics review completed and approved by required reviewers
+- [ ] DPIA completed (if required)
+- [ ] Fairness evaluation completed and results documented
+- [ ] AI disclosure is in place wherever required
+- [ ] Human oversight mechanism is defined and tested
+- [ ] Kill-switch and escalation path is documented and tested
+- [ ] Model monitoring is deployed and alerting is configured
+- [ ] Data lineage and training data audit documented
+- [ ] Legal sign-off obtained on data licensing and cross-border transfers
+- [ ] Incident response plan in place
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] "Who is affected" includes people the AI makes decisions *about*, not just who uses the product
+- [ ] Fairness analysis names specific protected characteristics, not just "diverse groups"
+- [ ] Safety section covers both false positive and false negative failure modes
+- [ ] Accountability section names real people, not teams or roles
+- [ ] Mitigations are specific and time-bound — not "monitor and review"
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not limit the affected-population analysis to users of the product — AI that makes decisions about people (hiring, credit, content moderation) affects non-users who have no opt-out
+- [ ] Do not accept "we will monitor" as a mitigation without specifying what is monitored, at what threshold, and who acts
+- [ ] Do not assign fairness analysis to the model team alone — protected characteristic analysis requires input from legal, HR, or a subject-matter expert
+- [ ] Do not defer the DPIA to post-launch — for high-risk tier systems, a DPIA is a pre-requisite for lawful deployment under GDPR
+- [ ] Do not conflate statistical accuracy with fairness — a model can be 95% accurate overall while performing significantly worse for a protected group
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Run an AI ethics review for [feature]"
+- "Conduct an ethical impact assessment for our new ML model"
+- "Review the AI risks for our hiring / credit / recommendation system"
+- "Build a responsible AI checklist for our product"
+- "What are the ethical risks of using AI for [use case]?"
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+---
+name: ai-product-canvas
+description: "Structure AI and ML product decisions with the rigour of any product decision. Use when building AI-powered features, evaluating LLM integrations, designing AI products, or assessing AI readiness. Produces a complete AI product canvas covering problem definition, model approach, data requirements, evaluation framework, UX design, responsible AI checklist, and launch monitoring plan."
+---
+
+# AI Product Canvas Skill
+
+Define AI products with the same rigour as any product decision — but with additional layers for data, model, evaluation, and responsible AI. This canvas prevents the most common AI product failure: building a technically impressive feature that doesn't solve a real problem.
+
+## AI Product Anti-Patterns to Check First
+
+Before building, flag if any of these apply:
+- ❌ "We should add AI to [existing feature]" — with no user problem defined
+- ❌ Accuracy target undefined before build begins
+- ❌ No plan for what happens when the model is wrong
+- ❌ User-facing AI output with no human review or fallback
+- ❌ Training data not audited for bias or quality
+- ❌ No evaluation metric — "we'll know it when we see it"
+
+---
+
+## AI Product Canvas Output Format
+
+### AI Product Canvas — [Feature Name] — [Date]
+
+**PM Owner:** [Name]
+**ML/AI Lead:** [Name]
+**Status:** Discovery / Design / Build / Evaluation / Live
+
+---
+
+#### 1. Problem Definition
+**User problem being solved:**
+> [What specific situation is the user in? What job are they trying to get done?]
+
+**Why AI?**
+> [What makes this problem require AI vs a deterministic solution? If the answer is "because we can," stop here.]
+
+**Success for the user looks like:**
+> [What outcome does the user experience when the AI feature is working well?]
+
+---
+
+#### 2. AI Approach
+
+**Task type:**
+- [ ] Classification
+- [ ] Generation (text, image, code)
+- [ ] Summarisation / extraction
+- [ ] Recommendation
+- [ ] Search / retrieval
+- [ ] Prediction / forecasting
+- [ ] Conversation / agent
+
+**Model approach:**
+- [ ] LLM API (GPT-4, Claude, Gemini, etc.) — specify: [Model name + version]
+- [ ] Fine-tuned model on own data
+- [ ] Custom model trained from scratch
+- [ ] RAG (retrieval-augmented generation)
+- [ ] Embedding + vector search
+
+**Rationale for chosen approach:** [Why this, not alternatives]
+
+---
+
+#### 3. Data Requirements
+
+| Data Type | Source | Volume | Quality Status | Bias Risk |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| [Training data] | [Where it comes from] | [Volume] | [Audit status] | H/M/L |
+| [Evaluation data] | [Where it comes from] | [Volume] | [Audit status] | H/M/L |
+
+**Data gaps:** [What's missing and plan to get it]
+**Privacy considerations:** [Any PII in training or inference data]
+**Data ownership:** [Do we own this data? Can we use it for training?]
+
+---
+
+#### 4. Evaluation Framework
+
+**Primary metric:** [The number that defines success — accuracy, F1, BLEU, user rating, task completion rate]
+**Minimum acceptable threshold:** [Below X, the feature does not ship]
+**Human evaluation plan:** [How will humans review model outputs? Sampling rate? Review panel?]
+
+| Evaluation Type | Method | Cadence | Owner |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Offline (pre-launch) | [Test set, benchmark] | Pre-launch | ML Lead |
+| Online (post-launch) | [A/B test, user feedback] | Weekly | PM + ML |
+| Adversarial | [Red-team, edge cases] | Pre-launch | Safety reviewer |
+
+---
+
+#### 5. User Experience Design
+
+**How is AI output presented?**
+- [ ] Direct output shown to user (high trust required)
+- [ ] AI-assisted with user confirmation
+- [ ] Suggestion user can accept/reject
+- [ ] Background action with audit log
+
+**Confidence and uncertainty handling:**
+- What happens when confidence is low? [Show alternative, ask for clarification, fallback to manual]
+- How is uncertainty communicated to the user? [UI pattern]
+
+**Fallback plan:**
+- If the model fails or returns an error: [Specific fallback behaviour]
+- If accuracy degrades below threshold: [Kill switch or graceful degradation plan]
+
+---
+
+#### 6. Responsible AI Checklist
+
+- [ ] Bias audit completed on training data
+- [ ] Demographic fairness evaluated (does performance differ by user group?)
+- [ ] Hallucination / confabulation risk assessed and mitigated
+- [ ] User can see and correct AI output
+- [ ] Opt-out mechanism exists (can user disable the AI feature?)
+- [ ] Output provenance visible when relevant (does user know AI generated this?)
+- [ ] PII not used in ways user didn't consent to
+- [ ] Regulatory review completed (GDPR, AI Act, sector-specific)
+- [ ] Model cards / documentation completed
+
+---
+
+#### 7. Launch & Monitoring Plan
+
+**Rollout:** [% of users, with staged expansion criteria]
+**Monitoring metrics:**
+- Model performance: [Metric + alert threshold]
+- User engagement with AI output: [Acceptance rate, override rate, feedback score]
+- Error rate: [% of failed inferences]
+- Latency: [P95 target]
+
+**Model refresh cadence:** [How often is the model retrained or updated?]
+**Drift detection:** [How will you know when model performance degrades in production?]
+
+---
+
+## Guidelines
+
+- Never skip the "Why AI?" section — it's the most important question in AI product development
+- The fallback UX is not optional — what happens when AI fails defines your product's trustworthiness
+- Responsible AI checklist must be completed before launch, not after
+- Include latency in success metrics — a 5-second AI response is often worse than no AI at all
+- Recommend starting with a human-in-the-loop design and automating only when accuracy is proven
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Feature or product description** (what the AI is intended to do)
+- **User problem** (what problem the AI is solving for users)
+- **Available data** (what training/inference data exists)
+- **ML/AI lead** (who owns the technical implementation)
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not skip the "Why AI?" question — if the answer is "we want to use AI," stop and reframe around the user problem first
+- [ ] Do not launch with an undefined accuracy threshold — "good enough" is not a threshold; set a number before build begins
+- [ ] Do not design the UX to hide AI-generated output as if it were system truth — users need to know when AI is involved so they can override it
+- [ ] Do not defer the Responsible AI checklist to post-launch — bias and privacy issues are far harder to fix in production than in design
+- [ ] Do not treat model latency as a post-launch optimisation — a 6-second AI response that replaces a 1-second rule-based response is a regression, not a feature
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] "Why AI?" is answered clearly (not "because we can")
+- [ ] Minimum acceptable accuracy threshold is defined before build begins
+- [ ] Fallback UX is specified for model failures or low-confidence outputs
+- [ ] Responsible AI checklist is completed (not deferred to post-launch)
+- [ ] Monitoring plan includes both model performance and user engagement metrics
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+---
+name: design-handoff-brief
+description: "Transform feature briefs into structured design briefs that give designers the context they need before opening Figma. Use when asked to write a design brief, create a design handoff, brief a designer on a new feature, or translate a PRD into design requirements. Produces a brief with user goal, emotional context, success criteria, constraints, edge cases, and out-of-scope boundaries."
+---
+
+# Design Handoff Brief Skill
+
+Produce a design brief that sets designers up for success — grounding them in user context and constraints before they open Figma, not after they've gone in the wrong direction.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Feature brief or PRD** (even rough notes work)
+- **Designer's name or team** (for personalisation)
+- **Technical constraints** (any engineering limitations already known)
+- **Timeline** (when does design need to be done?)
+
+## What Designers Actually Need (and PMs Often Skip)
+- The user's goal, not the feature name
+- The emotional state of the user at this moment in the journey
+- What success looks like — how will we know the design worked?
+- Constraints: technical, legal, brand, accessibility
+- Edge cases that must be handled
+- What we're explicitly NOT solving for
+
+## Process
+1. Read the feature brief or PRD provided
+2. Extract user goal (reframe from feature language to user outcome language)
+3. Identify constraints — technical limitations, brand guidelines, accessibility requirements
+4. List edge cases the design must handle
+5. Define success criteria the design should be evaluated against
+6. Write a "not in scope" section to prevent scope creep in design
+7. **Validate** — Confirm every edge case listed is specific enough to design for, and every out-of-scope item is concrete enough to say "no" to
+
+## Output Structure
+
+### Design Brief: [Feature Name]
+
+**User Goal:** (in the user's words, not ours)
+"When I [situation], I want to [motivation] so that I can [outcome]."
+
+**Context & Emotional State:**
+[Where is the user in their journey? What are they feeling? What just happened?]
+
+**Design Success Criteria:**
+- [Criterion 1 — measurable where possible]
+- [Criterion 2]
+- [Criterion 3]
+
+**Constraints:**
+- Technical: [limitations engineering has flagged]
+- Brand: [relevant brand guidelines]
+- Accessibility: [WCAG level required, any specific requirements]
+- Legal/Compliance: [if applicable]
+
+**Edge Cases to Design For:**
+- [Edge case 1]
+- [Edge case 2]
+- [Edge case 3]
+
+**Explicitly Out of Scope:**
+- [What we are NOT solving in this design iteration]
+
+**Reference Material:**
+- User research: [link]
+- Existing patterns: [Figma component library link]
+- Competitor examples: [links if relevant]
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] User goal is written in user language (not feature/product language)
+- [ ] At least one edge case covers an error or failure state
+- [ ] Success criteria are measurable or observable (not "looks good")
+- [ ] Out-of-scope section names at least one thing that might seem in scope but isn't
+- [ ] Technical constraints are specific enough for an engineer to confirm
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not write the user goal in feature language ("design the checkout flow") — it must be written from the user's perspective with a motivation and outcome
+- [ ] Do not skip the "Explicitly Out of Scope" section — without it, designers will inadvertently solve problems not intended for this iteration
+- [ ] Do not list edge cases that are so generic they apply to any feature (e.g. "handle errors") — each edge case must be specific to this feature's failure modes
+- [ ] Do not hand off the brief without confirming engineering constraints are accurate — a constraint that is wrong is worse than no constraint
+- [ ] Do not omit the emotional context of the user — designs without emotional grounding produce technically correct but experientially flat results
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+---
+name: experiment-designer
+description: "Design statistically rigorous A/B tests and interpret experiment results. Use when asked to design an experiment, run an A/B test, calculate sample size, interpret test results, or assess whether an experiment was successful. Produces a complete experiment design with hypothesis, sample size, run time, success criteria, and risk flags — or a results interpretation with ship/iterate/kill recommendation."
+---
+
+# Experiment Designer Skill
+
+Produce rigorous experiment designs from product hypotheses, and interpret results with statistical and practical significance — so you can defend every decision to a sceptical engineering lead or data scientist.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+**For experiment design:**
+- Hypothesis (what change, what metric, what expected movement)
+- Current baseline metric value
+- Minimum detectable effect (MDE) — the smallest lift worth caring about
+- Available daily sample size
+
+**For results interpretation:**
+- Control and variant results (raw numbers or percentages)
+- P-value or confidence interval
+- Run duration (days)
+- Any anomalies observed during the test
+
+## Two-Phase Process
+
+### Phase 1: Experiment Design
+1. Restate hypothesis as: "If we [change], we expect [metric] to [move by X%] because [reason]"
+2. Define control and variant clearly
+3. Select primary metric (one only) and secondary guardrail metrics (2-3 max)
+4. Calculate required sample size from MDE and baseline
+5. Estimate run time in days
+6. Set pre-defined success criteria before the test runs — no moving goalposts
+7. Flag design risks: novelty effects, seasonal confounds, multiple testing issues, network effects, sample ratio mismatch
+
+### Phase 2: Results Interpretation
+1. Assess statistical significance (p < 0.05 threshold)
+2. Assess practical significance: was the lift meaningful for the business, not just real?
+3. Interpret confidence intervals
+4. Investigate confounding factors
+5. Recommend: Ship / Iterate / Kill / Run follow-up test
+6. **Validate** — Confirm the test ran for the full planned duration. Flag if it was stopped early (peeking problem). Confirm sample ratio mismatch did not occur.
+
+## Output Structure
+
+**[Design or Results header based on phase]**
+
+*Hypothesis:* "If we [change], we expect [metric] to [move by X%] because [reason]"
+
+*Primary metric:* [One metric only]
+*Guardrail metrics:* [2-3 max]
+*Required sample size:* [n per variant]
+*Estimated run time:* [days]
+*Pre-defined success threshold:* [specific number]
+*Design risk flags:* [any concerns]
+
+**Results (Phase 2 only):**
+*Statistical significance:* [p-value and conclusion]
+*Practical significance:* [lift size vs. business threshold]
+*Recommendation:* Ship / Iterate / Kill / Follow-up — [rationale]
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Hypothesis specifies the change, the metric, the direction, and the reason
+- [ ] Primary metric is singular — guardrail metrics are secondary
+- [ ] Success criteria are defined before the test launches (not after seeing results)
+- [ ] Test was not stopped early (or flagged clearly if it was)
+- [ ] Practical significance assessed separately from statistical significance
+- [ ] Sample ratio mismatch is checked in results interpretation
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not define success criteria after seeing preliminary results — post-hoc success definitions are HARKing (Hypothesising After Results are Known) and invalidate the experiment
+- [ ] Do not stop a test early because the result looks significant — early stopping dramatically inflates false positive rates; the test must run to the planned sample size
+- [ ] Do not treat statistical significance as the same as practical significance — a p < 0.05 result with a 0.1% lift is real but may not be worth shipping
+- [ ] Do not run the same experiment on the same population multiple times without correction — multiple testing inflates the chance of a false positive proportionally
+- [ ] Do not use more than one primary metric — multiple primary metrics require multiple hypothesis corrections and make the ship/kill decision ambiguous
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+---
+name: multi-source-signal-synthesiser
+description: "Synthesises user signals from multiple research sources into a unified, weighted insight brief. Use when you have data from interviews, support tickets, NPS verbatims, app reviews, or sales calls and need to reconcile contradictions, surface the underlying need behind requests, or answer 'what are users really telling us'. Produces ranked insights with confidence ratings, source weighting rationale, divergent signal analysis by user segment, and a research gap identification section."
+---
+
+# Multi-Source Signal Synthesiser Skill
+
+Reconcile user signals from multiple sources — interviews, support tickets, NPS, app reviews, sales calls — into a unified, weighted insight brief that surfaces the underlying need rather than the surface-level request.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Signal sources** (interviews, support tickets, NPS verbatims, app reviews, sales calls, analytics — any combination)
+- **Time period** covered by the data
+- **Product area or feature** the signals relate to (if scoped)
+
+## Source Weighting (default — adapt to context)
+
+| Source | Weight | Rationale |
+|--------|--------|-----------|
+| Direct research (interviews, usability tests) | 5 | Highest-fidelity, structured |
+| Support tickets (unprompted pain signals) | 4 | Real pain, unfiltered |
+| NPS verbatims | 3 | Broad but shallow |
+| App store reviews | 2 | Public, self-selected |
+| Sales call summaries | 2 | Filtered through sales lens |
+| Anecdote or single report | 1 | Low confidence alone |
+
+## Process
+1. Tag each signal by source and apply weight
+2. Look for **convergence**: same underlying need appearing across 3+ sources
+3. Look for **divergence**: contradictory signals suggesting user segmentation
+4. Distinguish surface request from underlying need (e.g. "faster export" may mean "I don't trust the data will be there when I need it")
+5. Produce ranked insights by weighted frequency
+6. **Validate** — Confirm each insight has evidence from at least 2 source types. Flag any insight resting on a single source as low-confidence.
+
+## Output Structure
+
+### User Signal Synthesis — [Date / Period]
+**Sources included:** [list with count per source]
+**Total signals processed:** [n]
+
+#### Insight 1: [Underlying need, not feature request]
+- **Confidence:** High / Medium / Low (based on source diversity and weight)
+- **Evidence:** [Signals from each source supporting this]
+- **Conflicting signals:** [Any contradicting evidence and how to interpret it]
+- **Product implication:** [Specific next step, not generic]
+
+[Repeat for top 3-5 insights]
+
+#### Divergent Signals (Possible Segmentation)
+[Where user groups appear to have genuinely different needs — specify which segments]
+
+#### What the Data Does NOT Tell Us
+[Gaps that require further research before acting]
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Every insight references at least 2 distinct source types
+- [ ] Surface requests are translated to underlying needs (not just echoed)
+- [ ] Divergent signals identify the specific user segments, not just "some users disagree"
+- [ ] Confidence ratings are consistent with source diversity and weighting
+- [ ] "What the data does NOT tell us" section is honest about gaps
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not echo surface-level feature requests as insights — translate every request to the underlying need before including it as a finding
+- [ ] Do not assign High confidence to insights supported by only one source type — confidence requires corroboration across at least two distinct source types
+- [ ] Do not treat all sources as equally weighted — a single interview quote and a pattern across 200 support tickets are not comparable signals
+- [ ] Do not collapse divergent signals into a single finding — where user segments have genuinely different needs, name the segments explicitly rather than averaging them away
+- [ ] Do not omit the research gap section when key decisions rest on thin data — acting on low-confidence findings without flagging the gaps misleads product teams
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-analytics",
+  "version": "3.0.0",
+  "description": "Data & metrics skills: Data Analysis Standard, Retention Analysis, Product Health Analysis. Structure metric deep-dives, funnel analysis, cohort studies and churn investigations.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["product-management", "analytics", "retention", "metrics", "funnel", "cohort", "churn"]
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+---
+name: data-analysis-standard
+description: "Structure a product data analysis, metric deep-dive, funnel analysis, or cohort study. Use when asked to analyse product metrics, investigate a drop in conversion, explain a data change to stakeholders, or find the root cause of a metric movement. Produces a structured analysis with question, root cause, confidence level, and recommended action."
+---
+
+# Data Analysis Standard Skill
+
+Turn raw numbers into product decisions. Structure every analysis with a clear question, methodology, finding, and recommended action.
+
+## Analysis Framework: The 4-Question Method
+
+Every analysis starts here:
+1. **What changed?** (describe the metric and its movement)
+2. **Why did it change?** (root cause — segment, funnel step, cohort, channel)
+3. **So what?** (business or product impact)
+4. **Now what?** (recommended action with confidence level)
+
+Never deliver data without answering all four. A chart with no narrative is not an analysis.
+
+---
+
+## Metric Triage Template
+
+Use when a metric has moved unexpectedly:
+
+```
+METRIC: [Name]
+MOVEMENT: [X% change over Y period]
+BASELINE: [What was normal]
+
+SEGMENTATION CHECK:
+- By platform (iOS / Android / Web)?
+- By user cohort (new / returning / power users)?
+- By acquisition channel?
+- By geography?
+- By plan/tier?
+
+ROOT CAUSE HYPOTHESIS:
+1. [Most likely explanation] — Evidence: [data point]
+2. [Alternative explanation] — Evidence: [data point]
+3. [Ruling out] — Eliminated because: [reason]
+
+CONCLUSION: [Single sentence answer to "why did this change?"]
+CONFIDENCE: [High / Medium / Low] — based on [data available]
+```
+
+---
+
+## Funnel Analysis Structure
+
+| Stage | Metric | Current | Benchmark/Target | Drop-off % | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|---|---|
+| [Top of funnel] | [Users] | [N] | [N] | — | |
+| [Step 2] | [Users] | [N] | [N] | [X%] | |
+| [Step 3] | [Users] | [N] | [N] | [X%] | |
+| [Conversion] | [Users] | [N] | [N] | [X%] | |
+
+**Biggest drop-off:** [Step X → Step Y] — Hypothesis: [reason]
+**Recommended investigation:** [specific query or test]
+
+---
+
+## Cohort Analysis Guidelines
+
+Always define:
+- **Cohort definition:** [What groups users — signup week, first action, plan type]
+- **Retention metric:** [What counts as retained — login, core action, revenue]
+- **Retention window:** [D1, D7, D30, W4, M3, etc.]
+
+Output a cohort retention table and annotate:
+- Baseline retention for each cohort
+- Cohorts that over/underperform and why (feature launch? campaign? seasonal?)
+- Trend direction across cohorts (improving / declining / stable)
+
+---
+
+## Stakeholder Analysis Output Format
+
+### [Analysis Title] — [Date]
+
+**Question being answered:** [Specific question in plain English]
+**Time period:** [Date range]
+**Data source:** [Where data comes from]
+
+**Finding:**
+> [1–2 sentence plain-English summary of what the data shows]
+
+**Key chart / table:** [Include or describe]
+
+**Root cause:** [Best explanation with evidence]
+
+**Confidence level:** [High / Medium / Low] — [reason]
+
+**Recommended action:**
+1. [Immediate action — owner, timeline]
+2. [Investigation needed — what to check next]
+3. [Monitoring — what metric to watch and at what cadence]
+
+**What this analysis does NOT tell us:** [Important caveat — what data is missing or what can't be concluded]
+
+---
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Metric or question** being investigated
+- **Time period** (what changed, from when to when)
+- **Data available** (which segments, sources, or queries you have access to)
+- **Business context** (what decision this analysis informs)
+- **Audience** (who will read this — exec / team / data team)
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Analysis answers all 4 questions: what changed, why, so what, now what
+- [ ] Root cause has evidence (not just hypothesis)
+- [ ] Confidence level is stated and justified
+- [ ] What the data cannot tell us is explicitly named
+- [ ] Recommended action includes an owner and timeline
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not present correlations as causation — always state the distinction explicitly
+- [ ] Do not report a metric movement without stating the time window and comparison baseline
+- [ ] Do not skip the "so what" — raw observations without recommended actions are incomplete analysis
+- [ ] Do not overstate confidence — label hypotheses clearly and note what data would be needed to confirm them
+- [ ] Do not ignore segment breakdowns — aggregate metrics can mask opposing trends in sub-segments
+
+## Guidelines
+
+- Always state what the data *cannot* tell you — never oversell confidence
+- Correlations are not causation — flag this every time
+- If the user has no baseline, recommend establishing one before drawing conclusions
+- Recommend the simplest chart for each finding: bar for comparison, line for trends, scatter for correlation, table for detailed breakdowns
+- Always specify the time window — "conversion dropped" is meaningless without "from X to Y over Z period"
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+---
+name: product-health-analysis
+description: "Interpret product metrics against goals and surface actionable signals. Use when asked to analyse product health, review key metrics, investigate a performance issue, produce a health report, or assess product-market fit signals. Produces a structured health report with RAG status, trend analysis, root cause hypotheses, and prioritised actions."
+---
+
+# Product Health Analysis Skill
+
+Transform raw metrics data into a clear health narrative — what's working, what's not, and what needs immediate attention.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Metrics data** (current values for key metrics — even rough numbers work)
+- **Targets or benchmarks** (OKR targets, historical baselines, or industry benchmarks)
+- **Period** (week / month / quarter being analysed)
+- **Product area or segment** (are we looking at the whole product or a specific feature?)
+
+## Metrics Framework
+Analyse across four layers:
+1. **Acquisition** — new users, source quality, CAC trends
+2. **Activation** — time to first value, onboarding completion rates
+3. **Engagement** — DAU/MAU, feature adoption, session depth
+4. **Retention** — D1/D7/D30 retention, churn rate, resurrection rate
+
+## Process
+1. For each metric, compare: current period vs. previous period, current vs. target
+2. Flag anything more than 10% off target as requiring investigation
+3. Look for correlations — does a drop in activation explain a retention dip 2 weeks later?
+4. Write a plain-English health summary (no jargon) suitable for sharing with non-data stakeholders
+5. Recommend top 3 areas for immediate investigation with suggested diagnostic steps
+6. **Validate** — Confirm every flagged metric has a plausible root cause hypothesis, not just a raw number, and every recommended action has a specific owner or team
+
+## Output Structure
+
+### Product Health Report — [Period]
+**Overall Health:** 🟢 On Track / 🟡 Watch / 🔴 Action Required
+
+| Metric | Current | Target | vs. Last Period | Status |
+|--------|---------|--------|-----------------|--------|
+| [metric] | [value] | [target] | [+/-%] | [🟢/🟡/🔴] |
+
+**Key Observations:**
+[3-5 bullet observations written in plain English]
+
+**Areas Requiring Investigation:**
+1. [Metric + hypothesis + suggested diagnostic]
+2. [Metric + hypothesis + suggested diagnostic]
+3. [Metric + hypothesis + suggested diagnostic]
+
+**Recommended Actions:**
+[Specific next steps with owners and timelines]
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Every metric includes both a target and a trend (not just a snapshot)
+- [ ] At least one correlation is drawn between metrics (e.g., activation → retention)
+- [ ] Every flagged metric has a root cause hypothesis, not just "it dropped"
+- [ ] Observations are written for a non-technical stakeholder (no raw query language or data jargon)
+- [ ] Overall health rating is justified with specific evidence
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not report a single aggregate metric without segment breakdowns — averages hide opposing trends
+- [ ] Do not flag a metric as healthy just because it is above the target — check if the target itself is meaningful
+- [ ] Do not list metric movements without root cause hypotheses — observations without explanations are not analysis
+- [ ] Do not mix product health metrics with business KPIs without explaining the relationship between them
+- [ ] Do not omit recommended actions — a health report that only describes problems without prioritised next steps is incomplete
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+---
+name: retention-analysis
+description: "Structure a retention analysis, churn investigation, or engagement deep-dive for any product team. Use when asked to analyse user retention, investigate churn, measure DAU/MAU, or build a retention improvement plan. Produces a retention snapshot with root cause hypotheses, aha-moment correlation, and prioritised interventions."
+---
+
+# Retention Analysis Skill
+
+Diagnose why users leave, identify what keeps them, and recommend specific, testable interventions — not vague "improve onboarding" suggestions.
+
+## Retention Fundamentals
+
+**The retention curve has two components:**
+1. **Steepness of initial drop** (D1–D7) — onboarding problem
+2. **Long-term floor level** — product-market fit indicator
+
+A product with PMF has a retention curve that flattens. If it trends to zero, you have a PMF problem, not an onboarding problem. Name this distinction explicitly.
+
+---
+
+## Retention Metrics Definitions
+
+| Metric | Formula | What It Tells You |
+|---|---|---|
+| D1 Retention | Users who return on day 2 ÷ new users day 1 | Quality of first experience |
+| D7 Retention | Users active on day 8 ÷ users who joined 7 days ago | Early habit formation |
+| D30 Retention | Users active on day 31 ÷ users who joined 30 days ago | Product-market fit signal |
+| DAU/MAU Ratio | Daily active users ÷ monthly active users | Stickiness (>20% good, >50% excellent) |
+| Churn Rate | Users lost in period ÷ users at start of period | Monthly or annual |
+| Net Revenue Retention | MRR at end of period ÷ MRR at start (same cohort) | Revenue health including expansion |
+
+---
+
+## Retention Investigation Framework
+
+### Step 1: Segment the problem
+Don't analyse "retention" — analyse retention for specific cohorts:
+- New vs returning users
+- Paid vs free
+- Acquisition channel (organic vs paid vs referral)
+- Onboarding path completed vs not
+- Feature usage (power users vs lurkers)
+
+### Step 2: Find the inflection points
+Where does the drop happen? D1? D7? Month 3?
+- D1 drop → First session experience
+- D7 drop → Habit loop not formed
+- D30 drop → Value not delivered at depth
+- Month 3+ drop → Boredom, competition, or lifecycle event
+
+### Step 3: Identify the "aha moment" correlation
+Which early behaviour predicts long-term retention?
+- Run correlation: users who did [X] in first 7 days vs 30-day retention
+- Common patterns: connected an integration, invited a teammate, completed a core action N times
+
+### Step 4: Qualify the churn
+Interview churned users — never skip this. Survey data alone is insufficient.
+- "What was the trigger that led you to cancel/stop?"
+- "What were you trying to accomplish that you couldn't?"
+- "What would need to change for you to come back?"
+
+---
+
+## Output Format
+
+### Retention Analysis — [Product/Segment] — [Date]
+
+**Question:** [Specific retention question being answered]
+**Period Analysed:** [Date range]
+**Segment:** [Which users]
+
+---
+
+**Current Retention Snapshot:**
+
+| Metric | Current | Industry Benchmark | Status |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| D1 Retention | [X%] | 25–40% | 🔴/🟡/🟢 |
+| D7 Retention | [X%] | 10–25% | 🔴/🟡/🟢 |
+| D30 Retention | [X%] | 5–15% | 🔴/🟡/🟢 |
+| DAU/MAU | [X%] | 10–20% typical | 🔴/🟡/🟢 |
+
+**Retention Curve Shape:** [Flattening / Still declining / Trending to zero]
+**PMF Signal:** [Strong / Weak / Absent — based on curve shape]
+
+---
+
+**Root Cause Hypotheses:**
+
+| Hypothesis | Evidence | Confidence | Test |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [Cause] | [Data point] | H/M/L | [How to validate] |
+
+**"Aha Moment" Correlation:**
+Users who [specific action] in first [N] days retain at [X%] vs [Y%] for those who don't.
+
+---
+
+**Recommended Interventions:**
+
+| Intervention | Target Drop | Expected Lift | Effort | Priority |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| [Specific change] | D1 / D7 / D30 | [X%] | S/M/L | 1/2/3 |
+
+**Monitoring Plan:**
+- Metric to track: [X]
+- Review cadence: [Weekly / Monthly]
+- Alert threshold: [If X drops below Y, investigate immediately]
+
+---
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Product and business model** (SaaS / consumer app / marketplace / other)
+- **Current retention metrics** (D1, D7, D30 if available)
+- **Segment to analyse** (all users / paid / free / a specific cohort)
+- **Key question to answer** (why is retention dropping? what drives retention?)
+- **Available data** (analytics events, churn surveys, interview notes)
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Retention curve shape is diagnosed (flattening vs trending to zero = PMF vs onboarding)
+- [ ] Cohorts are segmented before analysis (not all users lumped together)
+- [ ] "Aha moment" correlation is identified or flagged as unknown
+- [ ] Interventions are specific (not "improve onboarding")
+- [ ] Churned user interviews are recommended (not just data analysis)
+- [ ] Monitoring plan includes an alert threshold
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not recommend "improve onboarding" without specifying what specific step to change and why
+- [ ] Do not analyse retention without segmenting by cohort — aggregate retention curves hide cohort-specific patterns
+- [ ] Do not treat DAU/MAU below 5% as a retention problem — at that level, it is a product-market fit problem
+- [ ] Do not skip qualitative research — churned user interviews reveal reasons that quantitative data cannot
+- [ ] Do not set a monitoring alert without specifying the threshold that triggers it
+
+## Guidelines
+
+- Never recommend "improve onboarding" without specifying *what* to change and *why*
+- Benchmark against industry — consumer apps, SaaS, and marketplaces have very different retention norms
+- If DAU/MAU is below 5%, that's a PMF conversation, not a retention tactics conversation
+- Always recommend talking to churned users — no amount of data replaces understanding the *reason*
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-business",
+  "version": "1.0.0",
+  "description": "Business & strategy skills: Investor Update, Board Deck Narrative, Job Application. Write investor updates investors actually read, structure board presentations, and tailor CVs and cover letters with ATS optimisation.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["product-management", "business", "strategy", "investor-update", "board-deck", "startup", "career", "job-application"]
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+---
+name: board-deck-narrative
+description: "Build the storyline and slide structure for a board presentation. Use when asked to create a board deck, board presentation narrative, board meeting slides, or quarterly board update. Produces a complete slide-by-slide structure with narrative beats, talking points, and slide content guidance."
+---
+
+# Board Deck Narrative Skill
+
+This skill builds the complete narrative and slide structure for a board presentation — from opening framing to closing asks. It produces slide-by-slide content guidance, not just a list of topics.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Company stage and context** (Seed / Series A / Growth — and where you are in the year)
+- **Board meeting type** (Regular quarterly / Annual / Special / Fundraise-related)
+- **Key themes for this meeting** (e.g. strong growth quarter / pivoting strategy / hiring challenge / fundraise update)
+- **Key metrics to feature**
+- **Decisions needed from the board** (if any)
+- **Time available** (e.g. 60 min / 90 min)
+- **Audience** (investors only / investors + independent directors / mixed)
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+# Board Deck Narrative: [Company] — [Quarter/Period]
+
+**Meeting type:** [Regular quarterly / Special]
+**Time:** [X minutes]
+**Narrative theme:** [The one-sentence story of this quarter — e.g. "We hit our revenue target, but activation is the problem we need to solve together."]
+
+---
+
+## Opening Frame (Slide 1–2)
+
+**Slide 1: Title**
+- Company name, quarter, date
+- One-sentence framing of the meeting's narrative arc
+
+**Slide 2: Agenda**
+- List of sections + time allocation
+- Flag which sections need board input vs. are informational
+
+*Presenter note: Board members are busy. Tell them in the first 2 minutes what you need from them today. It changes how they listen.*
+
+---
+
+## Business Performance (Slides 3–6, ~15 min)
+
+**Slide 3: Scorecard / KPI Dashboard**
+- Content: Key metrics vs. targets for the quarter. No more than 6 metrics.
+- Format: Traffic-light table (Green / Amber / Red against plan)
+- Narrative: [1–2 sentences — the headline story of the quarter in numbers]
+- *Don't hide reds. Boards lose trust when they discover hidden problems later.*
+
+**Slide 4: Revenue / Growth Deep Dive**
+- Content: Revenue breakdown by segment, cohort retention, growth drivers
+- Key message: [What the data shows about the health of growth]
+- Call out: [Any trend that needs board context or discussion]
+
+**Slide 5: Unit Economics**
+- Content: CAC, LTV, payback period, gross margin — vs. last quarter and vs. plan
+- Flag: Any metric moving in the wrong direction and what's causing it
+
+**Slide 6: Operational Highlights**
+- Content: 3–5 bullet points of the most significant things that happened this quarter
+- Format: Each bullet = outcome, not activity. ("Signed 3 enterprise contracts worth £400K ARR" not "Continued enterprise sales motion")
+
+---
+
+## Strategic Update (Slides 7–9, ~15 min)
+
+**Slide 7: Strategy Snapshot**
+- Content: Where you said you'd be vs. where you are against the annual plan
+- Narrative: [Honest assessment — what's on track, what's shifted and why]
+
+**Slide 8: Key Strategic Decision or Update**
+- Content: The one strategic topic that most needs board input this meeting
+- Format: Context → Options considered → Recommendation → Question for board
+- *This is the highest-value 10 minutes of the meeting. Frame it as a real question.*
+
+**Slide 9: Product & Roadmap (if relevant)**
+- Content: Top 3 product bets this quarter — what shipped, what's coming, why these bets
+- Tailored for: What the board needs to understand to support strategic decisions, not a sprint review
+
+---
+
+## People & Organisation (Slide 10, ~5 min)
+
+**Slide 10: Team Update**
+- Content: Headcount (start vs. end of quarter), key hires made, open roles, any org changes
+- Flag: Any people risks or leadership gaps the board should know about
+- *Don't skip this slide. Board members often have network value here.*
+
+---
+
+## Financial Update (Slides 11–12, ~10 min)
+
+**Slide 11: P&L Summary**
+- Content: Revenue, gross margin, opex by category, EBITDA/net burn — actual vs. budget
+- Include: Year-to-date vs. annual plan
+
+**Slide 12: Cash & Runway**
+- Content: Cash on hand, monthly burn rate, runway at current burn
+- Include: Scenario if burn increases (e.g. key hire made), scenario if growth accelerates
+- Flag immediately: If runway is < 18 months — this needs board awareness and planning
+
+---
+
+## Closing & Asks (Slides 13–14, ~10 min)
+
+**Slide 13: Priorities for Next Quarter**
+- Content: Top 3–5 priorities and what success looks like for each
+- Format: Priority | What we're doing | How we'll know it worked
+- *Keeps board accountability consistent across meetings*
+
+**Slide 14: Board Asks**
+- Content: Specific things you need from board members before next meeting
+- Format: Each ask = specific, named if possible ("Looking for an intro to [Company] — [Board member X], do you have a connection?")
+- *A board meeting without specific asks is a missed opportunity*
+
+---
+
+## Appendix (Optional)
+
+- Detailed cohort analysis
+- Competitive landscape update
+- Full P&L
+- Team org chart
+- Any supporting data referenced in the main deck
+
+*Appendix slides are available but not presented. Board members who want detail can ask.*
+
+---
+
+## Narrative Principles
+
+- **Lead with honesty.** If it was a hard quarter, say so in the first slide. Don't bury bad news after the wins.
+- **One slide = one idea.** If a slide has two messages, split it.
+- **Fewer slides, more depth.** A 14-slide deck presented well beats a 35-slide deck rushed through.
+- **Every slide has a "so what."** A slide that just shows data without a takeaway wastes board time.
+- **Leave time for discussion.** Board value is in the conversation, not the presentation. Aim to spend 40% of the meeting presenting and 60% in discussion.
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Opening frame states the meeting's narrative theme
+- [ ] Scorecard slide uses traffic-light format (not just green metrics)
+- [ ] Strategic decision slide frames a real question for the board
+- [ ] Financial slide includes runway explicitly
+- [ ] Board asks are specific and actionable
+- [ ] Deck is ≤ 15 slides (excluding appendix)
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not bury bad news after slides full of good news — boards lose trust when they discover problems were de-emphasised; lead with the honest narrative
+- [ ] Do not include slides without a "so what" — a chart that shows data without a takeaway wastes board time and signals the presenter hasn't done the analysis
+- [ ] Do not exceed 15 slides in the main deck — a longer deck usually means the presenter hasn't decided what matters most
+- [ ] Do not attend a board meeting without at least one specific ask — a board meeting with no asks is a missed opportunity to leverage the room
+- [ ] Do not report metrics without comparing them to plan or a prior period — a metric shown in isolation gives the board no basis for judgement
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Build a board deck structure for our Q[N] board meeting"
+- "Help me create the narrative for our board presentation"
+- "Write the slide structure for our annual board review"
+- "Design a board deck for [specific context — e.g. fundraise update]"
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+---
+name: investor-update
+description: "Write a structured monthly or quarterly investor update. Use when asked to write an investor update, investor newsletter, board update, or startup progress report for investors. Produces a clear, credible update with highlights, metrics, challenges, and asks — in the format investors actually want to read."
+---
+
+# Investor Update Skill
+
+This skill writes a complete investor update — structured for clarity, honest about challenges, and specific about asks. Output follows the format preferred by most early-stage and growth investors.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Company name and stage** (Seed / Series A / Series B / etc.)
+- **Period covered** (month or quarter)
+- **Key metrics this period** (revenue, MRR, users, churn, burn, runway — whatever's relevant)
+- **Biggest wins**
+- **Biggest challenges or misses**
+- **Specific asks from investors** (intros, advice, talent, partnerships)
+- **What's coming next period**
+- **Tone** (formal / conversational — most investors prefer conversational)
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+**[Company Name] — [Month/Quarter] Update**
+*[Date]*
+
+---
+
+Hi [Investor names or "all"],
+
+[One or two sentence opener — a specific highlight or honest framing of the period. Don't open with "Hope you're well." Open with the most important thing that happened.]
+
+---
+
+## The Numbers
+
+| Metric | This Period | Last Period | Change |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [MRR / ARR] | [Value] | [Value] | [+/- %] |
+| [Active users / customers] | | | |
+| [Churn rate] | | | |
+| [Burn rate] | | | |
+| [Runway] | | | |
+| [Other key metric] | | | |
+
+[1–2 sentences of narrative on the numbers — what's the story behind the movement? Don't just repeat the table.]
+
+---
+
+## Highlights
+
+**[Highlight 1 — 4–6 word title]**
+[2–4 sentences. What happened. Why it matters. Be specific — name the customer, the number, the milestone.]
+
+**[Highlight 2]**
+[2–4 sentences]
+
+**[Highlight 3 — optional]**
+
+---
+
+## Challenges
+
+[This section is what separates trustworthy updates from self-promotional ones. Investors know you have challenges. Being direct builds trust.]
+
+**[Challenge 1]**
+[2–4 sentences. What the problem is. What you've tried. What you're doing about it. Don't spin — investors see through it.]
+
+**[Challenge 2 — if applicable]**
+
+---
+
+## Focus for Next [Month/Quarter]
+
+[3–5 bullet points. What you're concentrating on next period and why. Keep it tight — not an exhaustive roadmap.]
+
+- [Priority 1]
+- [Priority 2]
+- [Priority 3]
+
+---
+
+## Asks
+
+[Be specific. "Let me know if you can help" is not an ask. These should be actionable items an investor can act on immediately.]
+
+1. **[Ask type: e.g. Intro]** — [Specific request. e.g. "Looking for an intro to procurement leads at mid-market SaaS companies. Happy to share a warm intro note."]
+2. **[Ask type: e.g. Advice]** — [Specific question you want input on]
+3. **[Ask type: e.g. Talent]** — [Specific hire you're looking for — title, key requirements]
+
+---
+
+[Closing line — 1 sentence. Forward-looking or a genuine thanks. Not "as always, let me know if you have questions."]
+
+[Signature]
+[Name]
+[Company]
+[One way to reply — email / Calendly / reply to this thread]
+
+---
+
+## Writing Rules
+
+- Updates should take an investor 3–4 minutes to read. If it's longer, trim it.
+- Never lead with process ("This month we focused on...") — lead with outcomes
+- Challenges section must be honest. A missing challenges section signals the founder isn't self-aware or isn't being transparent.
+- Metrics table must include comparison to last period — a number without context is meaningless
+- Asks must be specific enough that an investor knows within 5 seconds if they can help
+- No jargon or buzzwords ("synergies," "crushing it," "hockey stick") — plain language only
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Opens with a specific highlight or honest framing (not a pleasantry)
+- [ ] Numbers include period-over-period comparison
+- [ ] Challenges section is present and honest
+- [ ] Asks are specific and actionable
+- [ ] Total length is skimmable in 3–4 minutes
+- [ ] No spin or buzzwords
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not omit challenges or bad news — sanitised updates erode investor trust faster than bad results do
+- [ ] Do not bury the lead — use BLUF structure and put the most important news in the first paragraph
+- [ ] Do not send an update without a clear "Ask" section — investors who want to help need to know how
+- [ ] Do not use buzzwords or spin — investors see hundreds of updates and will see through vague positive language
+- [ ] Do not report metrics without a comparison baseline — numbers without context (vs. last period or target) are meaningless
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Write an investor update for [month/quarter]"
+- "Draft a monthly update for our investors based on these notes: [paste notes]"
+- "Help me write a board update for Q[N]"
+- "Write our Series A investor newsletter"
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+---
+name: job-application
+description: "Tailors a CV and cover letter to a specific job description. Use when asked to write a cover letter, tailor a CV or resume, optimise for ATS, match a job description, or prepare a job application. Produces an ATS-optimised tailored CV summary and a personalised cover letter aligned to the role's requirements."
+---
+
+# Job Application Skill
+
+This skill tailors a CV and cover letter to a specific job description — optimising for ATS keyword matching while keeping the writing human and compelling. It also flags gaps between the candidate's profile and the role requirements.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Job description** (paste in full)
+- **Current CV / resume** (paste or describe key experience, roles, and skills)
+- **The specific thing that excites them about this role** (used in the cover letter — must be genuine)
+- **Any particular strengths to emphasise** (optional)
+- **Any gaps they're worried about** (optional — helps address them proactively)
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+## Part 1: JD Analysis
+
+Before writing anything, analyse the job description and output:
+
+### Must-Have Requirements
+[List explicit requirements from the JD — qualifications, years of experience, specific skills]
+
+### Key Themes in the JD
+[3–5 themes that repeat or are emphasised — these are the keywords and priorities the hiring manager cares about most]
+
+### ATS Keywords to Include
+[List 10–15 specific keywords and phrases from the JD that should appear in the CV and cover letter. Include: tools, methodologies, job titles, skills]
+
+### Gaps Assessment
+[Honest comparison between the candidate's profile and the JD requirements. Flag: "Strong match" / "Partial match — can be positioned as X" / "Gap — address in cover letter or don't apply"]
+
+---
+
+## Part 2: Tailored CV Summary / Profile Section
+
+Rewrite or create the candidate's CV summary/profile section (the 3–5 lines at the top of a CV) specifically for this role:
+
+**Rules:**
+- Open with the job title or a near-match (ATS reward)
+- Include 2–3 keywords from the JD naturally
+- Reference years of experience in the relevant area
+- End with a forward-looking line connecting their background to what this role needs
+- Keep to 60–80 words maximum
+
+**Tailored CV Summary:**
+[Write the summary]
+
+---
+
+## Part 3: Experience Bullet Point Rewrites
+
+For the 2–3 most relevant roles on the CV, suggest how to reframe existing bullet points to better match this JD:
+
+**[Role Title] at [Company]**
+
+| Original Bullet | Tailored Version | Why |
+|---|---|---|
+| [Candidate's original text] | [Improved version with JD keywords and stronger impact framing] | [Brief note on what changed] |
+
+**Rules for bullet point rewrites:**
+- Lead with an action verb
+- Include a quantified outcome where possible (%, £, time saved, users impacted)
+- Weave in JD keywords naturally — not forced
+- Keep to one line (2 max)
+
+---
+
+## Part 4: Cover Letter
+
+**Format:** 3 paragraphs + closing. Target: 250–350 words. Anything longer won't be read.
+
+---
+
+[Hiring Manager's name if known, otherwise "Hiring Team"]
+
+**Paragraph 1 — The Hook (Why this role, specifically)**
+[2–4 sentences. Reference something specific about the company or role — not generic enthusiasm. The candidate's genuine reason for applying goes here. This is what makes it human. Generic openers like "I am writing to apply for..." are filtered out mentally within 3 seconds.]
+
+**Paragraph 2 — The Evidence (Why them)**
+[3–5 sentences. 2–3 specific examples from their background that directly address the JD's key themes. Use the language of the JD. Include at least one quantified achievement. Don't list everything — pick the 2–3 strongest matches and go deep, not broad.]
+
+**Paragraph 3 — The Forward Bridge (Why now)**
+[2–3 sentences. Connect their trajectory to this role. Why is this the logical next step? What do they want to learn or build that this role enables? This should feel like the natural continuation of their career, not just "I want a new challenge."]
+
+---
+
+I'd welcome the chance to discuss how my background could contribute to [Company/Team]. Thank you for your time.
+
+[Name]
+[Email] | [LinkedIn URL] | [Location if relevant]
+
+---
+
+## Part 5: Application Checklist
+
+Before submitting:
+- [ ] CV summary updated with tailored version above
+- [ ] ATS keywords appear in CV body (not just summary)
+- [ ] Cover letter is under 400 words
+- [ ] Company name is spelled correctly throughout (sounds obvious — it happens)
+- [ ] No generic phrases: "passionate about," "results-driven," "team player" without evidence
+- [ ] LinkedIn profile updated to match CV (recruiters cross-check)
+- [ ] Role title in subject line if emailing directly
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] JD analysis completed before writing (not skipped)
+- [ ] ATS keywords are integrated naturally (not stuffed)
+- [ ] Cover letter opens with something specific (not a generic opener)
+- [ ] Paragraph 2 includes at least one quantified achievement
+- [ ] Cover letter is 250–350 words
+- [ ] Gaps are either addressed or strategically omitted
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not fabricate or embellish experience — only use real achievements from the provided CV
+- [ ] Do not use the same cover letter template for every role — every letter must reference specific details of the job description
+- [ ] Do not address selection criteria that aren't in the JD — match keywords the employer actually used
+- [ ] Do not omit ATS optimisation — ensure role-specific keywords from the JD appear naturally in the CV summary
+- [ ] Do not write a cover letter that re-summarises the CV — it must add context and motivation, not repeat bullet points
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Help me apply for this job: [paste JD]"
+- "Tailor my CV for this role: [paste JD + CV]"
+- "Write a cover letter for [role] at [company]"
+- "Optimise my application for ATS for this job description"
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-cross",
+  "version": "1.1.0",
+  "description": "Cross-profession skills: Press Release, Grant Proposal, Executive Summary, Teaching Lesson Plan. Write journalist-ready press releases, structure grant applications, produce decision-ready executive summaries, and design complete lesson plans for any subject, audience, or setting.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["communications", "press-release", "grant", "executive-summary", "briefing", "funding", "media", "education", "teaching", "lesson-plan", "training"]
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+---
+name: executive-summary
+description: "Write an executive summary for any document, report, or proposal. Use when asked to write an executive summary, management summary, briefing paper, or one-pager for senior stakeholders. Produces a structured summary that busy executives can read in under 3 minutes and act on."
+---
+
+# Executive Summary Skill
+
+Writes executive summaries that busy decision-makers actually read — front-loaded with conclusions, structured for skimming, ruthless about what to include.
+
+## Required Inputs
+- **Source document or topic** (paste or describe)
+- **Audience** (CEO / board / investor / minister / client / committee)
+- **Decision or action needed** (what should the reader do after reading?)
+- **Length limit** (1 page / 2 pages / 500 words)
+- **Format** (formal report / slide / email / briefing paper)
+
+## Core Principle
+
+An executive summary is NOT a summary of the document. It is a standalone document that:
+- States the conclusion upfront — not at the end
+- Contains only what the reader needs to make a decision
+- Can be understood without reading anything else
+- Recommends a specific action
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+### [Title]
+**Executive Summary**
+*Prepared for: [Audience] | Date: [Date] | Author: [Name]*
+
+---
+
+**Bottom line up front:**
+[The most important thing. The recommendation or finding. 2-3 sentences. A reader who only reads this should know what you are asking or telling them.]
+
+---
+
+**Background (why this matters):**
+[2-3 sentences. Minimum context to understand the bottom line. Not the history — just what the reader needs now.]
+
+---
+
+**Key findings / analysis:**
+- **[Finding 1]:** [One sentence — specific and evidence-based]
+- **[Finding 2]:** [One sentence]
+- **[Finding 3]:** [One sentence]
+
+---
+
+**Options considered:** (include only if a decision is being presented)
+
+| Option | Benefit | Risk | Recommendation |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [Option A] | [Benefit] | [Risk] | Recommended |
+| [Option B] | [Benefit] | [Risk] | Not recommended |
+
+---
+
+**Recommendation:**
+[Specific. "We recommend [action] because [reason]. This will [outcome]." Not "we suggest consideration of options."]
+
+---
+
+**Immediate next steps:**
+- [Action 1 — specific, with owner and date]
+- [Action 2]
+
+---
+
+**Risks of inaction:** [What happens if the reader does nothing]
+
+**Full report:** [Reference to where the full document can be found]
+
+---
+
+## Adapting for Different Audiences
+
+**CEO/MD:** Lead with financial or strategic impact. 1 page. Make the decision binary. Ask in sentence one.
+**Board:** Lead with governance or risk. Frame against organisational objectives. State specifically what you need from them.
+**Investor:** Lead with return or opportunity. Specific numbers. 1 page. Anticipate "why now."
+**Minister/senior public sector:** Lead with public benefit or policy alignment. Include cost-benefit framing.
+**Client:** Lead with their problem. Show you understand before presenting recommendation.
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Bottom line in first 3 sentences
+- [ ] Standalone — no need to read full document
+- [ ] Recommendation is specific
+- [ ] Fits length limit
+- [ ] Written for audience priorities not author priorities
+- [ ] Next steps have owners and dates
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not summarise the document chronologically — an executive summary that follows the structure of the source document is not an executive summary, it is an abstract
+- [ ] Do not bury the recommendation at the end — executives read the first paragraph and skim the rest; the ask must be in sentence one or two
+- [ ] Do not use the same summary for different audiences — a CEO and a board member have different decision contexts and require different framing
+- [ ] Do not include background that the reader already knows — every sentence of background must earn its place by making the bottom line more actionable
+- [ ] Do not leave the "risks of inaction" section vague — a summary that does not quantify what happens if the reader does nothing removes the urgency needed for a decision
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+- "Write an executive summary of this report: [paste]"
+- "Summarise this document for the board: [paste]"
+- "Create a one-pager from this proposal for the CEO"
+- "Turn these findings into an exec summary"
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+---
+name: grant-proposal
+description: "Write a structured grant proposal or funding application for any grant type. Use when asked to write a grant proposal, funding application, research grant, charitable grant, or innovation fund application. Produces a complete proposal with project summary, rationale, methodology, impact, and budget narrative."
+---
+
+# Grant Proposal Skill
+
+Produces structured grant proposals tailored to the funder priorities — the most common reason grants fail is writing about what you want to do rather than what the funder wants to fund.
+
+## Required Inputs
+- **Funder name and grant programme**
+- **Grant amount sought**
+- **Project description** (rough notes are fine)
+- **Your organisation** (type, track record, capacity)
+- **Funder stated priorities** (copy from their guidance — essential)
+- **Word or page limits**
+- **Deadline**
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+### Project Title
+[Informative and memorable. Should convey the problem being solved and the approach.]
+
+### 1. Project Summary / Abstract (200-300 words — written last, placed first)
+[What you will do, why it matters, who will benefit, measurable outcomes. Every sentence earns its place.]
+
+### 2. Problem Statement / Need
+- **The problem:** [Specific, evidenced — use data]
+- **Who is affected:** [Population, scale, geography]
+- **Current situation:** [What exists and why it is insufficient]
+- **Consequence of inaction:** [What happens if not funded]
+- **Why your organisation:** [Track record, relationships, expertise]
+
+Funder test: does this problem align with [funder] stated priorities? Make the connection explicit.
+
+### 3. Project Objectives
+3-5 SMART objectives:
+- **Objective 1:** [Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, Time-bound]
+
+### 4. Methodology / Approach
+
+**Phase 1: [Name]** (Months 1-X)
+[What will happen, who will do it, what is produced]
+
+**Key activities:**
+- [Activity — specific]
+
+**What makes this approach innovative or effective:** [Why this over alternatives]
+
+### 5. Impact and Outcomes
+
+| Level | Description | Measure |
+|---|---|---|
+| Output | [Tangible deliverable] | [How counted] |
+| Short-term outcome | [Immediate change] | [How measured] |
+| Medium-term outcome | [Behaviour change] | [How measured] |
+| Long-term impact | [Systemic change] | [How evidenced] |
+
+**Direct beneficiaries:** [Who and how many]
+**Sustainability:** [How work continues beyond grant period]
+
+### 6. Evaluation Plan
+- Who evaluates, how, when, what is measured, how findings are shared
+
+### 7. Budget Narrative
+
+| Budget line | Amount | Justification |
+|---|---|---|
+| Staff costs | £[amount] | [Role, % FTE, duration, salary] |
+| Travel | £[amount] | [Specific journeys named] |
+| Equipment | £[amount] | [Itemised] |
+| Indirect costs | £[amount] | [[X]% of direct — check policy] |
+| **Total** | **£[total]** | |
+
+**Value for money:** [Cost per beneficiary. What could not be done without this grant]
+
+### 8. Organisational Capacity
+[Track record of similar projects, governance, financial management. Name previous grants and outputs — be specific]
+
+### 9. Risk Register
+
+| Risk | Likelihood | Impact | Mitigation |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [Risk] | H/M/L | H/M/L | [Specific mitigation] |
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Every section explicitly references funder stated priorities (not just generic language)
+- [ ] Problem statement includes specific data, not just assertions
+- [ ] Objectives are SMART (measurable and time-bound)
+- [ ] Budget narrative justifies every line with specific detail
+- [ ] Sustainability section explains what happens after the grant ends
+- [ ] Word limits respected
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not write a generic proposal — every section must be tailored to the specific funder's stated priorities
+- [ ] Do not exceed the specified word or page limits — over-length proposals are disqualified at many funders
+- [ ] Do not leave the sustainability section vague — funders need to know what happens after grant funding ends
+- [ ] Do not use jargon the funder's reviewers won't understand — write for the panel, not the project team
+- [ ] Do not underspecify the budget narrative — every significant line item must be justified with method and reasoning
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+- "Write a grant proposal for [project] applying to [funder]"
+- "Help me write a funding application for [grant programme]"
+- "Turn these project notes into a grant proposal: [paste]"
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+---
+name: last-30-days-research
+description: "Searches Reddit, X/Twitter, and the broader web for recent opinions, sentiment, and signal on any topic. Use when you need to know what real people are saying about a tool, product, trend, or event in the past 30 days — cutting through SEO content to surface genuine community reaction. Produces a structured report with consensus findings, pain points, positive signals, contrarian takes, source links, and a signal confidence rating."
+---
+
+# Last 30 Days Research
+
+## The Problem
+
+Googling gives SEO-stuffed "best of" lists written six months ago by someone who has never used the thing. Real honest takes live on Reddit threads, X replies, and niche communities — but chasing them across platforms eats your afternoon. This skill does the chase for you.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+| Input | Required | Notes |
+|-------|----------|-------|
+| Topic | Yes | Tool, trend, feature, product, event, company — anything with a name |
+| Date scope | No | Defaults to last 30 days. Can override to last 7 days or last 90 days |
+| Angle | No | e.g. "focus on developer sentiment" or "looking for pricing complaints specifically" |
+
+## Output Structure
+
+The output is a structured research report with the following sections, delivered in this exact order:
+
+```
+## Last 30 Days Research: [Topic]
+Research window: [Date 30 days ago] → [Today's date]
+
+---
+
+## What People Agree On
+[Consensus points that appear across multiple platforms — most reliable signal]
+
+## Where People Disagree
+[Active debates, contrasting views — include which side has more weight]
+
+## Pain Points That Keep Coming Up
+[Recurring complaints and frustrations — strongest signal of real problems]
+
+## Positive Signals
+[What people genuinely praise — not PR, but unprompted appreciation]
+
+## Most Interesting Takes
+[Contrarian, unexpected, or surprisingly insightful comments worth noting]
+
+## Sources
+[Links to the most useful threads/posts found — 5–10 links with brief labels]
+
+## Signal Confidence
+[High / Medium / Low — with a one-line rationale based on data volume and consistency]
+```
+
+Each section should contain substantive content, not placeholders. If a section has no findings (e.g. no positive signals found), state that explicitly rather than leaving it empty or fabricating content.
+
+## Instructions for Claude
+
+### Step 1 — Calculate the date window
+
+Determine today's date and subtract 30 days to get the research start date. Format: YYYY-MM-DD. Use these dates explicitly in every search query.
+
+### Step 2 — Reddit search
+
+Run at least three web searches targeting Reddit:
+
+```
+site:reddit.com "[topic]" after:[30-days-ago-date]
+site:reddit.com "[topic]" 2025
+reddit.com "[topic]" discussion OR thread OR comments
+```
+
+For each result: read the thread title, top-level comments, and any highly-upvoted replies. Record the key claims and the URL.
+
+If the topic has common synonyms or abbreviations, run additional searches with those (e.g. "Claude Code" and "claude.code" and "Anthropic coding tool").
+
+### Step 3 — X/Twitter search
+
+Run at least two web searches targeting X:
+
+```
+site:twitter.com OR site:x.com "[topic]" after:[30-days-ago-date]
+"[topic]" site:x.com -is:retweet
+```
+
+Note: X search via web has limitations. If results are sparse, supplement with searches for specific accounts known to discuss the topic area (e.g. tech journalists, domain experts).
+
+### Step 4 — Broader web search
+
+Run at least two broader searches for articles, blog posts, and commentary:
+
+```
+"[topic]" review OR opinion OR experience [month] [year]
+"[topic]" vs OR alternative OR comparison [month] [year]
+```
+
+Target sources: Hacker News, Substack, dev.to, personal blogs, product communities. Avoid press releases and vendor-authored content.
+
+### Step 5 — Cross-platform corroboration check
+
+Before writing the report, review everything collected and apply the corroboration rule:
+
+**When the same point appears on both Reddit and X independently, treat it as strong signal — it's likely true.**
+
+A point mentioned only once on one platform is a data point, not a finding. Weight your sections accordingly.
+
+### Step 6 — Write the report
+
+Populate each section of the output structure. Follow these rules:
+
+- **What People Agree On**: Only include points you saw on 2+ platforms or in multiple independent threads. These are your most reliable findings.
+- **Where People Disagree**: Name the sides. "Some say X, others say Y — and the X camp seems louder based on upvote counts / engagement."
+- **Pain Points**: Be specific. "Performance issues" is weak. "Cold start times over 4 seconds on the free tier" is useful.
+- **Positive Signals**: Must be unprompted praise, not from product marketing or sponsored content.
+- **Most Interesting Takes**: At least 2, maximum 5. Quote or closely paraphrase where possible.
+- **Sources**: Include the actual URLs. Label each one briefly (e.g. "Reddit thread: 'Has anyone switched from X to Y?'").
+- **Signal Confidence**: Rate High/Medium/Low based on:
+  - High = 10+ sources, consistent signal across platforms
+  - Medium = 5–10 sources, some inconsistency
+  - Low = fewer than 5 sources, or highly fragmented signal
+
+### Step 7 — Sanity check before delivering
+
+Before outputting the report, verify:
+
+- [ ] Every claim in the report traces to an actual source found during research (not prior knowledge)
+- [ ] The date window was actually applied to searches, not ignored
+- [ ] No fabricated or hallucinated URLs in the Sources section
+- [ ] Signal Confidence rating reflects the actual data volume, not optimism
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] At minimum 3 Reddit searches were run with the date filter applied
+- [ ] At minimum 2 X/Twitter searches were run
+- [ ] At minimum 2 broader web searches were run
+- [ ] Cross-platform corroboration principle was applied (same point on multiple platforms = stronger signal)
+- [ ] Pain Points section contains specific, concrete details — not vague generalisations
+- [ ] Sources section contains real URLs (not hallucinated), verified during research
+- [ ] Signal Confidence is rated and justified
+- [ ] If a section has no findings, it says so explicitly rather than being omitted or padded
+- [ ] No vendor-authored content or press releases treated as independent signal
+- [ ] Synonyms and alternative names for the topic were searched
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not treat SEO blog posts or vendor-authored content as community signal — only count independent sources
+- [ ] Do not report findings without applying the date filter — prior knowledge mixed with recent search results produces stale, unverifiable claims
+- [ ] Do not fabricate or guess at URLs — every link in the Sources section must have been retrieved during the research session
+- [ ] Do not report a single mention as a "finding" — a finding requires corroboration from at least two independent sources
+- [ ] Do not rate Signal Confidence as High when fewer than 5 credible sources were found — this misleads the reader about how much to rely on the output
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "What are people saying about Cursor AI from the last 30 days?"
+- "Research Vercel's recent sentiment"
+- "Last 30 days on the Arc browser shutdown"
+- "What's the current vibe on Supabase?"
+- "What are developers saying about Claude Code lately?"
+- "Research [topic] from the last 30 days"
+- "Give me a signal report on [product]"
+- "What's the Reddit and Twitter take on [trend]?"
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+---
+name: notebooklm-connector
+description: "Automates NotebookLM from Claude Code using browser automation via the Claude Chrome extension — creating notebooks, adding sources, and triggering outputs without manual clicking. Use when you want to create a NotebookLM notebook, add URLs or documents as sources, or generate mindmaps, audio overviews, or briefing docs programmatically. Produces a confirmed checklist of completed actions and a direct link to the notebook."
+---
+
+# NotebookLM Connector
+
+## The Problem
+
+NotebookLM is one of the best AI research tools — but it doesn't connect to your other tools. Every notebook requires manual setup inside the NotebookLM UI: open browser, name the notebook, paste URLs one by one, click generate. For researchers, builders, or anyone who works with a high volume of sources, this friction compounds fast.
+
+This skill automates NotebookLM from Claude Code using browser automation via the Claude Chrome extension.
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+| Requirement | Details |
+|-------------|---------|
+| Claude Chrome extension | Must be installed and active in your Chrome browser |
+| NotebookLM account | Active account at notebooklm.google.com |
+| Chrome browser | Open and signed into NotebookLM |
+
+If the Chrome extension is not installed, this skill cannot function. There is no fallback — you will need to perform actions manually.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+| Input | Required | Notes |
+|-------|----------|-------|
+| Action(s) to perform | Yes | What you want done — see Supported Actions below |
+| Notebook name | Conditional | Required for create; optional for add/generate if a notebook is already open |
+| Sources | Conditional | Required for add sources action — URLs, file paths, or pasted text |
+| Output type | Conditional | Required for generate action — mindmap, audio overview, or briefing doc |
+
+## Supported Actions
+
+| Action | What It Does |
+|--------|-------------|
+| Create notebook | Opens NotebookLM, creates a new notebook with the specified title |
+| Add sources | Adds one or more URLs, files, or text blocks as sources to a notebook |
+| Generate mindmap | Triggers mindmap generation from the notebook's sources |
+| Generate audio overview | Requests an audio overview (note: takes several minutes to render) |
+| Generate briefing doc | Requests a briefing document or slide deck from sources |
+| List notebooks | Lists your existing notebooks and their source counts |
+| Open notebook | Navigates to a specific existing notebook by name |
+
+Actions can be chained in a single request: "Create a notebook called 'AI Trends Q2', add these 3 URLs as sources, then generate a mindmap."
+
+## Output Structure
+
+After completing actions, Claude returns a structured confirmation:
+
+```
+## NotebookLM — Actions Completed
+
+**Notebook:** [Notebook name]
+**URL:** [Direct link to the notebook]
+**Actions completed:**
+- [x] Created notebook: "[Name]"
+- [x] Added source: [URL or file name]
+- [x] Added source: [URL or file name]
+- [x] Triggered: Mindmap generation
+
+**Status:** [Any pending items — e.g. "Audio overview is generating, check back in 5–10 minutes"]
+
+**Notes:** [Any issues encountered or deviations from the requested actions]
+```
+
+If an action fails, the failed step is marked with `[ ]` and a reason is provided. See Error Handling below.
+
+## Instructions for Claude
+
+### Step 1 — Parse and confirm the request
+
+Before opening any browser, parse the full request into discrete steps:
+
+1. What notebook is being targeted (new or existing)?
+2. What sources need to be added (list each URL or file)?
+3. What outputs need to be generated?
+
+If anything is ambiguous — e.g. "add my research sources" without specifying what they are — ask for clarification before proceeding. Do not guess at source URLs.
+
+### Step 2 — Check the Chrome extension is available
+
+Confirm browser automation is available via the Claude Chrome extension. If it is not active, stop and report:
+
+> "This skill requires the Claude Chrome extension to be installed and active. Please install it at [extension URL] and try again."
+
+### Step 3 — Navigate to NotebookLM
+
+Open or navigate to `https://notebooklm.google.com`. Confirm the user is logged in. If a login screen appears, stop and ask the user to log in manually, then retry.
+
+### Step 4 — Execute actions in order
+
+Execute each action in the sequence requested. After each action, confirm it completed before moving to the next. Do not batch actions speculatively.
+
+**Creating a notebook:**
+- Click "New Notebook"
+- Enter the specified title
+- Confirm the notebook is created and visible
+
+**Adding a URL source:**
+- In the notebook, click "Add Source"
+- Select "Website" or "URL"
+- Paste the URL
+- Wait for the source to process and appear in the sources list
+- Confirm before adding the next source
+
+**Adding pasted text:**
+- Click "Add Source"
+- Select "Copied text" or "Paste text"
+- Paste the content
+- Confirm the source appears
+
+**Generating a mindmap:**
+- Navigate to the notebook's output options
+- Select "Mindmap" from available outputs
+- Trigger generation
+- Confirm the mindmap begins rendering
+
+**Generating an audio overview:**
+- Navigate to output options
+- Select "Audio Overview"
+- Trigger generation
+- Note: rendering takes several minutes — report this to the user, do not wait for completion
+
+### Step 5 — Compile and return the confirmation
+
+Return the structured output described in the Output Structure section above, including the direct notebook URL and a checklist of completed/failed actions.
+
+## Error Handling
+
+If any step fails, do the following:
+
+1. Stop at the failed step (do not attempt to continue)
+2. Report the exact step that failed and what was observed
+3. Suggest a manual workaround for that step
+4. Offer to retry from that point
+
+**Common failures and workarounds:**
+
+| Failure | Likely Cause | Manual Workaround |
+|---------|-------------|-------------------|
+| Extension not detected | Extension not installed or disabled | Install from Chrome Web Store |
+| Login screen appears | Session expired | Log in manually, then retry |
+| Source fails to process | URL is paywalled or blocked | Download content and add as pasted text instead |
+| Mindmap not available | Source volume too low | Add more sources (NotebookLM requires minimum content) |
+| Audio overview grayed out | Sources not yet indexed | Wait 1–2 minutes for indexing, then retry |
+
+## Limitations
+
+- **Chrome extension required** — This skill does not work in the Claude web interface without the extension. It cannot function in API-only or terminal-only Claude setups.
+- **NotebookLM UI changes** — If Google updates the NotebookLM interface, specific steps (button names, navigation paths) may need to be updated in this skill.
+- **Audio overview render time** — Audio overviews are queued server-side by NotebookLM and typically take 5–15 minutes. Claude can trigger the request but cannot wait for completion.
+- **File uploads** — Uploading local files (PDFs, docs) requires the file to be accessible from the browser. File paths must be absolute.
+- **Session state** — Claude cannot save or restore NotebookLM session state between conversations. Each session starts fresh.
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] User's full request was parsed into discrete steps before any browser action was taken
+- [ ] Ambiguous source references were clarified before proceeding
+- [ ] Each action was confirmed complete before the next one started
+- [ ] Direct notebook URL is included in the output
+- [ ] If audio overview was triggered, user was informed of the render delay
+- [ ] Any failed steps are explicitly reported with the specific failure reason
+- [ ] Manual workaround was offered for any step that failed
+- [ ] Output checklist accurately reflects what was completed vs. what failed
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not proceed with any browser action before the full request has been parsed into discrete steps — ambiguous source references must be clarified before navigating
+- [ ] Do not guess at source URLs if the user says "add my research sources" without specifying them — ask for the explicit list before starting
+- [ ] Do not batch actions speculatively — each action must be confirmed complete before the next one begins to avoid compounding failures
+- [ ] Do not wait for audio overview rendering to complete — audio overviews take 5–15 minutes server-side; report the trigger and move on rather than blocking the session
+- [ ] Do not attempt this skill if the Claude Chrome extension is not active — report the missing prerequisite immediately rather than attempting browser steps that will fail
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Open NotebookLM and create a notebook called 'Competitor Analysis Q2'"
+- "Add these 5 URLs as sources to my NotebookLM notebook"
+- "Generate a mindmap in NotebookLM from my current notebook"
+- "Create a NotebookLM notebook on AI agent frameworks, add these sources, and generate an audio overview"
+- "What notebooks do I have in NotebookLM?"
+- "Add this article to NotebookLM: [URL]"
+- "Generate a briefing doc from my NotebookLM sources on [topic]"
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+---
+name: press-release
+description: "Write a professional press release for any announcement. Use when asked to write a press release, media announcement, news release, or press statement. Produces a structured press release with headline, dateline, body, boilerplate, and media contact — ready to send to journalists."
+---
+
+# Press Release Skill
+
+Writes press releases that journalists actually read — structured around the news angle, not the desire to promote.
+
+## Required Inputs
+- **The news** (what is actually happening — be specific)
+- **Company name**
+- **Date of announcement / embargo date**
+- **Key quote** (from which executive and approximately what they want to say)
+- **Why this matters** (to the reader, not the company)
+- **Target media** (trade / national / local / consumer / investor)
+- **Media contact details**
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE / EMBARGOED UNTIL: [Date and time]
+
+---
+
+# [Headline — active verb, specific news, under 10 words]
+## [Subheadline — the so-what in one sentence, adds context not repetition]
+
+**[City, Date]** — [Opening paragraph: Who, What, When, Where, Why in 2-3 sentences. A journalist should be able to run this paragraph alone. No background, no context, no company history.]
+
+[Second paragraph: the significance. Why does this matter? What does it mean for customers or the industry?]
+
+[Third paragraph: quote from executive. Human and specific. Not a restatement of the headline.]
+
+"[Quote text — specific, adds something the facts do not say]," said [Name], [Title] at [Company]. "[Second sentence extending the thought]."
+
+[Fourth paragraph: supporting detail — data, customer names with permission, additional context]
+
+[Fifth paragraph optional: what happens next, when it goes live, what people can do]
+
+---
+
+ENDS
+
+---
+
+**Notes to editors:**
+
+**About [Company]**
+[Boilerplate: 3-4 sentences. What the company does, when founded, where based, key facts. Factual not promotional.]
+
+**Media contact:**
+[Name] | [Title] | [Email] | [Phone] | [Hours/timezone]
+
+---
+
+## Headline Rules
+- Active voice: "Company launches X" not "X is launched by Company"
+- Specific: "raises 5M" not "secures significant investment"
+- Under 10 words
+- Never start with the company name — lead with the news
+
+## Journalist Test
+Would a journalist care? Is the headline the full story? Is there a human angle? Is the quote something a human would say? Can the first paragraph stand alone?
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Headline uses active voice and is under 10 words
+- [ ] First paragraph stands alone as the complete story
+- [ ] Quote adds something the facts don't say (not a restatement)
+- [ ] Boilerplate is factual, not promotional
+- [ ] Embargo date and media contact are included
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not bury the news — the most important information must appear in the first paragraph (inverted pyramid)
+- [ ] Do not use promotional language or superlatives — press releases must read as news, not advertising copy
+- [ ] Do not omit the boilerplate — every press release needs the standard "About [Company]" paragraph at the end
+- [ ] Do not forget the embargo date and media contact — journalists need both to use the release
+- [ ] Do not write a headline longer than 12 words — it must be scannable and specific
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+- "Write a press release announcing [news]"
+- "Draft a media statement about [event]"
+- "We are launching [product] — write the press release"
+- "Turn this announcement into a press release: [paste notes]"
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+---
+name: sycophancy-challenger
+description: "Flips Claude's default from validation to adversarial critique. Use before high-stakes decisions, plans, assumptions, or pitches you haven't stress-tested. Produces structured challenges, steelmanned counter-arguments, and the strongest case against your position — a genuine thinking partner, not a mirror."
+---
+
+# Sycophancy Challenger
+
+Claude defaults to validating. You bring a decision, it finds three reasons your instinct is solid, and you leave more confident but not more right. That's actively dangerous when the stakes are high — a hiring call, a pricing change, a strategy pivot, a public commitment. This skill flips the default: Claude argues against your idea first, holds its position under pushback, and only concedes when you give it new evidence. Not when you express displeasure.
+
+> Credit: Originally created by Joel Salinas (Leadership in Change) — adapted and extended for this library.
+
+---
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+| Input | Format | Notes |
+|---|---|---|
+| Your idea, decision, plan, or assumption | Describe it in plain language | More context = sharper challenge. Include reasoning if you have it. |
+
+No other setup required. Activating the skill is enough — describe your idea and Claude will challenge it immediately.
+
+---
+
+## Output Structure
+
+Every response in this mode follows this exact format:
+
+```
+## Strongest Case AGAINST This
+
+[The single most damaging criticism of the idea. Not a list of concerns — the
+one argument that, if true, would kill this. Stated directly, without softening.]
+
+
+## The Weakest Element
+
+[The specific part of the idea most likely to fail, be wrong, or break under
+real-world conditions. Named precisely. Not "execution risk" — the actual thing.]
+
+
+## What You'd Need to Prove to Make This Work
+
+[The assumptions that must be true for this idea to succeed. Written as testable
+claims, not as encouragement. If an assumption can't be tested, that's noted.]
+
+
+## What I Can't Find Fault With
+
+[Only appears when a genuine search finds nothing damaging. States clearly what
+holds up and why — doesn't invent weak praise to fill the section. If everything
+is actually fine, says so plainly and explains why the challenge came up short.]
+```
+
+No additional sections. No summary. No "overall, this is a solid idea." The format ends when the four sections are complete.
+
+---
+
+## Instructions for Claude
+
+### On activation
+
+Do not open with agreement, validation, or any form of "I see where you're coming from." Begin the challenge immediately. The first word of your response should advance the criticism, not soften the user's expectations.
+
+### Step 1: Assume the idea hasn't been stress-tested
+
+Treat the idea as if the user believes in it strongly and has not actively looked for reasons it fails. Your job is to be the adversary they didn't have in the room.
+
+### Step 2: Find the strongest case against it
+
+Not a balanced view. Not pros and cons. The strongest case against. Ask:
+- What's the most likely way this fails?
+- What's the assumption that, if wrong, makes everything else irrelevant?
+- Who would argue against this, and what's the best version of their argument?
+- What does this idea get wrong about how people, markets, or systems actually behave?
+
+State the strongest case directly. Do not list multiple criticisms in this section — lead with the one that does the most damage.
+
+### Step 3: Identify the weakest element
+
+This is different from the strongest case against. The weakest element is the most fragile specific component — the thing most likely to crack under execution, scrutiny, or changed conditions. Name it precisely. Examples of insufficient answers:
+- "The timeline might be tight" → insufficient
+- "The assumption that customers will pay $99/month before experiencing the product is the element most likely to break this, because you have no evidence of willingness-to-pay at that price point" → correct level of specificity
+
+### Step 4: Surface the required assumptions
+
+List what must be true for this to work. Write each assumption as a testable claim:
+
+```
+For this to work, the following must be true:
+1. [Assumption stated as a claim that can be verified or falsified]
+2. [Assumption stated as a claim]
+3. [Assumption stated as a claim]
+```
+
+If an assumption cannot be tested — it's based on hope, belief, or unprovable prediction — flag it explicitly: "This assumption cannot currently be tested. That's a risk."
+
+### Step 5: Report what holds up (only if true)
+
+Search genuinely for what the idea gets right or where the challenge fails. If you find it, state it clearly. If you can't find a real flaw, say exactly that: "I've looked for the failure points and I can't find them. Here's what actually holds up: [specific things]." Do not invent praise. Do not invent flaws either.
+
+### Handling pushback
+
+If the user pushes back:
+- **New evidence or new information:** update your position based on the evidence. State what changed and why.
+- **Emotional pushback, repetition, or displeasure:** do not move. Restate the criticism calmly. Example: "I understand you feel strongly about this — I'm not backing off the point about X because that hasn't changed. If there's something I'm missing, tell me what it is."
+- **A clarification that changes the picture:** acknowledge the clarification, adjust if warranted, and explain exactly what the clarification changed.
+
+Do not soften a position because the user seems upset. Do not move back to validation mode mid-conversation.
+
+### When the skill ends
+
+The session is complete when the user has either:
+1. Strengthened their idea by addressing the core criticism with real evidence or a genuine plan adjustment, or
+2. Identified a real flaw they're going to fix.
+
+Not when they've expressed satisfaction. Not when a certain number of exchanges have happened. The measure is whether something actually changed or was genuinely defended.
+
+### Prohibitions
+
+These prohibitions do more work than the rules above. Follow them absolutely:
+
+- **Never open with agreement or validation.** Not "That's an interesting approach," not "I can see why you'd think that." Start with the challenge.
+- **Never say "great question," "great point," or "I see where you're coming from" as a lead.** These are validation openers, not neutral transitions.
+- **Never soften a criticism with "however, there are also positives."** If the positives are real, they go in the "What I Can't Find Fault With" section, not as a counterweight to every criticism.
+- **Never back down because the user expressed displeasure.** Only move if given new evidence.
+- **Never invent a flaw that isn't real.** If the idea is actually solid, say so. Inventing fake criticisms is as useless as fake validation.
+- **Never use the word "valid" to describe the user's perspective mid-challenge.** It's a validation signal disguised as a neutral word.
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Response opened with the challenge — not with a softening phrase or acknowledgment
+- [ ] "Strongest Case Against" section contains one argument, not a list
+- [ ] "Weakest Element" is specific — names the actual component, not a category of risk
+- [ ] "What You'd Need to Prove" lists testable assumptions, not encouragement
+- [ ] Untestable assumptions are explicitly flagged as risks
+- [ ] "What I Can't Find Fault With" only appears if the search was genuine and something held up
+- [ ] No invented flaws — every criticism connects to something real in what the user described
+- [ ] Pushback was met with a position restatement, not a retreat (unless new evidence was provided)
+- [ ] The session ended because something changed or was genuinely defended — not because the user seemed satisfied
+- [ ] None of the prohibited phrases or patterns appear anywhere in the response
+
+---
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not open with a softening phrase or acknowledgment before the challenge — the first sentence must be the critique
+- [ ] Do not retreat from a position when the user pushes back without providing new evidence — update only when genuinely persuaded
+- [ ] Do not invent flaws — every criticism must connect to something real in what the user described
+- [ ] Do not provide a list of weak objections — identify the single strongest case against the idea
+- [ ] Do not end the session because the user seems satisfied — end only when something genuinely changed or was defended
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Use the sycophancy-challenger skill — here's my plan: [describe it]"
+- "Challenge this idea before I commit to it: [describe it]"
+- "I've already decided to do X — tell me why I'm wrong"
+- "Be the devil's advocate on this hire: [describe the candidate and the role]"
+- "I'm about to pitch this to investors — tear it apart first: [describe it]"
+- "Don't validate this, challenge it: [idea or assumption]"
+- "Stress-test this strategy: [describe it]"
+- "What's the strongest argument against doing this: [decision]"
+- "I think I'm right about X — what am I missing?"
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+---
+name: teaching-lesson-plan
+description: "Design a structured lesson plan for any subject, audience, or format. Use when asked to write a lesson plan, course outline, teaching session, workshop curriculum, or training module. Produces a complete lesson plan with learning objectives, activities, timing, assessment, and differentiation guidance."
+---
+
+# Teaching Lesson Plan Skill
+
+Produces a complete, structured lesson plan for any subject, age group, or setting — from a one-hour corporate training to a full school lesson. Built around clear learning objectives, varied activities, and formative assessment.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Subject or topic**
+- **Audience** (age group, experience level, group size)
+- **Session length** (30 / 45 / 60 / 90 / 120 minutes)
+- **Setting** (classroom / workshop / online / corporate training / one-to-one)
+- **Learning goal** (what should participants know or be able to do by the end?)
+- **Prior knowledge** (what can you assume they already know?)
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+# Lesson Plan: [Topic]
+
+**Subject:** [Subject] | **Audience:** [Description] | **Duration:** [X minutes]
+**Setting:** [Setting] | **Group size:** [N]
+
+---
+
+## Learning Objectives
+
+By the end of this session, participants will be able to:
+1. [Objective 1 — use Bloom's taxonomy verbs: recall, explain, apply, analyse, evaluate, create]
+2. [Objective 2]
+3. [Objective 3 — maximum 3–4 objectives per session]
+
+**Key vocabulary:** [3–5 terms participants will need to know]
+
+---
+
+## Materials and Preparation
+
+- [ ] [Resource 1 — slides, handout, equipment]
+- [ ] [Resource 2]
+- [ ] Room setup: [configuration — rows / circles / tables / breakout spaces]
+
+---
+
+## Lesson Structure
+
+| Time | Phase | Activity | Format |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [00:00] | Hook / Opener | [How you grab attention and establish relevance] | [Whole group / Individual / Pairs] |
+| [00:05] | Prior knowledge | [How you connect to what they already know] | [Discussion / Quiz / Think-pair-share] |
+| [00:15] | Instruction | [Direct teaching of new content] | [Explanation / Demo / Video] |
+| [00:30] | Guided practice | [Supported practice with feedback] | [Worked examples / Group task] |
+| [00:50] | Independent practice | [Students apply learning independently] | [Task / Problem / Discussion] |
+| [01:05] | Check for understanding | [Formative assessment] | [Exit ticket / Quiz / Q&A] |
+| [01:15] | Closure | [Summarise, connect to next session] | [Whole group] |
+
+---
+
+## Key Explanations and Worked Examples
+
+### [Concept 1]
+[Clear explanation + one concrete worked example. Explain the concept the way a good teacher would — no jargon without definition, one idea at a time.]
+
+### [Concept 2]
+[Explanation + example]
+
+---
+
+## Differentiation
+
+**For those who need more support:**
+- [Scaffold: e.g. sentence starters, worked examples, vocabulary cards]
+- [Modified task or reduced scope]
+
+**For those ready for a challenge:**
+- [Extension: e.g. apply to a new context, evaluate, create something]
+
+---
+
+## Formative Assessment (Check for Understanding)
+
+**During session:**
+- [Method 1: e.g. Cold calling with no-stakes approach, thumbs up/down, mini whiteboards]
+- [Method 2: e.g. Think-pair-share before moving on]
+
+**Exit ticket (last 5 minutes):**
+[One specific question that directly tests the learning objective — not "what did you enjoy?" but "solve this problem" or "explain this concept in your own words"]
+
+---
+
+## Common Misconceptions to Address
+
+| Misconception | Correct understanding | How to address it |
+|---|---|---|
+| [What learners often get wrong] | [The correct version] | [Specific activity or explanation] |
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Learning objectives use action verbs (not "understand" or "know")
+- [ ] Session has a clear hook that establishes relevance
+- [ ] Activities are varied (not all listening)
+- [ ] Formative assessment checks the actual learning objective
+- [ ] Differentiation is specified for both support and extension
+- [ ] Timing adds up to session length
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not design a lesson plan without explicitly stating the learning objectives — activities must trace back to outcomes
+- [ ] Do not allocate timing that does not add up to the total session length — the plan must be time-feasible
+- [ ] Do not create activities with no assessment component — learning must be measurable, not just delivered
+- [ ] Do not ignore differentiation — a plan with no accommodation for different learning levels or abilities is incomplete
+- [ ] Do not front-load all content delivery without interactive breaks — passive listening degrades retention after 15–20 minutes
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Write a lesson plan on [topic] for [audience]"
+- "Design a 60-minute session on [subject]"
+- "Create a training module on [skill]"
+- "Plan a workshop on [topic] for [group]"
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-cs",
+  "version": "1.0.0",
+  "description": "Customer Success skills: Customer Health Scorecard, QBR Deck, Escalation Brief, Churn Analysis. Score account health with a weighted RAG framework, build structured QBR decks with value narratives, write crisp escalation briefs for at-risk accounts, and analyse churn by category and segment with prioritised interventions.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["customer-success", "account-management", "health-scorecard", "qbr", "quarterly-business-review", "churn", "retention", "escalation", "csm", "renewal"]
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+---
+name: churn-analysis
+description: "Produce a structured churn analysis that separates avoidable from unavoidable churn. Use when investigating why customers are leaving, identifying at-risk segments, calculating net revenue retention, or building a retention intervention plan. Produces a churn report with rate calculations, categorised reasons by avoidability, segment breakdown, timing analysis, early warning signals, and prioritised interventions ranked by estimated impact."
+---
+
+# Churn Analysis Skill
+
+Produce a structured churn analysis that goes beyond the headline rate — identifying why customers leave, which segments are most at risk, and what interventions will have the highest impact on retention.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask for these if not already provided:
+- **Time period** being analysed (e.g. Q1, last 12 months)
+- **Total customers at start of period** and **customers churned**
+- **ARR or revenue lost** to churn
+- **Churn reasons data** — exit survey results, CSM notes, support data, or sales loss reasons
+- **Customer segments** — by tier, industry, cohort, or product line
+- **Current retention rate** if known
+- **Any recent changes** — pricing, product, support model — that may have affected churn
+
+## Churn Categories
+
+Always classify churn before analysing it:
+
+| Category | Definition |
+|---|---|
+| **Voluntary — avoidable** | Customer left due to a problem we could have addressed (product gaps, poor onboarding, relationship failures) |
+| **Voluntary — unavoidable** | Customer left for reasons outside our control (budget cuts, acquisition, company shutdown) |
+| **Involuntary** | Payment failure, contract non-renewal by mistake, admin error |
+
+The interventions for each category are different. Conflating them leads to wrong conclusions.
+
+## Output Format
+
+---
+
+# Churn Analysis: [Product / Segment / Company]
+**Period:** [Start date] — [End date]
+**Prepared by:** [Name] | **Date:** [Date]
+
+---
+
+## Headline Numbers
+
+| Metric | Value |
+|---|---|
+| Customers at start of period | [N] |
+| Customers churned | [N] |
+| **Customer churn rate** | **[X]%** |
+| ARR at start of period | £/$/€[X] |
+| ARR lost to churn | £/$/€[X] |
+| **Revenue churn rate (gross)** | **[X]%** |
+| ARR from expansions (same period) | £/$/€[X] |
+| **Net revenue retention (NRR)** | **[X]%** |
+
+**Benchmark context:**
+- Customer churn rate: [X]% vs. industry benchmark [Y]% — [above / below / in line]
+- NRR: [X]% — [What this means: above 100% = expansion offsets churn; below 100% = shrinking base]
+
+---
+
+## Churn Breakdown by Category
+
+| Category | Customers | % of churn | ARR lost |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Voluntary — avoidable | [N] | [X]% | £/$/€[X] |
+| Voluntary — unavoidable | [N] | [X]% | £/$/€[X] |
+| Involuntary | [N] | [X]% | £/$/€[X] |
+| **Total** | **[N]** | **100%** | **£/$/€[X]** |
+
+**Avoidable churn as % of total churn:** [X]% — this is the number we can actually influence.
+
+---
+
+## Churn Reasons — Avoidable Churn Only
+
+Rank by frequency. Include ARR weight where data allows.
+
+| Reason | Count | % of avoidable churn | ARR lost | Representative quote |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| [Reason 1 — e.g. "Product missing key feature"] | [N] | [X]% | £/$/€[X] | "[Quote]" |
+| [Reason 2] | [N] | [X]% | £/$/€[X] | "[Quote]" |
+| [Reason 3] | [N] | [X]% | £/$/€[X] | "[Quote]" |
+| [Reason 4] | [N] | [X]% | £/$/€[X] | "[Quote]" |
+| Other | [N] | [X]% | £/$/€[X] | — |
+
+**Theme synthesis:** [2–3 sentences grouping the top reasons into 2–3 themes. E.g. "The top three reasons cluster around two themes: product gaps in [area] (affecting X% of avoidable churn) and onboarding failures where customers never achieved value (Y%)."]
+
+---
+
+## Churn by Segment
+
+Identify which segments over- or under-index for churn.
+
+### By Tier
+
+| Tier | Churn rate | vs. Overall | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Enterprise | [X]% | +/-[X]pp | |
+| Mid-Market | [X]% | +/-[X]pp | |
+| SMB | [X]% | +/-[X]pp | |
+
+### By Cohort (Acquisition Year)
+
+| Cohort | Churn rate | Notes |
+|---|---|---|
+| [Year 1] | [X]% | |
+| [Year 2] | [X]% | |
+| [Year 3] | [X]% | |
+
+### By Industry / Use Case (if data available)
+
+| Segment | Churn rate | Notes |
+|---|---|---|
+| [Segment 1] | [X]% | |
+| [Segment 2] | [X]% | |
+
+**Key pattern:** [Which segment has the highest churn rate and what likely explains it]
+
+---
+
+## Timing Analysis
+
+- **Average contract length before churn:** [X months]
+- **Highest-risk moment:** [e.g. "Month 3 — when trial value has worn off but full adoption hasn't happened"]
+- **Churn timing distribution:**
+
+| When churn occurred | % of churned accounts |
+|---|---|
+| 0–3 months | [X]% |
+| 3–6 months | [X]% |
+| 6–12 months | [X]% |
+| 12+ months | [X]% |
+
+---
+
+## Early Warning Signals
+
+Based on the churned accounts, identify the signals that preceded churn (and could have triggered earlier intervention):
+
+| Signal | Lead time before churn | How to detect |
+|---|---|---|
+| [Signal 1 — e.g. "DAU/MAU dropped below 15%"] | [~X weeks] | [Usage dashboard / alert] |
+| [Signal 2 — e.g. "No QBR in 90+ days"] | [~X weeks] | [CRM flag] |
+| [Signal 3 — e.g. "Champion left the account"] | [~X weeks] | [LinkedIn alert / CSM tracking] |
+| [Signal 4] | [~X weeks] | [Detection method] |
+
+---
+
+## Intervention Recommendations
+
+Ranked by estimated impact × feasibility.
+
+| Intervention | Addresses | Est. churn reduction | Effort | Owner |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| [Intervention 1 — e.g. "Improve onboarding for [segment] with dedicated 30-day check-in"] | [Reason 1] | [X accounts / £X ARR] | Low / Med / High | [Team] |
+| [Intervention 2] | [Reason 2] | [X accounts / £X ARR] | Low / Med / High | [Team] |
+| [Intervention 3] | [Reason 3] | [X accounts / £X ARR] | Low / Med / High | [Team] |
+
+**Priority call:** [Which one intervention, if implemented this quarter, would have the biggest impact and why]
+
+---
+
+## What We Don't Know (Data Gaps)
+
+- [Data gap 1 — e.g. "Exit survey response rate is only 30% — the reasons data may not be representative"]
+- [Data gap 2 — e.g. "No product usage data for SMB tier — can't confirm usage signal correlation"]
+- [Data gap 3]
+
+---
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not mix avoidable and unavoidable churn in intervention plans — recommending product fixes for customers who churned due to company shutdown wastes resources
+- [ ] Do not calculate churn rate using end-of-period customer count as the denominator — this understates churn; always divide churned customers by the starting cohort
+- [ ] Do not rely solely on exit survey data for churn reasons — response rates are typically low and self-selection biases the sample toward customers who are engaged enough to complete a survey
+- [ ] Do not recommend interventions without linking them to a specific churn reason — interventions disconnected from root causes will not move retention
+- [ ] Do not report only gross revenue churn — without net revenue retention (NRR), a healthy-looking retention number can hide a shrinking revenue base
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Churn rate is correctly calculated (churned ÷ starting cohort, not end-of-period total)
+- [ ] Avoidable and unavoidable churn are separated — interventions target avoidable churn only
+- [ ] Churn reasons are customer-reported, not internally assumed
+- [ ] Segment analysis identifies which segments over-index — not just averages
+- [ ] Early warning signals are specific and detectable, not generic ("low engagement")
+- [ ] Interventions link directly to the top churn reasons — no recommendations without a root cause match
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+---
+name: cs-escalation-brief
+description: "Write a structured escalation brief for an at-risk customer account. Use when an account has escalated, when a customer is threatening churn, when a P1 customer issue needs executive attention, or when preparing an internal save play. Produces a crisp escalation brief with account context, timeline, root cause, business impact, and a clear resolution plan."
+---
+
+# Customer Escalation Brief Skill
+
+Produce a clear, concise escalation brief that gives internal stakeholders — VP CS, CCO, product leadership, or the CEO — everything they need to understand the situation, make decisions, and act fast.
+
+A good escalation brief is not a complaint. It is a professional document that states the facts, assigns accountability honestly, and proposes a specific resolution plan.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask for these if not already provided:
+- **Account name**, tier, and ARR
+- **CSM name** and account owner
+- **Nature of the escalation** — what happened, what the customer is saying
+- **Timeline** of events leading to escalation
+- **Customer contact** who escalated (name, role, influence level)
+- **What the customer wants** — their stated ask
+- **What we believe the root cause is**
+- **What has already been done** to address the situation
+- **Renewal date** and current renewal risk assessment
+
+## Escalation Levels
+
+Calibrate urgency and audience based on escalation level:
+
+| Level | Trigger | Audience | Response time |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| L1 — Account Risk | Customer expressing dissatisfaction; renewal at risk | CSM + CS Manager | 24 hours |
+| L2 — Executive Escalation | Customer escalated to their exec; requesting vendor exec involvement | VP CS + Account Exec | 4 hours |
+| L3 — Churn Risk | Customer has issued notice or is in active churn conversation | CCO / CEO + Revenue leadership | 1 hour |
+| L4 — Public Risk | Customer threatening public escalation, legal, or press | CCO / Legal / Comms | Immediate |
+
+## Output Format
+
+---
+
+# Escalation Brief: [Account Name]
+
+**Escalation level:** L[1/2/3/4] — [Label]
+**Date raised:** [Date]
+**Raised by:** [CSM name]
+**Escalation owner:** [Name of exec or senior stakeholder now leading response]
+
+---
+
+## Account at a Glance
+
+| Field | Detail |
+|---|---|
+| ARR | £/$/€[X] |
+| Tier | Enterprise / Mid-Market / SMB |
+| Customer since | [Date] |
+| Renewal date | [Date] — [N] days away |
+| Renewal risk (pre-escalation) | Green / Amber / Red |
+| Renewal risk (current) | Green / Amber / Red |
+| Customer contact who escalated | [Name, role, seniority] |
+| Executive sponsor (customer) | [Name, role — active / passive / vacant] |
+| Executive sponsor (vendor) | [Name, role] |
+
+---
+
+## What Happened — Summary
+
+[3–5 sentences. State the facts plainly. What the customer experienced, how they reacted, and how we learned about the escalation. No editorialising. No blame.]
+
+---
+
+## Timeline
+
+List in chronological order. Each entry: `[Date / time] — [What happened. Who did what.]`
+
+Include:
+- When the original issue or trigger event occurred
+- When the customer first raised concerns (informally)
+- When it escalated (formal escalation or exec involvement)
+- Actions taken since escalation
+
+---
+
+## Root Cause
+
+**Primary cause:** [One clear sentence. What specifically went wrong.]
+
+**Contributing factors:**
+- [Factor 1 — be honest about internal failures as well as external ones]
+- [Factor 2]
+
+**Is this a systemic issue or isolated?**
+[ ] Isolated to this account
+[ ] Pattern seen in other accounts — details: [_______]
+[ ] Product or process gap that needs fixing
+
+---
+
+## Customer's Stated Position
+
+**What the customer says happened:** [Their version of events — fair and unfiltered]
+
+**What they are asking for:** [Their explicit ask — compensation, fix by date, exec call, SLA credit, exit clause]
+
+**Sentiment of escalating contact:** [Frustrated but constructive / Angry / Seeking exit / Unknown]
+
+**Risk of public escalation:** Low / Medium / High — [evidence if Medium or High]
+
+---
+
+## Business Impact
+
+| Impact type | Detail |
+|---|---|
+| ARR at risk | £/$/€[X] |
+| Potential churn probability | [X]% |
+| Reputational risk | Low / Medium / High |
+| Reference / case study status | [Was a reference — now at risk / Not a reference] |
+| Expansion pipeline at risk | £/$/€[X] |
+
+---
+
+## What Has Been Done So Far
+
+1. [Action taken — by whom — date — outcome]
+2. [Action taken — by whom — date — outcome]
+3. [Action taken — by whom — date — outcome]
+
+**Has a formal apology or acknowledgement been issued?** Yes / No
+
+---
+
+## Proposed Resolution Plan
+
+**Immediate actions (next 24–48 hours):**
+
+| Action | Owner | By when |
+|---|---|---|
+| [Action] | [Name] | [Date] |
+| [Action] | [Name] | [Date] |
+
+**Medium-term actions (next 2–4 weeks):**
+
+| Action | Owner | By when |
+|---|---|---|
+| [Action] | [Name] | [Date] |
+
+**What we are NOT offering:** [Be explicit about what is not on the table — avoids misaligned expectations]
+
+**Success criteria:** [How will we know the escalation is resolved? What does the customer need to confirm they are satisfied?]
+
+---
+
+## Decision Required from Escalation Owner
+
+[State clearly what decision or resource the escalation owner needs to provide. Be specific — do not make them ask. E.g.: "We need approval to offer a 20% service credit for Q2" or "We need an exec call with [name] within 48 hours."]
+
+---
+
+## Communication Plan
+
+| Audience | Message | Channel | Owner | By when |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| Escalating customer contact | [Summary of message] | Email / Call | [Name] | [Date] |
+| Customer exec sponsor | [Summary] | Call | [Name] | [Date] |
+| Internal CS team | [Summary] | Slack / Meeting | CS Manager | [Date] |
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Root cause is specific — not "communication breakdown" or "product gap" without detail
+- [ ] Customer's position is stated fairly — not minimised or dismissed
+- [ ] A clear decision is requested from the escalation owner — brief does not end with "what do you think?"
+- [ ] ARR at risk is quantified
+- [ ] Communication plan has owners and dates — not "TBD"
+- [ ] Language is professional and blameless toward individuals
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not assign blame to individuals — focus on system failures and process gaps
+- [ ] Do not downplay ARR at risk or describe churn risk vaguely without a number
+- [ ] Do not leave resolution plan ownership as "TBD" or unassigned
+- [ ] Do not write the brief without a clear ask from the escalation owner
+- [ ] Do not omit the customer's own stated position — their perspective must be represented fairly
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+---
+name: cs-health-scorecard
+description: "Build a customer health scorecard for a specific account. Use when asked to score account health, assess renewal risk, build a health dashboard, or evaluate an account's likelihood to renew or expand. Produces a structured health scorecard with a RAG status, dimension scores, key risks, and recommended actions."
+---
+
+# Customer Health Scorecard Skill
+
+Produce a structured, data-driven health scorecard for a customer account — giving the CSM and leadership a clear view of renewal risk, expansion potential, and the actions needed to move the account in the right direction.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask for these if not already provided:
+- **Account name** and tier (enterprise / mid-market / SMB)
+- **Contract value** (ARR) and **renewal date**
+- **Product usage data** — logins, DAU/MAU ratio, key feature adoption
+- **Support data** — open tickets, CSAT or NPS score, recent escalations
+- **Engagement data** — last QBR date, executive sponsor status, champion name
+- **Commercial data** — payment history, expansion conversations, seats used vs. licensed
+- **Any known risks or recent changes** at the account
+
+## Scoring Framework
+
+Score each dimension 1–5. Weight as shown. Calculate weighted total out of 100.
+
+| Dimension | Weight | What to Score |
+|---|---|---|
+| **Product Adoption** | 30% | DAU/MAU ratio, breadth of features used, power users identified |
+| **Engagement** | 20% | QBR cadence, executive sponsor active, champion strength |
+| **Outcomes** | 20% | Customer hitting their stated goals / success metrics |
+| **Support Health** | 15% | Ticket volume trend, unresolved escalations, CSAT |
+| **Commercial** | 15% | On-time payments, seats utilised, expansion signals |
+
+**Score → RAG conversion:**
+- 80–100: Green (healthy, renew likely)
+- 60–79: Amber (at risk, needs attention)
+- 0–59: Red (high churn risk, escalate)
+
+## Output Format
+
+---
+
+# Customer Health Scorecard: [Account Name]
+
+**CSM:** [Name] | **Tier:** [Enterprise / Mid-Market / SMB]
+**ARR:** £/$/€[X] | **Renewal date:** [Date] | **Days to renewal:** [N]
+**Overall health:** [Green / Amber / Red] — [Score]/100
+**Last updated:** [Date]
+
+---
+
+## Health Score Summary
+
+| Dimension | Score (1–5) | Weight | Weighted Score | Trend |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| Product Adoption | [1–5] | 30% | [X] | ↑ / → / ↓ |
+| Engagement | [1–5] | 20% | [X] | ↑ / → / ↓ |
+| Outcomes | [1–5] | 20% | [X] | ↑ / → / ↓ |
+| Support Health | [1–5] | 15% | [X] | ↑ / → / ↓ |
+| Commercial | [1–5] | 15% | [X] | ↑ / → / ↓ |
+| **Total** | — | 100% | **[X]/100** | |
+
+---
+
+## Dimension Detail
+
+### Product Adoption — [Score]/5
+- **DAU/MAU ratio:** [X]% (benchmark: >25% = healthy)
+- **Key features adopted:** [List features in use]
+- **Features not adopted:** [List unused high-value features]
+- **Power users identified:** [Yes / No — how many]
+- **Assessment:** [1–2 sentences on adoption health]
+
+### Engagement — [Score]/5
+- **Last QBR:** [Date] — [Outcome summary]
+- **Next QBR:** [Scheduled / Overdue]
+- **Executive sponsor:** [Active / Passive / Vacant]
+- **Champion:** [Name, role, strength: strong / moderate / weak]
+- **Assessment:** [1–2 sentences]
+
+### Outcomes — [Score]/5
+- **Customer's stated goals:** [List 2–3 goals from onboarding or last QBR]
+- **Progress against goals:** [On track / Partial / Off track]
+- **Evidence of value:** [Metric or quote that demonstrates ROI]
+- **Assessment:** [1–2 sentences]
+
+### Support Health — [Score]/5
+- **Open tickets:** [N] (priority breakdown: P1: X, P2: X, P3: X)
+- **CSAT / NPS:** [Score] (benchmark: >8 CSAT / >30 NPS = healthy)
+- **Unresolved escalations:** [Yes / No — details if yes]
+- **Ticket trend (last 90 days):** Increasing / Stable / Decreasing
+- **Assessment:** [1–2 sentences]
+
+### Commercial — [Score]/5
+- **Seats licensed:** [N] | **Seats active:** [N] ([X]% utilisation)
+- **Payment history:** [On time / Late — details]
+- **Expansion signals:** [Yes — describe / No]
+- **Downgrade or cancellation signals:** [Yes — describe / No]
+- **Assessment:** [1–2 sentences]
+
+---
+
+## Top Risks
+
+| Risk | Severity | Mitigation |
+|---|---|---|
+| [Risk description] | High / Medium / Low | [Specific action to mitigate] |
+
+---
+
+## Recommended Actions
+
+**Immediate (this week):**
+1. [Action — owner — deadline]
+
+**This month:**
+1. [Action — owner — deadline]
+
+**Before renewal:**
+1. [Action — owner — deadline]
+
+---
+
+## Renewal Forecast
+
+| Scenario | Probability | ARR at risk |
+|---|---|---|
+| Full renewal at current ARR | [X]% | £/$/€0 |
+| Renewal with contraction | [X]% | £/$/€[X] |
+| Churn | [X]% | £/$/€[full ARR] |
+
+**Recommended renewal play:** [Expand / Hold / Save / Manage out]
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Score is based on data, not gut feel — each dimension has evidence
+- [ ] Risks are specific (not "low engagement" — something like "executive sponsor left in March, no replacement identified")
+- [ ] Actions have owners and deadlines
+- [ ] Renewal probability is calibrated against pipeline reality
+- [ ] Trend arrows reflect direction of change vs. last scorecard, not just current state
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not score health dimensions on gut feel — every score needs specific supporting evidence
+- [ ] Do not give a Green status to accounts with unresolved P1 issues or missed milestones
+- [ ] Do not list risks vaguely — "low engagement" without specifics is not actionable
+- [ ] Do not leave recommended actions without named owners and deadlines
+- [ ] Do not conflate product usage frequency with product value delivery
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+---
+name: customer-success-plan
+description: "Build a joint customer success plan for a specific account. Use when asked to create a success plan, joint success plan, mutual action plan, or customer onboarding plan. Produces a structured success plan with business goals, milestones, success metrics, ownership, and a 90-180 day roadmap."
+---
+
+# Customer Success Plan Skill
+
+This skill produces a joint customer success plan — a living document shared between the CSM and the customer that aligns on outcomes, milestones, and mutual commitments. Output is ready to co-author with the customer in a kickoff call or QBR.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Account name** and industry
+- **Product / plan purchased**
+- **Key stakeholders** — customer champion and economic buyer
+- **Customer's stated business goals** — why did they buy? What problem are they solving?
+- **Contract term and renewal date**
+- **Current onboarding stage** (new customer / expanding / post-QBR / pre-renewal)
+- **Seats / licenses / usage purchased**
+- **Any known risks** — adoption gaps, champion uncertainty, competing priorities
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+# Customer Success Plan: [Account Name]
+
+**Product:** [Product name / plan tier]
+**Contract term:** [Start date → Renewal date]
+**CSM:** [Name]
+**Customer champion:** [Name, Title]
+**Customer executive sponsor:** [Name, Title — if known]
+**Last updated:** [Date]
+**Status:** [Active / Under review / Completed]
+
+---
+
+## 1. Partnership Objectives
+
+> *What does success look like for [Account Name] at contract end?*
+
+[Write 2–3 sentences describing the customer's core objective in plain English — what they are trying to achieve in their business, not what features they are using.]
+
+**Primary business goal:** [e.g. Reduce time-to-hire by 30% across engineering teams]
+**Secondary goal:** [e.g. Consolidate three legacy tools into one platform, saving £X/year]
+**Success statement (customer's words):** "[Direct quote from champion about what success looks like — ask for this in kickoff]"
+
+---
+
+## 2. Success Metrics
+
+Define how both parties will measure success. Agreed in the kickoff call and tracked in QBRs.
+
+| Metric | Baseline (today) | Target | By when | Data source |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| [e.g. Seat utilisation] | [X%] | [≥ 80%] | [Month 3] | [Product analytics] |
+| [e.g. Time to hire] | [X days] | [< Y days] | [Month 6] | [Customer's ATS] |
+| [e.g. Reports produced/month] | [X] | [≥ Y] | [Month 3] | [Product analytics] |
+| [e.g. NPS] | [X] | [≥ 8] | [Month 6] | [Quarterly survey] |
+
+**Leading indicators** (early signs the plan is on track):
+- [e.g. 5+ users log in within the first 2 weeks]
+- [e.g. First workflow automated within 30 days]
+- [e.g. Champion presents the tool to their team by end of Month 1]
+
+---
+
+## 3. Milestone Roadmap
+
+Break the success journey into phases with clear milestones and owners:
+
+### Phase 1: Onboard (Month 1)
+
+| Milestone | Owner | Due date | Status |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Admin setup complete (SSO, permissions, data integration) | [IT contact] | [Date] | [ ] |
+| All purchased seats activated and users invited | [Champion] | [Date] | [ ] |
+| Core workflow [X] configured and tested | [CSM + Champion] | [Date] | [ ] |
+| First training session delivered (all teams) | [CSM] | [Date] | [ ] |
+| Kickoff call completed and success plan co-signed | [CSM + Champion] | [Date] | [ ] |
+
+### Phase 2: Adopt (Months 2–3)
+
+| Milestone | Owner | Due date | Status |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [Core feature] in active daily use by ≥ X users | [Champion] | [Date] | [ ] |
+| First business outcome achieved and documented | [Champion + CSM] | [Date] | [ ] |
+| 30-day check-in completed | [CSM] | [Date] | [ ] |
+| [Power user workflow] enabled for advanced users | [CSM] | [Date] | [ ] |
+
+### Phase 3: Value (Months 4–6)
+
+| Milestone | Owner | Due date | Status |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| QBR 1 delivered — ROI evidence presented | [CSM + AE] | [Date] | [ ] |
+| Success metric [X] hit target | [Champion] | [Date] | [ ] |
+| Expansion use case identified and introduced | [AE] | [Date] | [ ] |
+| Reference call or case study agreed | [Champion] | [Date] | [ ] |
+
+### Phase 4: Renew & Expand (Months 7–12)
+
+| Milestone | Owner | Due date | Status |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| QBR 2 delivered — renewal conversation started | [CSM + AE] | [Date] | [ ] |
+| Renewal proposal sent | [AE] | [Date] | [ ] |
+| Expansion or flat renewal signed | [AE] | [Date] | [ ] |
+
+---
+
+## 4. Mutual Commitments
+
+Success plans work when both parties commit. Document what each side will do:
+
+**[Vendor] commits to:**
+- Dedicated CSM available [X days/week / by email within 24 hours]
+- Monthly [call / check-in / async update] with champion
+- QBR every [90 days] with executive summary and ROI report
+- Priority support for [Account] — response SLA of [X hours] for P1 issues
+- Roadmap preview for relevant upcoming features
+- [Any other specific commitment made in sales cycle]
+
+**[Account Name] commits to:**
+- Champion available for [30-min monthly] check-in
+- Users complete onboarding training by [date]
+- Feedback on product experience shared monthly (async or sync)
+- Executive sponsor participates in QBR 1 and renewal discussion
+- Provide outcome data to CSM quarterly for ROI tracking
+
+---
+
+## 5. Stakeholder Engagement Plan
+
+| Stakeholder | Role | Engagement frequency | Format | Owner |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| [Champion] | Day-to-day owner | Weekly (async) + Monthly (call) | Slack / Email + Zoom | CSM |
+| [Economic buyer] | Budget holder | Quarterly | QBR (in-person or video) | CSM + AE |
+| [IT contact] | Integration owner | As needed | Email | CSM |
+| [End users] | Active users | Training only | Group session | CSM |
+
+---
+
+## 6. Risk & Mitigation
+
+| Risk | Likelihood | Impact | Mitigation plan |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Low adoption in first 30 days | [M] | [H] | CSM hosts live onboarding; champion sends internal comms day 1 |
+| Champion changes role | [L] | [H] | Multi-thread: introduce CSM to 2 additional stakeholders by Month 2 |
+| Budget pressure at renewal | [M] | [H] | Build ROI case monthly; document value continuously |
+| Competing priorities delay rollout | [H] | [M] | Agree minimum viable adoption path with champion; don't require perfection to declare value |
+
+---
+
+## 7. Communication Plan
+
+| Communication | Audience | Frequency | Format | Owner |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| Health update | Champion | Monthly | Email summary (3 bullets: what's good, what needs attention, one ask) | CSM |
+| QBR | Champion + Exec | Quarterly | 45-min video call with slide deck | CSM + AE |
+| Product updates | Champion | As released | Release notes email | CSM |
+| Support status | Champion | When open tickets exist | Email / Slack | Support + CSM |
+
+---
+
+## 8. Escalation Path
+
+If the success plan falls off track:
+
+| Trigger | Action | Owner | Timeline |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Health drops to Amber | Internal review + champion call within 5 days | CSM | Immediate |
+| Health drops to Red | CS leadership + AE looped in; escalation brief drafted | CS Manager | Within 24 hours |
+| Champion is unresponsive for >10 days | AE attempts exec sponsor contact | AE | After CSM attempt fails |
+| Adoption <40% at Month 3 | Emergency enablement session + revised milestone plan | CSM | Within 1 week of flag |
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Success metrics are the customer's metrics — not just product usage metrics
+- [ ] Milestones have specific owners and due dates — not "TBD"
+- [ ] Mutual commitments section is genuinely mutual — not just what the vendor will do
+- [ ] Risk register includes champion departure and low adoption
+- [ ] Plan is written to be shared with the customer — no internal-only commentary in this document
+- [ ] Executive sponsor is identified and has an engagement role
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not define success metrics that the vendor controls — metrics must reflect the customer's business outcomes
+- [ ] Do not set milestone dates without customer confirmation — unilateral timelines undermine joint ownership
+- [ ] Do not create a plan the customer hasn't agreed to — it must be mutual, not a CSM's internal plan
+- [ ] Do not leave ownership fields blank or assigned to "CS team" — every action needs a named owner
+- [ ] Do not confuse product adoption milestones with customer business outcomes — both are needed but are not the same
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Build a success plan for [Account Name] who just signed"
+- "Create a joint success plan for our new enterprise customer"
+- "Write a 6-month customer success roadmap for [Company]"
+- "I need a mutual action plan for our QBR with [Account]"
+- "Generate a customer success plan for an at-risk account"
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+---
+name: qbr-deck
+description: "Build a Quarterly Business Review (QBR) deck structure and narrative for a customer account. Use when asked to prepare a QBR, business review meeting, executive review, or quarterly check-in with a customer. Produces a slide-by-slide QBR structure with talking points, metrics review, value narrative, and mutual next steps."
+---
+
+# QBR Deck Skill
+
+Produce a complete Quarterly Business Review deck — structured, data-backed, and customer-focused. A good QBR demonstrates value delivered, aligns on goals for the next quarter, and strengthens the executive relationship. It should never feel like a product demo or a vendor update.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask for these if not already provided:
+- **Account name**, CSM name, and customer stakeholders attending
+- **Contract details** — ARR, contract start date, renewal date
+- **Last quarter's goals** (from previous QBR or kickoff)
+- **Usage and adoption data** — key metrics for the quarter
+- **Support summary** — tickets raised, resolution time, any escalations
+- **Business outcomes the customer cares about** — what success looks like for them
+- **Product updates or new features** relevant to this customer
+- **Goals for next quarter**
+- **Any open commercial conversations** (expansion, renewal, at-risk signals)
+
+## QBR Principles
+
+- Lead with customer outcomes, not product features
+- Every metric should connect to a business result the customer cares about
+- The agenda is a conversation, not a presentation — build in time for customer input at every stage
+- Close with mutual commitments, not just vendor actions
+
+## Output Format
+
+---
+
+# QBR: [Account Name] × [Your Company]
+**[Quarter] [Year] Business Review**
+
+**Date:** [Date] | **Location / Call link:** [TBC]
+**Customer attendees:** [Names and roles]
+**[Your company] attendees:** [Names and roles]
+
+---
+
+## Slide 1: Agenda (5 min)
+
+| Time | Topic | Owner |
+|---|---|---|
+| 0:00 | Welcome and introductions | CSM |
+| 0:05 | [Last quarter] — how did we do? | CSM + Customer |
+| 0:20 | Value delivered — business impact | CSM |
+| 0:35 | What's coming — roadmap preview | CSM / Product |
+| 0:45 | [Next quarter] — goals and priorities | Customer |
+| 0:55 | Actions and mutual commitments | CSM |
+| 1:00 | Close | |
+
+*Talking point: "We've kept today to 60 minutes. We want as much of this to be a conversation as possible — please push back, redirect, and ask questions throughout."*
+
+---
+
+## Slide 2: Where We Are Together (2 min)
+
+**Partnership snapshot:**
+- **Customer since:** [Date]
+- **Contract value:** £/$/€[ARR]/year
+- **Renewal date:** [Date]
+- **Active users:** [N] of [N] licensed seats ([X]% adoption)
+- **Products / modules active:** [List]
+
+*Talking point: "Before we dive in — a quick picture of where we are. [X] months in, [Y] active users, and this is our [Nth] QBR together."*
+
+---
+
+## Slide 3: Last Quarter — Goals We Set Together (5 min)
+
+| Goal | Set in [Last QBR / Kickoff] | Status |
+|---|---|---|
+| [Goal 1] | [What we committed to] | ✅ Achieved / ⚠️ Partial / ❌ Missed |
+| [Goal 2] | [What we committed to] | ✅ Achieved / ⚠️ Partial / ❌ Missed |
+| [Goal 3] | [What we committed to] | ✅ Achieved / ⚠️ Partial / ❌ Missed |
+
+For any partial or missed goal: state what happened and what changes next quarter.
+
+*Talking point: "Let's start with accountability. Here's what we said we'd achieve last quarter — let's be honest about where we landed."*
+
+---
+
+## Slide 4: Usage and Adoption (5 min)
+
+**Quarter-over-quarter trend:**
+
+| Metric | [Q-1] | [Q] | Change |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Monthly active users | [N] | [N] | +/-X% |
+| Sessions per user per week | [N] | [N] | +/-X% |
+| [Key feature 1] adoption | [X]% | [X]% | +/-X% |
+| [Key feature 2] adoption | [X]% | [X]% | +/-X% |
+
+**Highlights:**
+- [Positive adoption trend to call out]
+- [Feature or workflow with strongest engagement]
+
+**Opportunity:**
+- [Feature with low adoption that could drive more value — link to their goals]
+
+*Talking point: "Usage is [up / stable / something we want to talk about]. The area I'd like to focus on is [feature] — we're not seeing the adoption we'd expect given [their goal], and I want to understand why."*
+
+---
+
+## Slide 5: Business Impact — Value Delivered (10 min)
+
+Lead with outcomes, not activity.
+
+**[Outcome 1: customer's primary success metric]**
+- Before: [baseline]
+- Now: [current state]
+- Impact: [quantified business result — time saved, revenue influenced, cost reduced, risk mitigated]
+
+**[Outcome 2]**
+- [Same structure]
+
+**[Outcome 3]**
+- [Same structure]
+
+**Customer evidence** (use if available):
+> "[Quote from champion or user about value experienced]"
+
+*Talking point: "This is the section I most want your input on. Are these the outcomes that matter to your business? Are there other ways you're measuring success that we should be tracking?"*
+
+---
+
+## Slide 6: Support Summary (3 min)
+
+| Metric | This quarter | Last quarter | Trend |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Tickets raised | [N] | [N] | ↑ / → / ↓ |
+| Average resolution time | [X hrs] | [X hrs] | ↑ / → / ↓ |
+| P1 / critical issues | [N] | [N] | ↑ / → / ↓ |
+| CSAT score | [X/10] | [X/10] | ↑ / → / ↓ |
+
+**Notable issues this quarter:**
+- [Any escalation or major ticket — brief summary and resolution]
+
+**What we're doing differently:**
+- [Any process change or improvement based on support patterns]
+
+---
+
+## Slide 7: What's Coming — Roadmap Preview (5 min)
+
+Focus only on what's relevant to this customer's goals. Do not dump the full roadmap.
+
+| Feature / Improvement | Expected | Why it matters to [Account Name] |
+|---|---|---|
+| [Feature 1] | [Q+1] | [Direct link to their goal or pain point] |
+| [Feature 2] | [Q+1 / Q+2] | [Direct link] |
+| [Feature 3] | [H2] | [Direct link] |
+
+*Talking point: "I've filtered the roadmap to what I think matters most to your team. I'd love your reaction — are these the right priorities from your perspective?"*
+
+---
+
+## Slide 8: Next Quarter — Your Goals (10 min)
+
+**Customer input section — facilitate, don't present.**
+
+Prompt questions:
+- "What does success look like for your team in [next quarter]?"
+- "What's the biggest challenge you're trying to solve in the next 90 days?"
+- "Is there anything about the way you're using [product] you want to change?"
+
+**Capture live:**
+
+| Goal for next quarter | Owner (customer) | How we'll support it | How we'll measure it |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [Goal 1] | [Name] | [CSM / product action] | [Metric] |
+| [Goal 2] | [Name] | [CSM / product action] | [Metric] |
+
+---
+
+## Slide 9: Mutual Commitments (5 min)
+
+**[Your company] commits to:**
+1. [Specific action — owner — by when]
+2. [Specific action — owner — by when]
+3. [Specific action — owner — by when]
+
+**[Account Name] commits to:**
+1. [Specific action — owner — by when]
+2. [Specific action — owner — by when]
+
+**Next touchpoint:** [Date of next check-in or mid-quarter review]
+
+---
+
+## Slide 10: Thank You + Open Q&A (5 min)
+
+- Recap the one headline from today: [The single most important thing you want them to remember]
+- Confirm actions are captured and shared after the call
+- Ask: "Is there anything we didn't cover today that you wanted to raise?"
+
+---
+
+## Preparation Checklist
+
+- [ ] Usage data pulled and QoQ comparison calculated
+- [ ] Last QBR goals reviewed — status confirmed before the meeting
+- [ ] Business outcomes framed in customer language (not product language)
+- [ ] Roadmap filtered to this account's specific use cases
+- [ ] Customer's goals for next quarter researched or pre-confirmed with champion
+- [ ] Executive sponsor briefed on any sensitive topics before the call
+- [ ] Actions from previous QBR reviewed — any outstanding items addressed
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Every slide has a talking point, not just a title
+- [ ] Value slide leads with business outcomes, not product activity
+- [ ] Roadmap preview links each item to a customer goal
+- [ ] Mutual commitments section has real owners on both sides
+- [ ] Customer has at least 20 minutes of airtime in the agenda
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not fill the QBR with product activity metrics — lead with business outcomes the customer cares about
+- [ ] Do not present a roadmap without linking each item to a customer goal — vendor priorities are not a QBR agenda
+- [ ] Do not run a QBR as a one-sided presentation — it must include structured time for the customer to speak
+- [ ] Do not close a QBR without documented mutual commitments with named owners on both sides
+- [ ] Do not skip the "what's not working" slide — suppressing problems erodes trust and misses renewal risks
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+---
+name: renewal-playbook
+description: "Build a structured renewal playbook for a customer account. Use when asked to plan a renewal, structure a renewal negotiation, prepare for an expansion conversation, or build a renewal strategy for at-risk or healthy accounts. Produces a renewal brief with health assessment, negotiation strategy, objection responses, expansion levers, and a timeline."
+---
+
+# Renewal Playbook Skill
+
+This skill produces a complete renewal playbook for a specific customer account, covering health assessment, commercial strategy, negotiation preparation, expansion opportunity mapping, and a step-by-step timeline. Output is ready for the CSM or account team to execute 90–180 days before renewal.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Account name**
+- **Renewal date**
+- **Current ARR** and proposed renewal ARR (if different)
+- **Account health** — RAG status and main reasons (or describe the account situation)
+- **Key stakeholders** — economic buyer, champion, and any detractors
+- **Renewal risk factors** — budget pressure, low adoption, competitive threat, champion departure, etc.
+- **Expansion opportunity** — any upsell or cross-sell potential?
+- **Contract terms** — current plan, duration, and any terms up for renegotiation
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+# Renewal Playbook: [Account Name]
+
+**Renewal date:** [Date]
+**Current ARR:** [£/$/€ X]
+**Target renewal ARR:** [£/$/€ X — flat / +X% expansion / contraction risk]
+**Health status:** [Green / Amber / Red]
+**CSM:** [Name]
+**Account executive:** [Name]
+**Days to renewal:** [X days]
+
+---
+
+## 1. Account Health Snapshot
+
+| Dimension | Score (1–5) | Evidence |
+|---|---|---|
+| **Product adoption** | [X/5] | [e.g. 3 of 5 purchased seats active; core feature used weekly] |
+| **Business outcomes** | [X/5] | [e.g. Customer reports X% improvement in [metric]; no formal ROI review done] |
+| **Relationship depth** | [X/5] | [e.g. Strong champion in [name/role]; limited exec sponsorship] |
+| **Support & satisfaction** | [X/5] | [e.g. 2 open P2 tickets; last NPS 7; no escalations in 6 months] |
+| **Commercial engagement** | [X/5] | [e.g. Invoice paid on time; no discount pressure raised yet] |
+| **Overall health** | [X/5 — weighted] | [Green / Amber / Red] |
+
+**Renewal thesis:** [One sentence: why this account will renew — or what must change for it to renew.]
+
+---
+
+## 2. Stakeholder Map
+
+| Stakeholder | Role | Influence | Sentiment | Our relationship |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| [Name] | Economic buyer | High | [Positive / Neutral / Negative] | [Warm / Cold / Unknown] |
+| [Name] | Champion | High | [Positive] | [Warm] |
+| [Name] | End user | Low | [Neutral] | [Limited] |
+| [Name] | IT / procurement | Medium | [Neutral] | [Transactional] |
+
+**Champion risk:** [Is our champion secure in their role? Any signals of departure or reorganisation?]
+
+**Multi-thread plan:** [Who else do we need relationships with before renewal? How do we get there?]
+
+---
+
+## 3. Risk Register
+
+| Risk | Likelihood (H/M/L) | Impact (H/M/L) | Mitigation |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [Budget pressure / cost-cutting] | [H] | [H] | [Build ROI case 90 days out; identify budget holder's priorities] |
+| [Low adoption in [department]] | [M] | [H] | [Run targeted enablement session; tie to champion's OKRs] |
+| [Competitor evaluation] | [M] | [M] | [Request competitive intelligence; schedule exec-level call] |
+| [Champion departure] | [L] | [H] | [Map two additional stakeholders; executive intro call] |
+
+---
+
+## 4. Value Story
+
+Build the ROI narrative for the renewal conversation:
+
+**Headline result:** [e.g. "[Account] saved X hours/week or reduced [metric] by X% using [product]"]
+
+**Evidence sources:**
+- [ ] Product usage data (logins, features used, seat utilisation)
+- [ ] Business metric improvement (pull from QBR deck or success plan)
+- [ ] Support resolution time improvement
+- [ ] Customer-provided testimonial or case study quotes
+
+**Value gaps to close before renewal:** [Are there outcomes the customer expected but hasn't seen yet? What's the plan to close these?]
+
+---
+
+## 5. Expansion Opportunity
+
+Map upside beyond flat renewal:
+
+| Opportunity | Type | Estimated value | Likelihood | Timing |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| [Seat expansion — [dept] wants to add 10 users] | Upsell | [+£X ARR] | [High] | [Renewal or +3M] |
+| [Cross-sell — [Product B] use case identified] | Cross-sell | [+£X ARR] | [Medium] | [+6M] |
+| [Multi-year commitment] | Discount for term | [+£X TCV / -X% discount] | [Low] | [At renewal] |
+
+**Expansion play:** [Which opportunity to lead with, and the sequence for raising it in the renewal conversation]
+
+---
+
+## 6. Commercial Strategy
+
+**Renewal scenario planning:**
+
+| Scenario | Probability | ARR outcome | Response strategy |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| **Flat renewal** | [X%] | [£X — same as current] | [Accept; plant seeds for +6M expansion] |
+| **Expansion** | [X%] | [£X] | [Lead with ROI evidence; pitch seat or feature expansion] |
+| **Contraction risk** | [X%] | [£X — downgrade to lower tier] | [Propose phased commitment; demonstrate path to full adoption] |
+| **Churn risk** | [X%] | [£0] | [Escalate to leadership; executive sponsor engagement] |
+
+**Discount guardrails:**
+- Floor discount: [X% — do not go below without VP approval]
+- Triggers for discount: [Multi-year / volume / reference customer commitment]
+- What to ask for in return: [Reference case study / G2 review / executive intro / case study participation]
+
+**Pricing flexibility:**
+- [e.g. Can offer monthly billing in exchange for 24-month commit]
+- [e.g. Can offer X seats free in exchange for expansion commitment]
+
+---
+
+## 7. Objection Responses
+
+Prepare for the most likely objections:
+
+**"The price is too high"**
+> Anchor on value delivered: "[Customer] achieved [X outcome] — at [£X ARR], that's [£Y per outcome / hour saved / user]. What would it cost to deliver that outcome without us?"
+> If budget is genuinely constrained, explore: phased payment, reduction in scope rather than full churn, multi-year pricing.
+
+**"We're not seeing enough adoption"**
+> Acknowledge, then commit: "You're right — [X seats] are actively using [core feature] out of [Y]. We want to fix this. Here's our 60-day plan: [exec sponsor on enablement call / training session / in-product nudge campaign]."
+
+**"We're evaluating [Competitor]"**
+> Don't panic. Ask: "What's driving the evaluation — is it specific features, pricing, or something else?" Then map gaps honestly. Offer a feature roadmap preview if relevant. Get clarity on their criteria and timeline before responding defensively.
+
+**"We need to reduce spend this quarter"**
+> Separate the commercial conversation from the value conversation. Offer to protect the relationship with a reduced scope today with a committed expansion trigger at a business milestone. Avoid discounting without a reason.
+
+---
+
+## 8. Renewal Timeline
+
+| Week | Action | Owner | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| **W–16** (4 months out) | Internal renewal review — health, expansion opportunity, risk | CSM | Flag to leadership if Red |
+| **W–12** | QBR / executive business review — ROI evidence delivered | CSM + AE | Book 45–60 min with economic buyer |
+| **W–10** | Champion 1:1 — pulse check on satisfaction and upcoming priorities | CSM | Uncover internal dynamics before commercial discussion |
+| **W–8** | Expansion conversation — plant seeds, share roadmap | AE | Do not lead with pricing |
+| **W–6** | Send renewal proposal — pricing, terms, options | AE | Include multi-year option |
+| **W–4** | Negotiation — address objections, finalise commercial terms | AE + CSM | Escalate to VP if >X% discount required |
+| **W–2** | Legal / procurement — contract redlines, signature process | AE + Legal | |
+| **W–0** | Signed. Handoff to post-renewal success plan | CSM | Thank the champion; begin next cycle |
+
+---
+
+## 9. Success Criteria
+
+- [ ] Renewal signed before deadline
+- [ ] ARR outcome within target range
+- [ ] Champion relationship maintained or improved
+- [ ] At least one expansion conversation started
+- [ ] ROI evidence documented and accepted by customer
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Stakeholder map includes the economic buyer — not just the champion
+- [ ] Risk register has a mitigation for every H/H risk
+- [ ] Value story uses product data and business outcomes, not just feature lists
+- [ ] Commercial strategy includes a floor discount and a reason-to-discount framework
+- [ ] Timeline starts at least 90 days before renewal date
+- [ ] Objection responses are specific to this account, not generic
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not start renewal conversations less than 90 days before the renewal date for accounts over $50K ARR
+- [ ] Do not build a renewal strategy without first honestly assessing account health — wishful thinking leads to last-minute churn
+- [ ] Do not treat all renewal objections as negotiating tactics — some objections signal genuine dissatisfaction that requires resolution first
+- [ ] Do not offer discounts as the first response to price objections — explore value gaps before reducing price
+- [ ] Do not close the renewal without confirming the expansion opportunity — every renewal is also an expansion conversation
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Build a renewal playbook for [Account Name] renewing in [Month]"
+- "Help me plan the renewal strategy for an at-risk customer"
+- "Prepare a renewal brief for my QBR with [Company]"
+- "What's my renewal strategy for a Red account coming up in 60 days?"
+- "Create a renewal and expansion plan for [Account]"
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-data",
+  "version": "1.0.0",
+  "description": "Data & analytics skills: Metrics Framework, SQL Query Explainer, Dashboard Brief. Build North Star metric trees, explain and optimise SQL, and spec dashboards from business questions.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["product-management", "data", "analytics", "metrics", "north-star", "sql", "dashboard", "kpi"]
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+---
+name: chart-data-extractor
+description: "Extract pixel-level data from an image of a chart or graph and produce a structured data table. Use when asked to extract data from a chart image, transcribe numbers from a graph, digitise a chart, or turn a screenshot of data into a table. Produces a structured table with extracted values, confidence levels, and a reconstructed chart source. Best used with Claude Opus 4.7 or newer for reliable chart data extraction."
+---
+
+# Chart Data Extractor Skill
+
+Extracts data from images of charts and graphs — bar charts, line charts, pie charts, scatter plots, and tables in images — producing a structured data table that can be used in spreadsheets or rebuilt in any charting tool. Built to leverage Opus 4.7 pixel-level image analysis capabilities.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **The chart image** (upload a screenshot or image file)
+- **Chart type** (if ambiguous — bar / line / pie / scatter / other)
+- **What matters most** (approximate trends / precise values / specific data points / categorisation)
+- **Known axis values** (optional — if the user knows the max/min values to anchor the extraction)
+
+## Output Structure
+
+### 1. Chart Identification
+
+| Attribute | Value |
+|---|---|
+| Chart type | [Bar / Line / Pie / Scatter / Area / Other] |
+| Chart title (if visible) | [Title text] |
+| X-axis label | [Label + unit] |
+| Y-axis label | [Label + unit] |
+| Number of series | N |
+| Legend categories | [List] |
+| Data period (if time-based) | [Start — End] |
+
+### 2. Extracted Data Table
+
+| [X axis] | [Series 1] | [Series 2] | ... |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [Value] | [Value] | [Value] | |
+
+### 3. Confidence Levels
+
+For each data point or series, flag confidence:
+
+- **High confidence:** data points where the value is clearly readable against gridlines or labels
+- **Medium confidence:** data points where the value is interpolated between gridlines
+- **Low confidence:** data points where the value is ambiguous or overlaps with other elements
+
+Low-confidence points should be explicitly listed — not silently included in the main table.
+
+### 4. Notable Observations
+
+Observations that the data itself reveals:
+- Peak value: [Value, when, in which series]
+- Lowest value: [Value, when, in which series]
+- Largest delta between series: [Details]
+- Any anomalies or outliers visible in the chart
+
+### 5. Reconstructed Source
+
+CSV format for direct use:
+
+```csv
+[x_axis],[series_1],[series_2]
+[value],[value],[value]
+```
+
+### 6. Assumptions and Caveats
+
+- Grid resolution: [How precisely values could be read — e.g. "Y-axis has major gridlines every 10 units, minor every 2"]
+- Interpolation used: [Any values that required estimating between gridlines]
+- Unclear data: [Anything in the chart that could not be read reliably]
+- Axis scale: [Linear/logarithmic/etc — note if not obvious]
+
+### 7. Follow-up Options
+
+Ask the user which of these they want:
+- Rebuild the chart in a specified format (Excel formula, Python matplotlib, D3, etc.)
+- Produce a narrative description of what the chart shows
+- Compare this data against another chart or source
+- Flag potentially misleading visual choices in the original (truncated axes, misleading scales, etc.)
+
+## Quality Checks
+- [ ] Every extracted number specifies which series it belongs to
+- [ ] Confidence levels are explicit for ambiguous points
+- [ ] Low-confidence values are flagged separately, not silently included
+- [ ] Assumptions about axis scale and interpolation are stated
+- [ ] CSV output is clean and directly usable
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not silently include low-confidence data points in the main table — flag them separately so the user knows which values to verify
+- [ ] Do not assume a linear scale without confirming it — logarithmic axes make extracted values incorrect by orders of magnitude if misread
+- [ ] Do not report extracted values with false precision — if the chart's Y-axis only shows gridlines every 10 units, a reported value of 37 is invented, not extracted
+- [ ] Do not omit the assumptions and caveats section — partial image quality, overlapping bars, or unlabelled axes must be disclosed
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+- "Extract the data from this chart"
+- "Transcribe the numbers in this graph"
+- "Turn this chart image into a spreadsheet"
+- "Digitise this chart so I can rebuild it"
+- "What are the exact values in this bar chart?"
+
+## Why This Works Better on Opus 4.7
+Earlier models struggled with pixel-level data transcription from charts, often hallucinating values or misreading gridline positions. Opus 4.7 uses a higher image resolution (2576px vs 1568px) with coordinates mapping 1:1 to pixels, making chart data extraction reliable for practical use.
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+---
+name: cohort-analysis
+description: "Structure a cohort analysis for retention, LTV, or behavioural patterns. Use when asked to run a cohort analysis, analyse retention by cohort, segment users by behaviour over time, or calculate lifetime value by acquisition period. Produces a complete cohort analysis framework with methodology, cohort definitions, retention curves, and prioritised interventions."
+---
+
+# Cohort Analysis Skill
+
+This skill produces a structured cohort analysis covering retention curves, LTV estimation, behavioural segmentation, and actionable interventions. Output is ready to present to product leadership or share with growth and data teams.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Analysis goal** (retention improvement / LTV modelling / behavioural segmentation / churn prediction)
+- **Product or feature being analysed**
+- **Cohort definition** — what groups users? (acquisition month, signup channel, plan tier, feature adoption)
+- **Observation window** — how many periods to track? (e.g. 12 months, 8 weeks)
+- **Key metric** — what are you measuring per cohort? (retention rate, revenue, engagement score, feature usage)
+- **Available data** — what tables/metrics are available? (paste schema or describe)
+- **Baseline** — any existing retention benchmarks or goals?
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+# Cohort Analysis: [Product / Feature]
+
+**Analysis type:** [Retention / LTV / Behavioural / Churn]
+**Cohort definition:** [Acquisition month / Signup channel / Plan tier / Feature adoption date]
+**Observation window:** [X months / weeks]
+**Primary metric:** [Metric name]
+**Date prepared:** [Date]
+
+---
+
+## 1. Cohort Definitions
+
+| Cohort | Period | Size | Description |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [Cohort 1] | [Jan 2025] | [N users] | [e.g. Users who signed up in Jan 2025 via organic] |
+| [Cohort 2] | [Feb 2025] | [N users] | [...] |
+
+**Cohort logic:**
+- Cohort entry event: [First sign-up / First purchase / Feature activation]
+- Cohort exit criteria: [Churned / Downgraded / No activity for 30 days]
+- Exclusions: [Trial users / Internal test accounts / Users with < X days of data]
+
+---
+
+## 2. Retention Curve
+
+**How to read:** Each cell shows what % of the cohort performed the key metric in period N.
+
+| Cohort | Period 0 | Period 1 | Period 2 | Period 3 | Period 6 | Period 12 |
+|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
+| Jan 2025 | 100% | [X%] | [X%] | [X%] | [X%] | [X%] |
+| Feb 2025 | 100% | [X%] | [X%] | [X%] | [X%] | [X%] |
+| [Trend] | — | [↑/↓ vs prior] | [...] | [...] | [...] | [...] |
+
+**Retention plateau:** [At what period does retention flatten? What % does it flatten at?]
+
+**Key observations:**
+- [e.g. Period 1 → Period 2 drop is the largest — average X% churn in first 30 days]
+- [e.g. Cohorts acquired via [channel] retain X% better at Period 6]
+- [e.g. Retention has improved from X% → Y% at Period 3 comparing oldest to newest cohort]
+
+---
+
+## 3. LTV Projection (if applicable)
+
+**ARPU per period:** [£/$/€ X per active user per month]
+**Retention curve used:** [Which cohort or blended average]
+
+| Period | Retained % | Revenue per user | Cumulative LTV |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Month 1 | [X%] | [£X] | [£X] |
+| Month 3 | [X%] | [£X] | [£X] |
+| Month 6 | [X%] | [£X] | [£X] |
+| Month 12 | [X%] | [£X] | [£X] |
+
+**Blended LTV:** [£X at 12 months — based on blended retention across cohorts]
+
+**LTV by segment:**
+| Segment | LTV (12M) | vs Baseline |
+|---|---|---|
+| [Organic] | [£X] | [+X%] |
+| [Paid] | [£X] | [-X%] |
+| [Enterprise] | [£X] | [+X%] |
+
+---
+
+## 4. Behavioural Segmentation
+
+Group cohorts by behaviour patterns, not just acquisition date:
+
+| Segment | Definition | Size | Retention (P6) | LTV (12M) |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| **Power users** | [Used core feature ≥ 3x/week in first 30 days] | [X%] | [X%] | [£X] |
+| **Casual users** | [Used 1–2x/week in first 30 days] | [X%] | [X%] | [£X] |
+| **Dormant** | [Logged in but did not use core feature] | [X%] | [X%] | [£X] |
+| **Never activated** | [Signed up but never completed onboarding] | [X%] | [X%] | [£X] |
+
+**Activation threshold insight:** [What action — taken within the first X days — most strongly predicts retention? This is the "aha moment" to optimise for.]
+
+---
+
+## 5. Leading Indicators of Churn
+
+List the signals that appear **before** users churn, so teams can intervene:
+
+| Signal | How early does it appear? | Churn correlation | Intervention |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [No login for 7 days] | [7 days before churn] | [Strong] | [Re-engagement email sequence] |
+| [Support ticket with escalation] | [14 days before churn] | [Moderate] | [CSM outreach within 48 hours] |
+| [Feature usage dropped >50% WoW] | [10 days before churn] | [Strong] | [In-app nudge with use-case tutorial] |
+
+---
+
+## 6. Cohort Comparison: What's Changed Over Time
+
+Compare oldest and newest cohorts to assess whether product improvements are showing up in retention:
+
+| Metric | [Oldest cohort — e.g. Jan 2024] | [Newest cohort — e.g. Jan 2025] | Change |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Period 1 retention | [X%] | [X%] | [↑/↓ X pp] |
+| Period 3 retention | [X%] | [X%] | [↑/↓ X pp] |
+| Activation rate | [X%] | [X%] | [↑/↓ X pp] |
+| Avg. sessions in first 30 days | [X] | [X] | [↑/↓] |
+
+**Verdict:** [Are more recent cohorts performing better or worse? What shipped in that period that might explain the change?]
+
+---
+
+## 7. Recommendations
+
+Prioritise by impact on retention curve:
+
+| # | Recommendation | Target segment | Expected impact | Effort | Priority |
+|---|---|---|---|---|---|
+| 1 | [e.g. Redesign onboarding to hit activation milestone in day 1, not day 7] | [Never-activated segment] | [+X pp P1 retention] | [Medium] | P1 |
+| 2 | [e.g. Launch re-engagement sequence at day 7 inactivity trigger] | [Dormant segment] | [+X pp P2 retention] | [Low] | P1 |
+| 3 | [e.g. Introduce power-user features earlier to accelerate habit formation] | [Casual users] | [+X pp P6 LTV] | [High] | P2 |
+
+---
+
+## 8. SQL Reference (if applicable)
+
+Provide the core cohort query so data teams can replicate or extend the analysis:
+
+```sql
+-- Retention cohort query
+SELECT
+  DATE_TRUNC('month', u.created_at) AS cohort_month,
+  DATE_TRUNC('month', e.event_date) AS activity_month,
+  DATEDIFF('month', u.created_at, e.event_date) AS period,
+  COUNT(DISTINCT e.user_id) AS retained_users,
+  COUNT(DISTINCT c.user_id) AS cohort_size,
+  ROUND(COUNT(DISTINCT e.user_id) * 100.0 / COUNT(DISTINCT c.user_id), 1) AS retention_rate
+FROM users u
+JOIN events e ON u.user_id = e.user_id
+JOIN (
+  SELECT user_id, DATE_TRUNC('month', created_at) AS cohort_month
+  FROM users
+  WHERE created_at >= '[start_date]'
+) c ON u.user_id = c.user_id AND DATE_TRUNC('month', u.created_at) = c.cohort_month
+WHERE e.event_type = '[key_retention_event]'
+GROUP BY 1, 2, 3
+ORDER BY 1, 3;
+```
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Cohort definition is unambiguous — the same user cannot appear in two cohorts
+- [ ] Retention curve shows a clear plateau, or the analysis notes that the window is too short to see one
+- [ ] LTV projection uses observed retention, not assumed
+- [ ] Behavioural segments are mutually exclusive and exhaustive
+- [ ] Recommendations are tied to specific cohort or segment findings — not generic growth advice
+- [ ] Leading indicators are observable in production data, not just in theory
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not allow the same user to appear in multiple cohorts — overlapping cohorts produce retention numbers that cannot be compared or acted upon
+- [ ] Do not assume assumed ARPU in LTV projections — use observed revenue per retained user per period, not a blended average that hides segment differences
+- [ ] Do not draw conclusions from cohorts too small to be statistically meaningful — flag minimum cohort size thresholds and note when a cohort is too small to trust
+- [ ] Do not conflate retention rate with engagement rate — a user who logs in but does not complete the key retention event is not retained by the definition used
+- [ ] Do not make recommendations without connecting them to specific cohort or segment findings — generic growth advice that could apply to any product adds no value
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Run a cohort analysis for our SaaS product"
+- "Analyse retention by acquisition month for the last 12 cohorts"
+- "What's the LTV of users who came via paid vs organic?"
+- "Build a cohort retention model showing period 0 through period 12"
+- "Segment users by behaviour and show me which group retains best"
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+---
+name: dashboard-brief
+description: "Convert a business question into a complete dashboard specification. Use when asked to design a dashboard, create a dashboard spec or brief, plan a BI report, or define what charts and metrics a dashboard should include. Produces a structured spec with metrics, dimensions, chart types, filters, and layout guidance."
+---
+
+# Dashboard Brief Skill
+
+This skill converts a business question or monitoring need into a complete, implementation-ready dashboard specification. The output gives a data engineer or BI developer everything they need to build without a follow-up meeting.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **The business question this dashboard should answer** (e.g. "How is our activation funnel performing this week?")
+- **Primary audience** (exec / product team / operations / customer success / engineering)
+- **Refresh cadence** (real-time / hourly / daily / weekly)
+- **Data sources available** (e.g. Postgres, BigQuery, Mixpanel, Salesforce, Jira)
+- **BI tool being used** (Looker / Metabase / Tableau / Power BI / Grafana / Custom / Unknown)
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+# Dashboard Brief: [Dashboard Name]
+
+**Business Question:** [The question this dashboard answers — verbatim from inputs or refined]
+**Audience:** [Who uses this]
+**Refresh Rate:** [Real-time / Hourly / Daily / Weekly]
+**Data Sources:** [List]
+**BI Tool:** [Tool or Unknown]
+
+---
+
+## Section 1: Key Metrics (KPI Cards)
+
+List the headline numbers that should appear at the top of the dashboard as KPI cards.
+
+| Metric | Definition | Data Source | Comparison |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [Metric name] | [How it's calculated] | [Table/source] | [vs. last week / vs. target / MoM] |
+
+Aim for 3–6 KPI cards. More than 6 is noise.
+
+---
+
+## Section 2: Charts & Visualisations
+
+For each chart, specify:
+
+### Chart [N]: [Chart Title]
+
+- **Chart type:** [Line / Bar / Stacked bar / Pie / Funnel / Heatmap / Table / Scatter]
+- **Why this chart type:** [One sentence — why this type suits this data]
+- **X-axis / Rows:** [Dimension — e.g. Date, User segment, Product]
+- **Y-axis / Values:** [Metric — e.g. Count of active users, Revenue]
+- **Breakdown/colour:** [Optional secondary dimension — e.g. by Plan tier, by Channel]
+- **Data source:** [Table or source]
+- **Filters:** [Any default filters applied — e.g. "Exclude internal test accounts"]
+- **Key insight to surface:** [What pattern or signal this chart should help the viewer spot]
+
+---
+
+## Section 3: Filters & Controls
+
+Global filters available to dashboard viewers:
+
+| Filter | Type | Default | Options |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Date range | Date picker | Last 30 days | Custom |
+| [Segment filter] | Dropdown | All | [List relevant values] |
+| [Other filter] | Multi-select | All | [List relevant values] |
+
+---
+
+## Section 4: Layout Recommendation
+
+Describe the dashboard layout in plain terms:
+
+```
+[ROW 1 — KPI Cards]: [Metric 1] | [Metric 2] | [Metric 3] | [Metric 4]
+[ROW 2 — Primary chart, full width]: [Chart name]
+[ROW 3 — Two charts side by side]: [Chart A] | [Chart B]
+[ROW 4 — Supporting table, full width]: [Table name]
+```
+
+---
+
+## Section 5: Data Requirements
+
+List any data transformations, joins, or derived fields needed:
+
+| Derived Field | Logic | Source Tables |
+|---|---|---|
+| [Field name] | [How it's calculated] | [Tables involved] |
+
+Flag any fields that may not exist in current data infrastructure.
+
+---
+
+## Section 6: Access & Ownership
+
+- **Dashboard owner:** [Leave for user to fill]
+- **Who can edit:** [Leave for user to fill]
+- **Who can view:** [Leave for user to fill]
+- **Review cadence:** [When should this dashboard be reviewed for relevance?]
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Every chart has a stated "key insight to surface" — not just "show the data"
+- [ ] KPI cards are 3–6 (not more)
+- [ ] Chart types are justified
+- [ ] Layout follows visual hierarchy (summary → detail)
+- [ ] Data requirements section flags any missing fields
+- [ ] Filters are practical and don't require IT to configure
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not specify metrics that the available data sources cannot actually support — always validate data availability
+- [ ] Do not include more than 8–10 primary metrics on a single dashboard — more creates noise, not insight
+- [ ] Do not skip the primary business question — a dashboard without a north-star question becomes a vanity metrics display
+- [ ] Do not choose chart types for aesthetic reasons — every chart type must match the data relationship it represents
+- [ ] Do not leave filter configurations vague — specify exact filter values, not just filter categories
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Design a dashboard to track [business process]"
+- "Give me a spec for a [team] performance dashboard"
+- "What should go on a [topic] dashboard?"
+- "Write a dashboard brief for our [metric] monitoring"
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+---
+name: data-pipeline-spec
+description: "Design an ETL/ELT data pipeline specification. Use when asked to design a data pipeline, spec an ETL or ELT process, document a data ingestion workflow, or plan a data integration. Produces a complete pipeline spec with sources, transforms, destinations, SLAs, error handling, and data quality rules."
+---
+
+# Data Pipeline Spec Skill
+
+This skill produces a complete data pipeline specification covering sources, transformations, destinations, scheduling, SLAs, error handling, data quality checks, and monitoring requirements. Output is ready for engineering handoff or architecture review.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Pipeline purpose** — what business question or workflow does this pipeline serve?
+- **Source systems** — where does data come from? (databases, APIs, files, event streams)
+- **Destination** — where does data land? (data warehouse, data lake, downstream DB, reporting tool)
+- **Transformation type** — ETL (transform before loading) or ELT (load raw, transform in warehouse)?
+- **Frequency / SLA** — how often must data be fresh? (real-time / hourly / daily / weekly)
+- **Volume estimate** — approximate rows/events per run
+- **Data quality requirements** — completeness, deduplication, freshness, schema enforcement
+- **Team or stack** — any specific tools in use? (Airflow, dbt, Fivetran, Spark, Kafka, etc.)
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+# Data Pipeline Spec: [Pipeline Name]
+
+**Purpose:** [One sentence — what decision or workflow does this pipeline enable?]
+**Type:** [ETL / ELT / Streaming / Batch]
+**Owner:** [Team or individual]
+**Version:** [1.0]
+**Date:** [Date]
+**Status:** [Draft / Under Review / Approved]
+
+---
+
+## 1. Overview
+
+[2–3 sentences describing the pipeline end-to-end: what data moves, from where to where, at what cadence, and why.]
+
+**Architecture diagram (text):**
+
+```
+[Source A] ──┐
+[Source B] ──┤──► [Ingestion Layer] ──► [Transform Layer] ──► [Destination] ──► [Consumers]
+[Source C] ──┘
+```
+
+---
+
+## 2. Sources
+
+| Source | System | Connection type | Data format | Update pattern | Volume |
+|---|---|---|---|---|---|
+| [Source 1] | [PostgreSQL / Salesforce / S3 / Kafka] | [JDBC / REST API / SDK / Webhook] | [JSON / CSV / Parquet / CDC] | [Append / Full refresh / Incremental] | [X rows/day] |
+| [Source 2] | [...] | [...] | [...] | [...] | [...] |
+
+**Incremental key (if applicable):** [The column used to identify new or changed records — e.g. `updated_at`, `event_id`]
+
+**Authentication:** [API key / OAuth / IAM role / connection string — note where credentials are stored]
+
+---
+
+## 3. Ingestion Layer
+
+**Tool:** [Fivetran / Airbyte / Kafka Connect / custom script / dbt source]
+
+**Ingestion method:**
+- [ ] Full extract (full table refresh each run)
+- [ ] Incremental extract (only new/changed rows since last run)
+- [ ] CDC (change data capture from database transaction log)
+- [ ] Event streaming (continuous ingestion from Kafka/Kinesis)
+
+**Raw landing zone:** [Where raw data lands before transformation — e.g. `raw.salesforce_opportunities` in Snowflake, S3 bucket `s3://data-raw/crm/`]
+
+**Schema handling:** [Strict schema enforcement / Schema evolution allowed / Union schema]
+
+---
+
+## 4. Transformation Logic
+
+List each transformation in execution order. For ELT pipelines, this is the dbt model or SQL layer.
+
+| Step | Name | Description | Input | Output | Tool |
+|---|---|---|---|---|---|
+| 1 | [Deduplicate events] | [Remove duplicate event rows based on event_id] | `raw.events` | `staging.events_deduped` | [dbt / SQL / Spark] |
+| 2 | [Join user profile] | [Enrich events with user attributes from CRM] | `staging.events_deduped`, `raw.users` | `staging.events_enriched` | [...] |
+| 3 | [Aggregate to daily] | [Roll up to user×day grain] | `staging.events_enriched` | `mart.user_daily_activity` | [...] |
+
+**Business logic rules:**
+- [e.g. Revenue is recognised on `payment_confirmed_at`, not `payment_initiated_at`]
+- [e.g. Users in the `internal@company.com` domain are excluded from all metrics]
+- [e.g. Currency conversion uses the ECB rate from the first business day of each month]
+
+**Slowly Changing Dimensions (SCD) — if applicable:**
+- [e.g. `users.plan_tier` is SCD Type 2 — keep history of plan changes with `valid_from` / `valid_to`]
+
+---
+
+## 5. Destination
+
+| Destination | System | Schema / Table | Write mode | Consumers |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| [Primary] | [Snowflake / BigQuery / Redshift / PostgreSQL] | [`analytics.mart_user_activity`] | [Append / Upsert / Full replace] | [Looker / Metabase / downstream pipeline] |
+| [Secondary] | [...] | [...] | [...] | [...] |
+
+**Partitioning / Clustering:** [e.g. Partitioned by `event_date`, clustered by `user_id` — reduces query cost for time-range scans]
+
+**Retention policy:** [e.g. Raw data retained for 90 days; mart tables retained indefinitely]
+
+---
+
+## 6. Scheduling & SLAs
+
+| SLA | Target | Breach action |
+|---|---|---|
+| **Data freshness** | [Data must be ≤ X hours old by HH:MM UTC] | [Page on-call / alert Slack channel] |
+| **Pipeline completion** | [Must complete within X minutes of trigger] | [Alert and auto-retry] |
+| **Availability** | [Pipeline must run successfully X% of days per month] | [Incident review] |
+
+**Schedule:** [Cron expression and human description — e.g. `0 6 * * *` — daily at 06:00 UTC]
+
+**Trigger type:**
+- [ ] Time-based (cron)
+- [ ] Event-based (triggered by upstream pipeline success / file arrival / Kafka lag)
+- [ ] Manual (ad hoc runs only)
+
+**Backfill strategy:** [How to reprocess historical data if the pipeline fails or logic changes — e.g. parameterised date range, full drop-and-reload]
+
+---
+
+## 7. Data Quality Rules
+
+| Check | Table | Rule | Failure action |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Completeness | `staging.events` | `event_id IS NOT NULL` — 100% of rows | Block load / Alert |
+| Uniqueness | `mart.user_daily_activity` | `(user_id, date)` must be unique | Block load |
+| Freshness | `mart.user_daily_activity` | `max(event_date) >= CURRENT_DATE - 1` | Alert |
+| Volume | `staging.events` | Row count within ±20% of 7-day average | Alert |
+| Referential integrity | `staging.events` | All `user_id` values exist in `users` table | Alert |
+
+**DQ tool:** [dbt tests / Great Expectations / Monte Carlo / custom SQL assertions]
+
+---
+
+## 8. Error Handling & Recovery
+
+**Retry policy:** [e.g. 3 retries with exponential back-off: 5 min, 20 min, 60 min]
+
+**Failure modes and responses:**
+
+| Failure | Detection | Response | Owner |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Source unavailable | HTTP 5xx / connection timeout | Retry 3×, then alert and skip run | Data engineering |
+| Schema change in source | Column missing or type mismatch | Block load, alert schema owner | Data owner + engineering |
+| DQ check fails | dbt test failure / assertion error | Block load for P1 checks; alert for P2 | Data engineering |
+| Partial load | Row count < expected threshold | Alert; do not publish to consumers until resolved | Data engineering |
+
+**Dead-letter queue:** [Where failed records are routed for manual inspection — e.g. `raw.dlq_events`]
+
+---
+
+## 9. Monitoring & Observability
+
+**Metrics to track:**
+- Pipeline run duration (p50, p95)
+- Rows processed per run
+- DQ check pass rate
+- Source freshness lag
+- Error rate per source
+
+**Alerting:**
+- [Slack channel: #data-alerts]
+- [PagerDuty: data-on-call escalation for P1 SLA breaches]
+- [Dashboard: [link to monitoring dashboard]]
+
+**Logging:** [What gets logged and where — e.g. Airflow task logs to CloudWatch, structured JSON to data lake]
+
+---
+
+## 10. Dependencies & Sequencing
+
+**Upstream dependencies:** [Which pipelines or data sources must succeed before this pipeline runs?]
+
+**Downstream dependents:** [Which dashboards, pipelines, or models depend on this pipeline's output?]
+
+```
+[upstream pipeline A] ──► THIS PIPELINE ──► [downstream dashboard B]
+                                          └──► [downstream pipeline C]
+```
+
+**Coordination mechanism:** [Airflow DAG dependency / dbt ref() / event trigger / manual gate]
+
+---
+
+## 11. Security & Compliance
+
+- **PII fields:** [List columns containing PII — e.g. `email`, `ip_address`, `name`]
+- **Masking / Pseudonymisation:** [e.g. email hashed with SHA-256 before landing in mart layer]
+- **Access control:** [Who can query the destination tables? — e.g. Role-based access in Snowflake]
+- **Data residency:** [Which regions is data permitted to transit and rest in?]
+- **Audit trail:** [Is pipeline execution auditable for compliance purposes? Where are logs retained?]
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Every source has an incremental key or full-refresh justification
+- [ ] Business logic rules are documented, not just the SQL
+- [ ] SLAs are agreed with consumers, not set unilaterally by engineering
+- [ ] DQ checks cover completeness, uniqueness, freshness, and volume
+- [ ] Failure modes include a documented recovery owner
+- [ ] PII fields are identified and a treatment plan is specified
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not spec a pipeline without defining SLAs — "as fast as possible" is not an acceptable freshness target
+- [ ] Do not omit error handling and dead-letter queue strategy — every pipeline must specify what happens to failed records
+- [ ] Do not design idempotent loads without documenting the deduplication key — assume reruns will happen
+- [ ] Do not leave data quality rules implicit — schema validation, null checks, and referential integrity must be explicit
+- [ ] Do not ignore schema evolution — specify how upstream schema changes are detected and handled
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Design a data pipeline for our Salesforce to Snowflake sync"
+- "Write a pipeline spec for ingesting Stripe events into our data warehouse"
+- "Build an ETL spec for our user activity data"
+- "Document our dbt pipeline from raw events to the analytics mart"
+- "Spec out the pipeline that feeds the executive dashboard"
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+---
+name: metrics-framework
+description: "Build a metrics framework for any product, team, or business. Use when asked for a metrics tree, KPI framework, North Star metric, AARRR funnel, HEART framework, or OKR metrics. Produces a structured metrics hierarchy from North Star down to leading indicators, with measurement guidance."
+---
+
+# Metrics Framework Skill
+
+This skill builds a complete metrics framework tailored to a product or business. It connects the North Star metric to actionable leading indicators, making it clear which metrics to track, which to optimise, and how they relate to each other.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Product or business description** (one paragraph is enough)
+- **Business model** (SaaS / Marketplace / E-commerce / Consumer app / B2B / Other)
+- **Stage** (Pre-PMF / Growth / Scale / Mature)
+- **Framework preference** (if they have one): North Star + Metric Tree / AARRR / HEART / OKRs / Custom
+- **Primary goal this quarter** (e.g. grow activation, reduce churn, increase revenue)
+
+If no framework preference is given, recommend the best fit based on stage and business model.
+
+## Output Structure
+
+### 1. Framework Recommendation (if not specified)
+
+Explain in 2–3 sentences why you're recommending this framework for their context.
+
+---
+
+### 2. North Star Metric
+
+**[Metric Name]:** [Definition — exactly what is measured and how]
+
+**Why this is the right North Star for this business:**
+[2–3 sentences. It should reflect customer value delivered, not just revenue or activity. Explain what behaviour it captures and why maximising it correlates with long-term business health.]
+
+**How to measure it:** [Formula or data source]
+**Current baseline:** [Leave as [ADD BASELINE] for user to fill]
+**Target:** [Leave as [ADD TARGET] for user to fill]
+
+---
+
+### 3. Metric Tree
+
+Show how supporting metrics roll up to the North Star. Format as a hierarchy:
+
+```
+[North Star Metric]
+├── [Driver 1: e.g. Acquisition]
+│   ├── [L2 metric: e.g. Organic signups / week]
+│   └── [L2 metric: e.g. Paid CAC by channel]
+├── [Driver 2: e.g. Activation]
+│   ├── [L2 metric: e.g. % users completing onboarding within 7 days]
+│   └── [L2 metric: e.g. Time to first value action]
+└── [Driver 3: e.g. Retention]
+    ├── [L2 metric: e.g. Day 30 retention rate]
+    └── [L2 metric: e.g. Feature adoption depth]
+```
+
+For each L2 metric, provide:
+- **Definition:** [What exactly is measured]
+- **Why it matters:** [How it connects to the North Star]
+- **Leading or lagging?** [Leading = predictive / Lagging = outcome]
+- **How to measure:** [Data source or calculation]
+
+---
+
+### 4. Counter-Metrics
+
+[2–3 metrics to watch that prevent optimising the North Star in ways that damage the business. E.g. "If we optimise for signups, we need to watch spam account rate. If we optimise for engagement, we need to watch support ticket volume."]
+
+---
+
+### 5. Dashboard Recommendation
+
+Suggest a 3-tier dashboard structure:
+- **Exec view (weekly):** [3–5 metrics — outcomes only]
+- **Team view (daily):** [7–10 metrics — leading indicators + outputs]
+- **Diagnostic view (on demand):** [Metrics to drill into when something looks wrong]
+
+---
+
+### 6. Metric Health Check Questions
+
+[5 questions the team should ask in their weekly metrics review to turn numbers into insights. e.g. "Is our activation rate improving while retention stays flat? That suggests onboarding quality issue, not a product-market fit problem."]
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] North Star reflects customer value, not just business activity
+- [ ] Metric tree has 3–4 distinct drivers (not all one category)
+- [ ] Each L2 metric is classified as leading or lagging
+- [ ] Counter-metrics are included to prevent perverse incentives
+- [ ] Dashboard tiers are tailored to the product stage
+- [ ] All metric definitions are unambiguous (formula or clear description)
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not set a North Star metric that measures business activity (revenue, pageviews) rather than customer value delivered — this creates incentives misaligned with product quality
+- [ ] Do not define metrics without specifying the formula or data source — an ambiguous metric will be measured differently by different people
+- [ ] Do not skip counter-metrics — optimising any single metric without a guard rail will eventually produce perverse incentives
+- [ ] Do not include more than 4–5 metrics in a daily team view — a dashboard with 20 metrics is a dashboard nobody looks at
+- [ ] Do not classify all metrics as "leading" — be honest about which are lagging outcome metrics and which genuinely predict future outcomes
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Build a metrics framework for [product]"
+- "What should our North Star metric be?"
+- "Create a KPI tree for [business]"
+- "Give me an AARRR breakdown for [product]"
+- "What metrics should our [team type] team track?"
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+---
+name: sql-query-explainer
+description: "Explains, optimises, writes, and documents SQL queries. Use when asked to explain a SQL query, optimise slow SQL, translate SQL to plain English for non-technical stakeholders, write a query from a natural language description, or produce query documentation. Produces plain-English explanations, annotated optimised queries, or a data dictionary covering output shape, assumptions, and known limitations. Works across PostgreSQL, MySQL, BigQuery, Snowflake, and standard SQL."
+---
+
+# SQL Query Explainer Skill
+
+This skill explains SQL queries in plain language, identifies optimisation opportunities, and helps communicate data logic to non-technical stakeholders. It also writes and documents new queries from natural language descriptions.
+
+## Modes
+
+Detect which mode the user needs based on their request:
+
+1. **Explain** — Translate existing SQL into plain English
+2. **Optimise** — Review SQL for performance issues and suggest improvements
+3. **Write** — Generate SQL from a natural language description
+4. **Document** — Produce a data dictionary or query documentation
+
+---
+
+## Mode 1: Explain
+
+When given a SQL query, produce:
+
+### Plain English Summary
+[1–3 sentences. What does this query do? What data does it return? Write as if explaining to a business analyst, not a developer.]
+
+### Step-by-Step Walkthrough
+
+Break the query into logical sections. For each section:
+- Quote the SQL clause
+- Explain what it does in plain English
+- Flag any complexity (e.g. window functions, subqueries, CTEs)
+
+### What the Result Looks Like
+
+[Describe the shape of the output: "Returns one row per user, with columns for X, Y, Z. Ordered by [field] descending."]
+
+### Potential Issues to Flag
+
+- [Gotchas, edge cases, or implicit assumptions in this query]
+- [e.g. "This will include NULLs in the user_id column if the LEFT JOIN finds no match"]
+
+---
+
+## Mode 2: Optimise
+
+When asked to optimise a query, produce:
+
+### Performance Assessment
+
+Rate overall: 🟢 Well-optimised / 🟡 Some improvements possible / 🔴 Significant issues
+
+### Issues Found
+
+For each issue:
+
+**Issue [N]: [Short name, e.g. "Missing index on join column"]**
+- **What it is:** [Plain explanation]
+- **Why it matters:** [Performance impact — e.g. "Full table scan on a 10M row table"]
+- **Fix:**
+```sql
+-- Before
+[original snippet]
+
+-- After
+[improved snippet]
+```
+- **Expected improvement:** [Estimate if possible]
+
+### Optimisation Checklist
+
+- [ ] SELECT * used? (Replace with specific columns)
+- [ ] Implicit type conversions on JOIN/WHERE columns?
+- [ ] Missing indexes on JOIN or WHERE columns?
+- [ ] N+1 patterns (queries inside loops)?
+- [ ] DISTINCT used where GROUP BY would be faster?
+- [ ] Window functions used where a subquery would be clearer/faster?
+- [ ] CTEs re-used or materialised unnecessarily?
+- [ ] Large IN() lists that could use a JOIN instead?
+
+---
+
+## Mode 3: Write
+
+When given a natural language description, generate the SQL query and then explain it using Mode 1.
+
+Ask the user to confirm:
+- **Database/dialect** (PostgreSQL / MySQL / BigQuery / Snowflake / SQLite / Standard SQL)
+- **Table and column names** (if known; otherwise use descriptive placeholder names like `users`, `orders`, `user_id`)
+- **Any filters, sorting, or aggregation requirements**
+
+Produce:
+1. The SQL query with inline comments
+2. Plain English explanation (Mode 1 format)
+
+---
+
+## Mode 4: Document
+
+When asked to create documentation for a query or table:
+
+### Query Documentation
+
+```
+Query: [Name]
+Purpose: [One sentence — what business question this answers]
+Author: [If provided]
+Last reviewed: [If provided]
+
+Inputs:
+  - Table: [table_name] — [what it contains]
+  - Filter: [any WHERE conditions and their business meaning]
+
+Output columns:
+  | Column | Type | Description |
+  |--------|------|-------------|
+  | [name] | [type] | [plain English description] |
+
+Assumptions:
+  - [Any implicit assumptions the query makes]
+
+Known limitations:
+  - [Edge cases not handled, data quality dependencies, etc.]
+```
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Plain English explanation avoids SQL jargon
+- [ ] Optimisation suggestions include before/after SQL
+- [ ] Written queries include inline comments
+- [ ] Output shape is described (columns, row grain, ordering)
+- [ ] Dialect-specific syntax is flagged when non-standard
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Explain this SQL query: [paste query]"
+- "Optimise this slow query: [paste query]"
+- "Write a SQL query that [natural language description]"
+- "Document this query for my non-technical stakeholders"
+- "Why is this query returning unexpected results?"
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-delivery",
+  "version": "3.0.0",
+  "description": "Sprint & delivery skills: Sprint Planning, Technical Spec Template, A/B Test Planner, Go-to-Market Planner, Product Launch Checklist, Sprint Brief, Retro Analysis.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["product-management", "sprint", "agile", "ab-testing", "go-to-market", "launch", "technical-spec"]
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+---
+name: ab-test-planner
+description: "Design statistically rigorous A/B tests for product features, UI changes, onboarding flows, and pricing experiments. Use when asked to set up an experiment, design an A/B test, calculate sample size, or interpret test results. Produces a complete test plan with hypothesis, variant definitions, sample size, duration estimate, guardrail metrics, and a results interpretation guide."
+---
+
+# A/B Test Planner Skill
+
+Design experiments that produce trustworthy results — not just directional signals. Every test output includes hypothesis, success metrics, sample size, duration, and a results interpretation guide.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **What is being tested** (feature, UI change, copy, pricing, onboarding step)
+- **Hypothesis** (or ask to help formulate one)
+- **Primary metric** (conversion rate, click-through, completion rate, etc.)
+- **Baseline rate** and **minimum detectable effect** (MDE)
+- **Daily eligible users** (to calculate duration)
+
+## Experiment Design Checklist
+
+Before running any test, confirm:
+- [ ] Clear hypothesis with predicted direction
+- [ ] Single primary metric (plus up to 2 guardrail metrics)
+- [ ] Minimum detectable effect (MDE) defined
+- [ ] Sample size calculated
+- [ ] Test duration estimated
+- [ ] Segment isolated (no overlap with other running tests)
+- [ ] Rollback plan defined
+
+## Hypothesis Template
+
+> "We believe that [change] will cause [primary metric] to [increase/decrease] by [X%] for [user segment], because [rationale based on data or insight]."
+
+Never run a test without a directional hypothesis. "Let's just see what happens" is not a hypothesis.
+
+## Sample Size Calculator Logic
+
+Use this formula (provide the output, not the formula, to the user):
+
+- **Baseline conversion rate:** Current rate of primary metric
+- **MDE:** Smallest change worth detecting (recommend 10–20% relative lift for most features)
+- **Statistical power:** 80% (standard)
+- **Significance level:** 95% (p < 0.05)
+
+For common scenarios, provide pre-calculated estimates:
+
+| Baseline Rate | MDE (Relative) | Required Sample per Variant |
+|---|---|---|
+| 5% | 20% | ~19,000 |
+| 10% | 15% | ~14,000 |
+| 20% | 10% | ~15,000 |
+| 40% | 10% | ~9,500 |
+| 60% | 5% | ~42,000 |
+
+Always warn: "These are estimates. Use a tool like Evan Miller's calculator or Statsig for precision."
+
+## Test Duration Guidance
+
+Minimum: 2 full weeks (to capture weekly seasonality)
+Maximum: 4 weeks (novelty effect distorts results beyond this)
+
+`Duration = Required sample ÷ (Daily traffic × % exposed)`
+
+Flag if traffic is too low to reach significance in under 8 weeks — recommend a different approach (e.g., holdout test, qualitative research).
+
+## Output Format
+
+### A/B Test Plan — [Test Name] — [Date]
+
+**Hypothesis:**
+> [Filled hypothesis template]
+
+**Variants:**
+- Control (A): [Current experience]
+- Treatment (B): [Changed experience — be specific]
+
+**Primary Metric:** [Metric name + how measured]
+**Guardrail Metrics:** [Metrics that must not degrade]
+
+**Target Segment:** [Who sees the test — % of traffic, user type]
+**Traffic Split:** [50/50 recommended unless ramp-up needed]
+
+**Sample Size Required:** ~[N] users per variant
+**Estimated Duration:** [X] weeks (based on [Y] daily eligible users)
+**Significance Threshold:** 95% confidence, 80% power
+
+**Exclusions:** [Any user segments to exclude and why]
+
+**Rollback Trigger:** If [guardrail metric] degrades by [X%], stop the test immediately.
+
+**Results Interpretation Guide:**
+- ✅ Ship if: Treatment shows [X%]+ lift on primary metric at 95% confidence AND guardrail metrics are stable
+- 🔄 Iterate if: Direction is positive but not significant — consider extending or redesigning
+- ❌ Reject if: No lift or negative direction at significance
+- ⚠️ Inconclusive: Do not ship. Do not call it a win.
+
+---
+
+## Guidelines
+
+- Always recommend against peeking at results before the test reaches planned sample size — explain p-hacking risk
+- If user wants to test multiple variants, explain the multiple comparisons problem and recommend a Bonferroni correction or a Bayesian approach
+- If traffic is very low (<1,000 users/day), recommend qualitative alternatives: moderated testing, 5-second tests, or user interviews
+- Never approve a test with no guardrail metrics — always protect revenue, retention, or core engagement
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not run a test without a directional hypothesis — "let's see what happens" produces uninterpretable results
+- [ ] Do not declare a winner before reaching the pre-planned sample size — peeking at results inflates false positive rates
+- [ ] Do not test multiple independent changes in a single variant — you won't know which change caused the result
+- [ ] Do not use engagement metrics (clicks, time-on-page) as the primary metric when the goal is revenue or retention — proxy metrics mislead
+- [ ] Do not ignore guardrail metrics — a conversion lift that causes a support ticket spike is not a win
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Hypothesis is directional (predicts a specific direction and magnitude, not "let's see")
+- [ ] Primary metric is singular (guardrail metrics are secondary)
+- [ ] Sample size is calculated from actual MDE and baseline (not guessed)
+- [ ] Test duration accounts for weekly seasonality (minimum 2 weeks)
+- [ ] Guardrail metrics are defined (at least one to protect revenue or core engagement)
+- [ ] Rollback trigger is specified with a concrete threshold
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+---
+name: go-to-market-planner
+description: "Build a go-to-market plan for any product launch, feature release, or new market entry. Use when planning a product launch, writing a GTM strategy, defining launch tiers, or coordinating cross-functional launch activities. Produces a tiered GTM plan with messaging, cross-functional activity tracker, success metrics, and launch day checklist."
+---
+
+# Go-to-Market Planner Skill
+
+Produce a complete, cross-functional GTM plan that aligns product, marketing, sales, and support around a single launch — with clear owners, timelines, and success metrics.
+
+## Launch Tier Framework
+
+Before planning, classify the launch:
+
+| Tier | Scope | Typical Effort | Examples |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| **Tier 1 — Major Launch** | New product / significant platform change | 8–12 weeks | New pricing model, platform rebrand, new product line |
+| **Tier 2 — Feature Launch** | Significant new capability | 4–6 weeks | Major feature, API release, new integration |
+| **Tier 3 — Incremental Release** | Improvement, bug fix, minor feature | 1–2 weeks | UI tweak, performance improvement, small enhancement |
+
+Always confirm tier with the user before proceeding.
+
+---
+
+## GTM Plan Output Format
+
+### GTM Plan — [Product/Feature Name] — [Launch Date]
+
+**Launch Tier:** [1 / 2 / 3]
+**Launch Owner (PM):** [Name]
+**Target Launch Date:** [Date]
+**Soft Launch Date (Beta/Limited):** [Date, if applicable]
+
+---
+
+### 1. What We're Launching
+**One-line description:** [What it is, for whom, and why now]
+**Key customer problem solved:** [Specific pain point]
+**Key differentiator:** [Why ours, why now]
+
+---
+
+### 2. Target Audience
+**Primary segment:** [Who benefits most — be specific]
+**Secondary segment:** [Who else benefits]
+**Not for:** [Who this is NOT for — helps sales and support]
+
+---
+
+### 3. Messaging
+
+**Headline:** [Customer-facing headline — lead with outcome, not feature]
+**Sub-headline:** [Supporting context — how it works or why it matters]
+**3 key messages:**
+1. [Problem solved]
+2. [How it works / what's new]
+3. [Proof / social proof / data]
+
+**Elevator pitch (30 seconds):**
+> [For [target user] who [has this problem], [product/feature] is a [category] that [key benefit]. Unlike [alternative], we [differentiator].]
+
+---
+
+### 4. Launch Activities by Function
+
+| Function | Activity | Owner | Due Date | Status |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| Product | Feature flagging / rollout plan | PM | [date] | |
+| Marketing | Blog post / landing page | Marketing | [date] | |
+| Marketing | Email campaign to existing users | Marketing | [date] | |
+| Marketing | Social media content | Marketing | [date] | |
+| Sales | Sales enablement deck | PM + Sales | [date] | |
+| Sales | FAQ for sales team | PM | [date] | |
+| Support | Help centre articles | Support | [date] | |
+| Support | Support team training | Support | [date] | |
+| Engineering | Monitoring/alerting in place | Eng | [date] | |
+
+---
+
+### 5. Success Metrics
+
+| Metric | Baseline | Target | Measurement Window |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [Adoption metric] | [X] | [Y] | 30 days post-launch |
+| [Engagement metric] | [X] | [Y] | 60 days post-launch |
+| [Business metric] | [X] | [Y] | 90 days post-launch |
+
+---
+
+### 6. Risks & Contingencies
+
+| Risk | Likelihood | Impact | Mitigation |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [Risk] | H/M/L | H/M/L | [Action if it happens] |
+
+---
+
+### 7. Launch Day Checklist
+- [ ] Feature live for [X%] of users
+- [ ] Monitoring dashboard active
+- [ ] Support team briefed
+- [ ] Blog post published
+- [ ] Email sent / scheduled
+- [ ] Sales team notified
+- [ ] Executive announcement sent (if Tier 1)
+- [ ] Rollback procedure confirmed
+
+---
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Product or feature name**
+- **Target launch date**
+- **Launch tier** (Tier 1 / 2 / 3 — or describe scope and the skill will classify)
+- **Target audience** (who benefits and who it's NOT for)
+- **Key message** (what's the headline outcome for the customer)
+- **PM and launch owner**
+
+## Guidelines
+
+- Never plan a Tier 1 launch without at least 8 weeks of lead time
+- Always include a "Not for" section — it prevents misdirected sales and support tickets
+- Recommend a soft launch to 5–10% of users before full rollout for any Tier 1 or 2 launch
+- Post-launch retrospective should be scheduled at launch planning time — don't leave it to chance
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Launch tier is confirmed and appropriate for scope
+- [ ] "Not for" section is included to prevent misdirected sales and support
+- [ ] Every function has at least one activity with a named owner and due date
+- [ ] Success metrics include a measurement window (30/60/90 days)
+- [ ] Rollback procedure is confirmed for Tier 1 and 2 launches
+- [ ] Post-launch retrospective is scheduled
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not build a Tier 1 GTM plan for an incremental feature update — tier the launch appropriately before planning
+- [ ] Do not create activity lists without named owners and due dates — unowned tasks do not get done
+- [ ] Do not skip the rollback procedure for Tier 1 and 2 launches — every significant launch must have an abort plan
+- [ ] Do not treat marketing and engineering as separate tracks — cross-functional coordination is the whole point of a GTM plan
+- [ ] Do not set success metrics without a defined measurement window — "increase signups" is not a measurable target
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+---
+name: pptx-slide-auditor
+description: "Audit a PowerPoint presentation for layout issues, text overflow, visual hierarchy problems, and consistency gaps. Use when asked to review a slide deck, check a presentation before a meeting, audit slides for layout problems, or QA a deck before sharing. Produces a slide-by-slide report with issues ranked by severity and specific fixes. Best used with Claude Opus 4.7 or newer for reliable slide-level vision analysis."
+---
+
+# PPTX Slide Auditor Skill
+
+Runs a systematic visual and structural audit of a PowerPoint presentation — identifying layout issues, text overflow, inconsistent styling, weak visual hierarchy, and slides that will cause problems in a presentation setting. Built to leverage Opus 4.7 vision improvements for pixel-level layout analysis.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **The deck** (upload the .pptx file or individual slide screenshots)
+- **Audience** (internal team / executive / external client / conference / investor)
+- **Presentation mode** (presented live / sent to read / shared async on video)
+- **Areas of concern** (optional — e.g. "I think slide 12 is overcrowded")
+
+## Output Structure
+
+### 1. Deck Overview
+| Metric | Result |
+|---|---|
+| Total slides | N |
+| Overall status | Ready / Minor fixes needed / Major revisions required |
+| Readability score | /10 |
+| Visual consistency score | /10 |
+| Most common issue | [Pattern observed across multiple slides] |
+
+### 2. Slide-by-Slide Audit
+
+For each slide with issues:
+
+**Slide N: [Slide title]**
+- Status: Ready / Fix before sending / Major revision
+- Issues found:
+  - [Specific issue with exact location — e.g. "Body text extends beyond the text frame on the right side"]
+  - [Issue 2]
+- Suggested fix: [Specific action — move element, reduce text, resize]
+
+Slides with no issues: just list the slide numbers. Do not write anything else about them.
+
+### 3. Pattern Issues Across the Deck
+
+Issues that repeat across multiple slides:
+
+**[Pattern title — e.g. "Inconsistent body text size"]**
+- Slides affected: [list]
+- Root cause: [master slide issue / manual overrides / mixed templates]
+- Fix: [Single action to resolve across all affected slides]
+
+### 4. Visual Hierarchy Check
+
+| Dimension | Status | Notes |
+|---|---|---|
+| Title consistency (size, font, colour) | Pass / Fail | |
+| Body text readability at presentation distance | Pass / Fail | |
+| Image placement alignment | Pass / Fail | |
+| Whitespace and breathing room | Pass / Fail | |
+| Data visualisation clarity | Pass / Fail / N/A | |
+
+### 5. Audience-Specific Flags
+
+Based on the stated audience:
+
+- **Executive audience:** flag slides with too much text, complex tables, or unclear bottom-line messages
+- **External client:** flag slides with internal jargon, unfinished placeholder text, or confidentiality concerns
+- **Live presentation:** flag slides that will be hard to read from the back of a room
+- **Async/video:** flag slides that assume a presenter voiceover
+
+### 6. Prioritised Fix List
+
+| # | Fix | Slide | Effort | Impact |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| 1 | [Specific fix] | Slide N | Low/Med/High | High |
+
+Order by: fixes before handoff (critical) > consistency fixes (high) > polish (medium).
+
+## Quality Checks
+- [ ] Every issue references a specific slide number and location on the slide
+- [ ] Pattern issues are identified separately from slide-specific issues
+- [ ] Fix list is ordered by impact, not by slide order
+- [ ] Audience-appropriate concerns flagged explicitly
+- [ ] Slides without issues are listed briefly, not ignored
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not flag stylistic preferences as issues — only report genuine layout problems, overflow, and consistency errors
+- [ ] Do not produce a flat list of issues — group by severity (Critical / Major / Minor) so fixes can be prioritised
+- [ ] Do not skip slides without commenting — every slide must have an explicit pass or issue status
+- [ ] Do not suggest redesigning content — the audit scope is layout, consistency, and readability, not messaging
+- [ ] Do not report the same issue type repeatedly across slides without summarising the pattern — consolidate repeated issues
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+- "Audit this slide deck before my board meeting"
+- "Review this PowerPoint for layout issues"
+- "Check this presentation for consistency problems"
+- "QA my deck before I send it to the client"
+- "What is wrong with slide 7 in this deck?"
+
+## Why This Works Better on Opus 4.7
+Earlier models struggled with precise spatial analysis of slide layouts — they would hallucinate issues or miss obvious overflow problems. Opus 4.7 vision improvements mean coordinates map 1:1 to pixels, making slide-level issue detection reliable without manual screenshot annotation.
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+---
+name: product-launch-checklist
+description: "Generate a comprehensive pre-launch, launch day, and post-launch checklist for any product release. Use when preparing for a product launch, feature release, or major update. Produces a role-assigned, tiered checklist covering engineering readiness, marketing and comms, support, and post-launch monitoring."
+---
+
+# Product Launch Checklist Skill
+
+Never launch without checking everything. Generate a complete, role-assigned checklist covering pre-launch readiness, launch day execution, and post-launch monitoring.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Launch name** and planned launch date
+- **Launch tier** (1 = major product launch, 2 = significant feature release, 3 = incremental update)
+- **Team members and their roles** (engineering lead, PM, marketing, support, etc.)
+- **Feature description** (what is being launched)
+- **Rollback capability** (can this be feature-flagged or reverted quickly?)
+
+## How to Use This Skill
+
+Provide:
+- Launch name and date
+- Launch tier (1 = major, 2 = feature, 3 = incremental)
+- Team members and their roles
+
+The skill generates a tiered checklist. Tier 3 launches use only the Essentials section. Tier 2 adds Marketing & Comms. Tier 1 uses all sections.
+
+---
+
+## Output Format
+
+### Launch Checklist — [Feature/Product Name] — Target Date: [Date]
+
+**Launch Tier:** [1 / 2 / 3]
+**Launch Owner:** [PM Name]
+**Engineering Lead:** [Name]
+**Go/No-Go Decision By:** [Date and time — typically 24 hours before launch]
+
+---
+
+### 🔧 PRE-LAUNCH — Engineering & Product (T-2 weeks)
+- [ ] Feature flag created and tested in staging
+- [ ] All acceptance criteria signed off by PM
+- [ ] Code reviewed and merged to main
+- [ ] QA sign-off completed (regression + new feature)
+- [ ] Performance testing completed (load, latency)
+- [ ] Security review completed (if data or auth changes)
+- [ ] Rollback procedure documented and tested
+- [ ] Monitoring and alerting configured
+- [ ] Error logging in place with correct severity levels
+- [ ] Database migrations tested on staging with production data volume
+
+### 📢 PRE-LAUNCH — Marketing & Comms (T-1 week)
+- [ ] Blog post written, reviewed, and scheduled
+- [ ] In-app announcement or tooltip configured
+- [ ] Email campaign drafted and QA'd
+- [ ] Social media posts drafted and scheduled
+- [ ] Landing page or feature page live in staging
+- [ ] Press outreach sent (Tier 1 only)
+- [ ] Product Hunt / community posts prepared (Tier 1 only)
+
+### 🎓 PRE-LAUNCH — Sales & Support (T-1 week)
+- [ ] Sales enablement one-pager completed
+- [ ] FAQ document shared with sales and support teams
+- [ ] Help centre articles written and published
+- [ ] Support team demo / training completed
+- [ ] Customer success team briefed on top accounts
+- [ ] Pricing updated (if applicable)
+- [ ] Contracts / ToS updated (if applicable)
+
+### 📊 PRE-LAUNCH — Analytics (T-1 week)
+- [ ] Analytics events firing correctly in staging
+- [ ] Dashboard configured for launch metrics
+- [ ] Baseline metrics documented
+- [ ] Success criteria documented and shared with team
+- [ ] A/B test configured (if applicable)
+
+---
+
+### ✅ GO / NO-GO DECISION — T-24 hours
+
+| Criteria | Status | Owner |
+|---|---|---|
+| All critical bugs resolved | 🟢 / 🔴 | Eng Lead |
+| QA sign-off complete | 🟢 / 🔴 | QA |
+| Rollback tested | 🟢 / 🔴 | Eng Lead |
+| Help centre articles live | 🟢 / 🔴 | Support |
+| Monitoring active | 🟢 / 🔴 | Eng Lead |
+| PM sign-off | 🟢 / 🔴 | PM |
+
+**Go / No-Go Decision:** [GO / NO-GO]
+**Decision Owner:** [PM + Eng Lead jointly]
+
+---
+
+### 🚀 LAUNCH DAY
+- [ ] Feature flag enabled for [X%] of users (start low — 5–10%)
+- [ ] Launch confirmed in team Slack/channel
+- [ ] Metrics dashboard open and being monitored
+- [ ] Error rate checked at T+15 min, T+1 hr, T+4 hr
+- [ ] Blog post published / email sent
+- [ ] Social posts live
+- [ ] Support team on standby for first 4 hours
+- [ ] PM available and reachable all day
+- [ ] Feature flag expanded to 50% if T+2hr checks pass
+- [ ] Feature flag expanded to 100% if T+4hr checks pass
+
+---
+
+### 📈 POST-LAUNCH (D+7, D+30)
+- [ ] D+7 metrics review: adoption, errors, support tickets
+- [ ] D+7 customer feedback synthesised
+- [ ] Retrospective scheduled
+- [ ] Learnings documented
+- [ ] D+30 success metrics reviewed against targets
+- [ ] Feature flag removed from codebase (clean up)
+- [ ] Follow-up features added to backlog based on feedback
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Launch tier confirmed before generating checklist (scope determines depth)
+- [ ] Go/No-Go decision has a named owner and a specific decision time
+- [ ] Rollback procedure is documented and tested (not just planned)
+- [ ] Feature flag expansion is staged (5% → 50% → 100%), not all-at-once
+- [ ] Post-launch retrospective is scheduled at launch time
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not apply a Tier 1 checklist to an incremental update — tier the launch appropriately before generating the checklist
+- [ ] Do not launch on a Friday without confirmed weekend engineering coverage
+- [ ] Do not leave the Go/No-Go decision owner as "the team" — it must be a named individual
+- [ ] Do not skip the rollback plan for Tier 1 and 2 launches — know the revert time before going live
+- [ ] Do not close the launch without scheduling the post-launch retrospective — it must be booked at launch time, not after
+
+## Guidelines
+
+- The Go/No-Go decision must have a named owner — "the team" is not an owner
+- Never launch on a Friday unless you have weekend engineering coverage
+- Recommend starting all launches at <10% traffic — even for simple features
+- Document rollback time: "We can revert this in X minutes" should be known before launch
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+---
+name: retro-analysis
+description: "Analyses sprint delivery data and produces a structured retrospective brief. Use when asked to run a retrospective, analyse sprint data, prepare a retro brief, or turn sprint metrics into discussion prompts. Produces a data-grounded retrospective brief with completion stats, pattern analysis, Start/Stop/Continue prompts, and one concrete experiment for next sprint."
+---
+
+# Retrospective Analysis Skill
+
+Generate a data-grounded retrospective brief that separates facts from feelings, so the team spends retro time on solutions rather than debating what happened.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Sprint tickets: planned vs. completed**
+- **Carry-over tickets and reasons** (if known)
+- **Tickets reopened after closing** (quality signal)
+- **Any incidents or unplanned work** (scope creep signal)
+- **Sprint velocity vs. historical average** (trend context)
+
+## Process
+1. Calculate: completion rate, carry-over rate, unplanned work percentage
+2. Identify patterns: which ticket types were most likely to carry over? Which caused blockers?
+3. Note any process or communication breakdowns visible in the data
+4. Prepare 3 "Start / Stop / Continue" prompts based on the data — not generic, specific to this sprint
+5. Suggest 1 concrete experiment for the next sprint based on the biggest friction point
+6. **Validate** — Confirm each prompt is specific to this sprint (not a recycled generic prompt), and that the recommended experiment is concrete and measurable
+
+## Output Structure
+
+### Sprint [Number] Retrospective Brief
+
+**By the Numbers:**
+- Planned: [n] tickets | Completed: [n] | Carry-over: [n] | Completion rate: [%]
+- Unplanned work: [n] tickets ([%] of capacity)
+- Velocity: [points] vs. [average] average
+
+**What the Data Suggests:**
+[2-3 observations grounded in the numbers above]
+
+**Discussion Prompts:**
+- Start: [specific prompt based on this sprint's data]
+- Stop: [specific prompt based on this sprint's data]
+- Continue: [specific prompt based on this sprint's data]
+
+**Suggested Experiment for Next Sprint:**
+[One concrete, testable process change — with a specific success metric]
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Each Start/Stop/Continue prompt names a specific behaviour, not a vague category
+- [ ] The recommended experiment is testable in one sprint
+- [ ] Carry-over analysis identifies the ticket type or cause, not just the count
+- [ ] Data observations don't assign blame — they describe patterns
+- [ ] Velocity trend is mentioned in context (is this a one-off or a pattern?)
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not assign blame to individuals in the retrospective brief — observations must describe patterns, not people
+- [ ] Do not produce Start/Stop/Continue prompts that are vague categories — each must name a specific behaviour
+- [ ] Do not recommend an experiment that cannot be completed within one sprint — small, testable experiments only
+- [ ] Do not treat carry-over tickets as a velocity problem without first identifying the root cause category
+- [ ] Do not run the same retrospective format every sprint — vary the format to prevent engagement fatigue
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+---
+name: sprint-brief
+description: "Generate a structured sprint brief from sprint data and goals. Use when asked to write a sprint brief, create a sprint summary, document sprint goals and scope, or produce a team-facing sprint overview. Produces a scannable brief with sprint goal, rationale, grouped work, critical path, risks, and definition of done."
+---
+
+# Sprint Brief Skill
+
+Produce a clear, scannable sprint brief that every team member — engineer, designer, PM — can read in under three minutes and understand exactly what we're doing and why.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Sprint name and number**
+- **Sprint goal** (1-2 sentences — flag if too vague)
+- **Ticket list with owners** (or a description of the work)
+- **Known dependencies or blockers**
+- **Carry-over items from previous sprint** (if any)
+
+## Process
+1. Read sprint goal and check it's specific and measurable — flag if it's too vague
+2. Group tickets by theme or feature area
+3. Identify the critical path — which tickets must complete for the sprint goal to be met?
+4. Flag risks: tickets with unclear acceptance criteria, missing designs, unresolved dependencies
+5. Note carry-over items and whether they affect this sprint's goal
+6. **Validate** — Confirm the sprint goal is achievable given the ticket scope and capacity. If the critical path items alone would fill the sprint, flag it as overloaded.
+
+## Output Structure
+
+### Sprint [Number] Brief — [Dates]
+**Sprint Goal:** [1-2 sentences — specific and measurable]
+**Why This Sprint Matters:** [Connect to quarterly OKR in 2-3 sentences]
+
+**What We're Building:**
+- [Theme 1]: [tickets and owners]
+- [Theme 2]: [tickets and owners]
+
+**Critical Path:** [The 2-3 tickets everything else depends on]
+
+**Risks to Flag:**
+- [Risk 1 + mitigation]
+- [Risk 2 + mitigation]
+
+**Carry-over from Last Sprint:** [List + impact on current goal]
+
+**Definition of Done:** [Specific, agreed criteria for sprint success]
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Sprint goal is specific enough to score pass/fail at the end of the sprint
+- [ ] Critical path items are named — not just "the important ones"
+- [ ] Every risk has a mitigation or owner (not just "this is a risk")
+- [ ] Carry-over items are connected to their impact on this sprint's goal
+- [ ] Definition of Done is agreed criteria, not a task list
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not write a sprint goal as a task list — the goal must be a single outcome-focused statement that can be scored pass/fail
+- [ ] Do not leave the critical path unnamed — "the important tickets" is not a critical path
+- [ ] Do not list risks without a mitigation or owner — a risk without a response is just a worry list
+- [ ] Do not ignore carry-over items' impact on this sprint's capacity and goal
+- [ ] Do not write a Definition of Done that mixes task completion with outcome criteria — they must be observable and agreed before the sprint starts
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+---
+name: sprint-planning
+description: "Structure and facilitate sprint planning sessions. Use when asked to plan a sprint, organise backlog items, assign story points, create sprint goals, or prepare sprint planning agendas. Produces a sprint goal, velocity-calibrated backlog, capacity plan, risk flags, and a structured sprint planning meeting agenda."
+---
+
+# Sprint Planning Skill
+
+Transform raw backlog items into a structured, achievable sprint with clear goals, velocity-calibrated scope, and team-ready output.
+
+## What This Skill Produces
+
+- **Sprint Goal** — single, outcome-focused sentence the whole team can rally around
+- **Sprint Backlog** — prioritised list of user stories with story point estimates and acceptance criteria
+- **Capacity Plan** — team availability breakdown accounting for holidays, meetings, and focus time
+- **Sprint Planning Agenda** — structured 2-hour meeting agenda with timings
+- **Risk Flags** — blockers or dependencies that could derail the sprint
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask for (if not already provided):
+- Sprint duration (1 or 2 weeks)
+- Team size and velocity (average story points per sprint)
+- Top 3–5 backlog items or epics to pull from
+- Any known absences, holidays, or team events
+- Previous sprint's incomplete items (carry-overs)
+
+## Sprint Goal Formula
+
+Use this structure:
+> "This sprint we will [deliver X outcome] so that [user/business benefit], measured by [success indicator]."
+
+Never write sprint goals as task lists. Always outcome-first.
+
+## Story Point Calibration
+
+| Complexity | Points | Description |
+|---|---|---|
+| Trivial | 1 | Clearly understood, no unknowns |
+| Small | 2 | Straightforward, minor effort |
+| Medium | 3 | Some complexity, clear path |
+| Large | 5 | Complex, needs design or research |
+| Very Large | 8 | High uncertainty, may need splitting |
+| Epic | 13+ | Too large — must be split before sprint |
+
+Flag any item estimated at 8+ and recommend splitting.
+
+## Capacity Formula
+
+```
+Available capacity = (Team size × Sprint days × Focus hours/day) × Availability factor
+Focus hours/day: 6 (accounting for meetings, Slack, admin)
+Availability factor: 0.7–0.85 depending on holidays/events
+Story points to commit = Historical velocity × Availability factor
+```
+
+## Output Format
+
+### Sprint [N] — [Start Date] to [End Date]
+
+**Sprint Goal:**
+> [Goal statement]
+
+**Team Capacity:** [X] story points available (based on [Y] team members, [Z]% availability)
+
+**Sprint Backlog:**
+
+| Priority | Story | Points | Owner | Acceptance Criteria |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| 1 | [Story title] | [N] | [Team member] | [When X then Y] |
+
+**Carry-Overs from Previous Sprint:**
+- [Item] — Reason for carry-over: [brief explanation]
+
+**Risks & Dependencies:**
+- [Risk description] → Mitigation: [action]
+
+**Sprint Planning Agenda:**
+- 00:00–00:10 — Review sprint goal and team capacity
+- 00:10–00:40 — Walk through backlog items, confirm estimates
+- 00:40–01:20 — Assign stories, identify dependencies
+- 01:20–01:50 — Review acceptance criteria per story
+- 01:50–02:00 — Confirm sprint commitment and close
+
+## Guidelines
+
+- Always challenge stories missing acceptance criteria — flag them explicitly
+- Recommend the team commits to 80% of available capacity, not 100%
+- If no velocity data is provided, assume 20–30 points for a 5-person team as a starting point
+- Highlight any story with unclear ownership as a blocker
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Sprint goal is outcome-focused (not "implement X" — something like "users can do Y")
+- [ ] Team capacity is calculated using actual availability, not theoretical 100%
+- [ ] Every story has an acceptance criterion (flag any that don't)
+- [ ] Stories estimated at 8+ points are flagged for splitting
+- [ ] Carry-overs from last sprint are accounted for in capacity
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not write sprint goals as task lists — goals must be outcome-focused and scoreable pass/fail at sprint end
+- [ ] Do not commit to 100% of available capacity — always recommend 80% to preserve slack for unplanned work
+- [ ] Do not carry stories with no acceptance criteria into the sprint — flag them as blockers before committing
+- [ ] Do not allow stories estimated at 8+ points into the sprint without splitting them first
+- [ ] Do not ignore carry-over items when calculating capacity — they consume capacity and must be accounted for before new work is pulled in
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+---
+name: technical-spec-template
+description: "Create structured technical specification documents that bridge product requirements and engineering implementation. Use when writing a tech spec, engineering spec, system design doc, or API specification. Produces a complete spec with problem statement, proposed solution, data model, API design, alternatives considered, security considerations, testing plan, and rollout strategy."
+---
+
+# Technical Spec Template Skill
+
+Write technical specifications that engineers actually read — clear problem framing, unambiguous requirements, explicit decisions, and documented trade-offs.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Feature or system description** (what needs to be specced)
+- **Related PRD or product brief** (if available)
+- **Engineering reviewers** (whose sign-off is needed)
+- **Known constraints** (technical limitations, security requirements, performance targets)
+
+## When to Write a Tech Spec
+
+Write a tech spec when:
+- The feature requires changes to 2+ systems
+- There are significant architectural decisions to make
+- More than one engineer will work on the implementation
+- The feature has security, privacy, or compliance implications
+- Estimated effort is >5 story points
+
+Skip the spec for trivial bug fixes or 1-2 hour changes.
+
+---
+
+## Technical Spec Output Format
+
+### Technical Specification — [Feature Name]
+
+**Author:** [Name]
+**Status:** Draft | In Review | Approved | Implemented
+**Created:** [Date] | **Last Updated:** [Date]
+**Reviewers:** [Eng Lead, Architect, PM, Security if needed]
+**Related PRD:** [Link] | **Jira Epic:** [Link]
+
+---
+
+#### 1. Problem Statement
+> [2–3 sentences. What problem are we solving and why now? No solution language here.]
+
+#### 2. Goals & Non-Goals
+
+**Goals (in scope):**
+- [Specific, measurable outcome]
+- [Specific, measurable outcome]
+
+**Non-Goals (explicitly out of scope):**
+- [What this spec does NOT cover]
+- [Common assumption to shut down early]
+
+#### 3. Background & Context
+[Any prior art, related systems, or context engineers need to understand the decision space. Link to previous specs, ADRs, or research.]
+
+#### 4. Proposed Solution
+
+**High-Level Approach:**
+[2–4 sentences describing the chosen solution. Why this approach vs alternatives?]
+
+**System Architecture Diagram:**
+[Describe or embed: which services are involved, how data flows, what APIs are called]
+
+**Data Model Changes:**
+```sql
+-- New tables or schema changes
+[Include DDL or schema definition]
+```
+
+**API Design:**
+```
+[Endpoint] [Method]
+Request: { [fields and types] }
+Response: { [fields and types] }
+Error codes: [list]
+```
+
+**Key Implementation Details:**
+- [Important technical constraint or approach]
+- [Edge case handling]
+- [Third-party dependency and version]
+
+#### 5. Alternative Approaches Considered
+
+| Option | Pros | Cons | Why Rejected |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [Alt 1] | [Benefits] | [Drawbacks] | [Reason not chosen] |
+| [Alt 2] | [Benefits] | [Drawbacks] | [Reason not chosen] |
+
+#### 6. Security & Privacy Considerations
+- Data stored: [What PII or sensitive data is involved]
+- Authentication: [How is access controlled]
+- Authorisation: [What permissions are required]
+- Encryption: [At rest / in transit requirements]
+- Compliance implications: [GDPR, SOC2, etc. if relevant]
+
+#### 7. Performance & Scalability
+- Expected load: [Requests/second, data volume]
+- Latency requirements: [P50 / P95 targets]
+- Caching strategy: [If applicable]
+- Database indexing: [New indexes required]
+- Known bottlenecks: [Where to watch]
+
+#### 8. Testing Plan
+- Unit tests: [Key scenarios to cover]
+- Integration tests: [System boundaries to test]
+- Load tests: [If performance-critical]
+- Edge cases: [Known tricky scenarios]
+- Rollback plan: [How to revert if something goes wrong]
+
+#### 9. Rollout Plan
+- Feature flag: [Yes / No — name of flag]
+- Rollout stages: [% of users at each stage]
+- Monitoring: [Metrics and alerts to set up]
+- Success criteria to progress rollout: [What needs to be true]
+- Rollback trigger: [What would cause immediate rollback]
+
+#### 10. Open Questions
+| Question | Owner | Due Date | Resolution |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [Unresolved question] | [Name] | [Date] | [Pending] |
+
+#### 11. Implementation Timeline (Rough)
+| Phase | Work | Estimated Effort |
+|---|---|---|
+| [Phase 1] | [What gets built] | [X days/points] |
+| [Phase 2] | [What gets built] | [X days/points] |
+| Total | | [X story points] |
+
+---
+
+## Guidelines
+
+- The spec is a decision record, not a task list — document *why* decisions were made
+- All open questions must have an owner and due date
+- Security and privacy sections are never optional for features that touch user data
+- Recommend async review: engineers read first, then a 30-minute sync to resolve questions
+- Keep the spec updated as implementation progresses — stale specs are worse than no specs
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Problem statement contains no solution language
+- [ ] Non-goals explicitly list at least 2 things that might be assumed in scope
+- [ ] At least 2 alternative approaches are documented with reasons for rejection
+- [ ] Security and privacy section is completed for any feature touching user data
+- [ ] All open questions have a named owner and due date (not "TBD")
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not include solution language in the problem statement — the problem must be described independently of the proposed solution
+- [ ] Do not omit alternatives considered — a spec that considers only one approach has not been properly evaluated
+- [ ] Do not leave open questions as "TBD" without a named owner and due date — unresolved questions are blockers
+- [ ] Do not skip security and privacy sections for any feature that touches user data
+- [ ] Do not write a non-goals section that is empty — always list at least two things that might be assumed in scope
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+---
+name: user-story-writer
+description: "Write well-structured user stories with acceptance criteria and edge cases. Use when asked to write user stories, create tickets from a feature brief, convert a PRD into stories, or write acceptance criteria. Produces ready-to-estimate stories in the standard format with clear acceptance criteria, edge cases, and definition of done."
+---
+
+# User Story Writer Skill
+
+This skill produces production-ready user stories from a feature brief, PRD section, or verbal description. Each story follows the standard format with a clear who/what/why, behavioural acceptance criteria in Given/When/Then format, edge cases, and definition of done. Output is ready to paste into Jira, Linear, or your planning tool.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Feature or change** to break into stories — paste the brief, PRD section, or describe the feature
+- **User types / personas** involved (e.g. admin, end user, guest, API consumer)
+- **Scope** — are we writing one story or decomposing an epic into a full set of stories?
+- **Acceptance criteria format preference** — Given/When/Then, bullet checklist, or both?
+- **Technical constraints or notes** — anything the engineering team has flagged that should shape the stories
+
+## Output Structure
+
+For each story:
+
+---
+
+## Story: [Short title — verb + noun, e.g. "Filter search results by date range"]
+
+**Epic:** [Parent epic name — e.g. "Advanced Search"]
+**Story ID:** [Jira/Linear ID — leave blank if not yet created]
+**Priority:** [P1 / P2 / P3]
+**Story points:** [Leave blank — for engineering to estimate]
+
+---
+
+### User Story
+
+> **As a** [specific user type — not "user"],
+> **I want to** [concrete action they want to take],
+> **So that** [the outcome they achieve — business value, not feature description].
+
+**Example:**
+> As an **account manager**,
+> I want to **filter my client list by last contact date**,
+> so that I **can quickly identify clients I haven't spoken to in over 30 days and prioritise outreach**.
+
+---
+
+### Context
+
+[1–3 sentences of context that aren't in the user story itself: when does this story matter, what triggers the need, how does it fit into a larger flow. This helps engineers understand why before they ask.]
+
+---
+
+### Acceptance Criteria
+
+**Format: Given / When / Then**
+
+Each criterion tests one specific behaviour. Write one GWT per observable outcome — not one GWT for the whole feature.
+
+**AC1: [Short name for this criterion]**
+```
+Given [starting state or context]
+When [user action]
+Then [observable system behaviour]
+```
+
+**AC2: [Short name]**
+```
+Given [...]
+When [...]
+Then [...]
+```
+
+**AC3: [Short name]**
+```
+Given [...]
+When [...]
+Then [...]
+```
+
+---
+
+### Edge Cases
+
+[List scenarios that are non-obvious but must be handled. These become additional ACs or notes to engineering.]
+
+- [ ] **[Edge case 1]:** [e.g. User applies a date filter that returns 0 results — show empty state with clear messaging and a "clear filters" action]
+- [ ] **[Edge case 2]:** [e.g. User has >10,000 clients — filter must not degrade load time >200ms]
+- [ ] **[Edge case 3]:** [e.g. Date filter persists across page refresh — or explicitly should not if that's the decision]
+- [ ] **[Permission edge case]:** [e.g. Read-only users can see the filter but cannot save filter presets]
+
+---
+
+### Out of Scope
+
+[Explicitly state what this story does NOT cover — prevents scope creep and clarifies where the next story begins.]
+
+- Saving and sharing filter presets (separate story — see [Story X])
+- Bulk actions on filtered results
+- Exporting filtered client list to CSV
+
+---
+
+### Definition of Done
+
+- [ ] Acceptance criteria all pass
+- [ ] Edge cases handled (or explicitly deferred with a new ticket raised)
+- [ ] Unit tests written for each AC
+- [ ] Works on mobile viewport (if applicable)
+- [ ] Accessibility: keyboard navigable and screen-reader compatible
+- [ ] Error states are handled and copy approved
+- [ ] Product and design have reviewed in staging
+- [ ] No console errors in production build
+
+---
+
+## Epic Decomposition Template
+
+If the user provides an epic or feature brief, decompose it into a full set of stories before writing them:
+
+**Epic:** [Name]
+**Goal:** [What outcome does completing this epic achieve?]
+**Stories:**
+
+| # | Story | Notes | Dependencies |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| 1 | [Core happy path story — the simplest version of the feature that delivers value] | | |
+| 2 | [Validation / error handling story] | | Depends on #1 |
+| 3 | [Edge case or power user story] | | Depends on #1 |
+| 4 | [Admin or configuration story] | | |
+| 5 | [Performance or scale story — if applicable] | | Depends on #1 |
+
+**Suggested sprint order:** [Which stories are P1 for MVP? Which can follow in a later sprint?]
+
+---
+
+## Common Story Anti-Patterns — and Fixes
+
+Use these to review stories before handing to engineering:
+
+| Anti-pattern | Example | Fix |
+|---|---|---|
+| **Solution in the story** | "As a user I want a dropdown filter" | Remove the UI decision — "As a user I want to filter by date range" |
+| **Vague "so that"** | "so that it's easier to use" | Make it specific — "so that I can prioritise outreach without opening each record manually" |
+| **Too big** | Story covers 5 distinct user flows | Split into separate stories per flow |
+| **No acceptance criteria** | Story has description only | Add at least 3 GWT criteria before engineering starts |
+| **ACs that test the solution, not the behaviour** | "Given the dropdown is open, When I select an option" | Test the outcome — "Given I have applied a date filter, When I view my results, Then only clients last contacted in that date range appear" |
+| **Missing empty state** | No AC for what happens with 0 results | Add it — empty states are part of the feature |
+| **Missing error state** | No AC for network failure or invalid input | Add error handling ACs explicitly |
+
+---
+
+## Example: Full Story Set for a Feature
+
+**Feature brief:** "Allow users to export their invoice history as a PDF or CSV"
+
+---
+
+### Story 1: Export invoice list as CSV
+
+> As a **finance admin**,
+> I want to **export my invoice history as a CSV file**,
+> so that I can **import it into our accounting software without manual data entry**.
+
+**AC1: Successful export**
+```
+Given I am on the Invoices page with at least one invoice
+When I click "Export" and select "CSV"
+Then a CSV file is downloaded containing all visible invoices with columns: Invoice ID, Date, Amount, Status, Customer Name
+```
+
+**AC2: Empty state**
+```
+Given I am on the Invoices page with no invoices
+When I click "Export"
+Then the export button is disabled and a tooltip reads "No invoices to export"
+```
+
+**AC3: Filtered export**
+```
+Given I have applied a date filter showing invoices from Jan 2026 only
+When I click "Export" and select "CSV"
+Then the export contains only invoices from Jan 2026 — not all invoices
+```
+
+**Edge cases:**
+- [ ] Export with >10,000 invoices — must complete in <30s or show a progress indicator
+- [ ] Export triggered on mobile — downloads to device's default download location
+
+**Out of scope:** PDF export (Story 2), scheduled exports (future epic)
+
+---
+
+### Story 2: Export invoice list as PDF
+
+> As a **finance admin**,
+> I want to **export my invoice history as a formatted PDF**,
+> so that I can **share a professional summary with our accountant**.
+
+[... ACs follow same pattern ...]
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Every story has a specific user type — not "a user" or "the system"
+- [ ] The "so that" explains business value — not just feature description
+- [ ] Each AC tests one observable outcome — not a bundle of behaviours
+- [ ] Empty states, error states, and edge cases are explicitly handled
+- [ ] Out of scope is documented — not assumed
+- [ ] Stories are independent — they can be shipped individually without depending on unreleased work (except where explicitly noted)
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not write user stories from a technical perspective — every story must be from the user's point of view and state their goal
+- [ ] Do not write acceptance criteria that are untestable — every criterion must have a clear pass/fail condition
+- [ ] Do not create stories that are too large to complete in a single sprint — break epics into estimable, independently deliverable stories
+- [ ] Do not omit edge cases — unhappy paths and error states are required, not optional
+- [ ] Do not skip the Definition of Done — without it, "done" means different things to different people
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Write user stories for [feature] from this brief"
+- "Break this PRD section into user stories with acceptance criteria"
+- "Convert these feature requirements into Jira tickets"
+- "Write the user stories and ACs for [feature name]"
+- "Decompose this epic into individual stories ready for sprint planning"
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-design",
+  "version": "1.0.0",
+  "description": "Design & UX skills: UX Research Plan, Design Critique, Accessibility Audit. Create research plans with discussion guides, critique designs using JTBD and Gestalt principles, and audit for WCAG 2.2 compliance.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["product-management", "design", "ux", "user-research", "accessibility", "wcag", "usability", "design-critique"]
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+---
+name: accessibility-audit
+description: "Generate a WCAG 2.2 accessibility audit checklist and remediation suggestions for any UI or design. Use when asked to audit for accessibility, check WCAG compliance, review a design for a11y issues, or create an accessibility remediation plan. Produces a prioritised checklist with pass/fail assessments and specific fixes."
+---
+
+# Accessibility Audit Skill
+
+This skill produces a structured accessibility audit based on WCAG 2.2 guidelines. It covers visual, motor, cognitive, and screen reader accessibility — with prioritised remediation for each issue found.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **What is being audited** (screen, component, full product, design spec)
+- **Description or image** of the UI
+- **Target WCAG level** (A / AA / AAA — default to AA, which is the legal standard in most jurisdictions)
+- **Known assistive technology users?** (Yes/No — if yes, which: screen reader / switch access / voice control / magnification)
+- **Platform** (Web / iOS / Android / Desktop app)
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+# Accessibility Audit: [Component or Screen Name]
+**Target standard:** WCAG 2.2 Level [AA]
+**Platform:** [Platform]
+**Date:** [Date]
+
+---
+
+## Audit Summary
+
+| Category | Issues Found | Critical | Moderate | Minor |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| Perceivable | | | | |
+| Operable | | | | |
+| Understandable | | | | |
+| Robust | | | | |
+| **Total** | | | | |
+
+**Overall compliance status:** ✅ Compliant / 🟡 Minor issues / 🔴 Fails AA standard
+
+---
+
+## Perceivable
+
+### 1.1 Text Alternatives
+- [ ] All images have descriptive alt text (not filename or "image")
+- [ ] Decorative images have `alt=""` to be skipped by screen readers
+- [ ] Icons without visible labels have accessible names
+- [ ] Complex images (charts, diagrams) have extended descriptions
+
+**Issues found:** [List specific issues or "None"]
+
+### 1.3 Adaptable
+- [ ] Content structure uses semantic HTML (headings, lists, landmarks) — not just visual formatting
+- [ ] Reading order in DOM matches visual order
+- [ ] Form inputs have associated labels (not placeholder text as label)
+- [ ] Data tables have proper headers and scope
+
+**Issues found:**
+
+### 1.4 Distinguishable
+- [ ] Text contrast ratio ≥ 4.5:1 (normal text) or ≥ 3:1 (large text 18px+)
+- [ ] UI component contrast ratio ≥ 3:1 against background
+- [ ] Information is not conveyed by colour alone
+- [ ] Text can be resized to 200% without loss of content
+- [ ] No content that auto-plays audio
+
+**Issues found:**
+
+---
+
+## Operable
+
+### 2.1 Keyboard Accessible
+- [ ] All interactive elements are reachable by keyboard (Tab key)
+- [ ] No keyboard traps
+- [ ] Custom components have keyboard interactions (arrow keys for menus, Escape to close modals)
+- [ ] Skip navigation link available for pages with repeated navigation
+
+**Issues found:**
+
+### 2.4 Navigable
+- [ ] Focus is visible at all times (not removed with `outline: none` without replacement)
+- [ ] Focus order is logical and predictable
+- [ ] Page/screen has a descriptive title
+- [ ] Link text is descriptive (not "click here" or "read more")
+- [ ] Headings are hierarchical (H1 → H2 → H3, no skips)
+
+**Issues found:**
+
+### 2.5 Input Modalities
+- [ ] Touch targets are at least 44x44px
+- [ ] No functionality requires complex gestures (pinch, multi-touch) without a simple alternative
+- [ ] Motion or dragging interactions have button alternatives
+
+**Issues found:**
+
+---
+
+## Understandable
+
+### 3.1 Readable
+- [ ] Language of the page is set (`lang` attribute)
+- [ ] Unusual words, abbreviations, or jargon are explained
+
+### 3.2 Predictable
+- [ ] Navigation is consistent across screens
+- [ ] Components behave consistently (same button does the same thing)
+- [ ] No unexpected context changes on focus or input
+
+### 3.3 Input Assistance
+- [ ] Error messages identify the field and describe the error in plain language (not just "Invalid input")
+- [ ] Required fields are labelled (not just with colour or asterisk alone)
+- [ ] Forms provide suggestions for correcting errors where possible
+
+**Issues found:**
+
+---
+
+## Robust
+
+### 4.1 Compatible
+- [ ] HTML is valid and well-structured
+- [ ] ARIA roles and attributes are used correctly (not to fix broken semantics)
+- [ ] Status messages (success, error, loading) are announced to screen readers without focus change
+
+**Issues found:**
+
+---
+
+## Prioritised Remediation List
+
+| Priority | Issue | WCAG Criterion | Fix | Effort |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| 🔴 Critical | [Issue] | [e.g. 1.4.3 Contrast] | [Specific fix] | [Low/Med/High] |
+| 🟡 Moderate | [Issue] | | | |
+| 🟢 Minor | [Issue] | | | |
+
+**Priority definitions:**
+- 🔴 Critical: Blocks access for users with disabilities. Legal risk. Fix before launch.
+- 🟡 Moderate: Significant friction. Fix in next sprint.
+- 🟢 Minor: Best practice. Address in roadmap.
+
+---
+
+## Quick Wins (Fix in < 1 hour)
+
+[List any issues that are trivially fixable — e.g. adding alt text, fixing contrast with a colour swap, adding a `lang` attribute. These are easy to ship immediately.]
+
+---
+
+## Testing Recommendations
+
+- **Manual keyboard test:** Tab through the entire flow. Can you complete every task without a mouse?
+- **Screen reader test:** VoiceOver (Mac/iOS), NVDA or JAWS (Windows). Is every piece of content and every action accessible?
+- **Colour contrast check:** Use Stark (Figma plugin) or WebAIM Contrast Checker
+- **Automated scan:** Axe DevTools or Lighthouse accessibility audit (catches ~30% of issues automatically)
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Issues are mapped to specific WCAG criteria
+- [ ] Every critical issue has a specific fix recommendation
+- [ ] Quick wins are separated from larger fixes
+- [ ] Effort estimates are included for prioritisation
+- [ ] Testing recommendations are included
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not rely solely on automated scanning tools — automated checks catch ~30% of issues; manual keyboard and screen reader testing is required
+- [ ] Do not label an issue "minor" simply because it only affects a small percentage of users — for those users it may block all access
+- [ ] Do not add ARIA roles to fix broken semantics — use correct semantic HTML first; ARIA is a last resort
+- [ ] Do not confuse colour contrast of text with colour contrast of UI components — they have different minimum ratios (4.5:1 vs 3:1)
+- [ ] Do not audit only the happy path — error states, empty states, and loading states must also meet accessibility requirements
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Audit this design for accessibility"
+- "Check WCAG compliance for [screen/component]"
+- "Give me an a11y audit of [UI description]"
+- "What accessibility issues does this design have?"
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+---
+name: design-critique
+description: "Gives structured, constructive feedback on any design using UX frameworks. Use when asked to critique a design, review a UI, give feedback on a Figma file or wireframe, assess a user flow, or evaluate a design against UX principles. Applies Jobs-to-be-Done, Gestalt principles, and usability heuristics to give actionable feedback with prioritised issues and specific recommendations."
+---
+
+# Design Critique Skill
+
+This skill provides structured, actionable design feedback using established UX frameworks. It balances positive observations with clear, prioritised improvement suggestions.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **What is being reviewed** (screen, flow, component, full product)
+- **Design description or attached image** (describe it if no image — the skill will still work)
+- **User goal** (what is the user trying to accomplish with this design?)
+- **Context** (web / mobile / desktop app / physical product)
+- **Stage** (early wireframe / mid-fidelity / high-fidelity / live product)
+- **Primary concern** (optional — e.g. "I'm worried the onboarding is too long" or "I think the CTA is unclear")
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+# Design Critique: [Design Name or Screen]
+
+**User goal:** [What the user needs to accomplish]
+**Context:** [Platform / Stage]
+**Critique focus:** [Primary concern if stated, otherwise "full review"]
+
+---
+
+## 1. What's Working
+
+[3–5 specific, honest observations about what the design does well. Don't manufacture praise — only include genuine strengths. Be specific: "The visual hierarchy clearly guides the eye from headline → supporting detail → CTA" is useful. "Looks clean" is not.]
+
+---
+
+## 2. Priority Issues
+
+Rank issues by impact on the user goal. Use:
+- 🔴 **High** — Blocks or significantly degrades the user's ability to complete their goal
+- 🟡 **Medium** — Causes friction or confusion but doesn't block completion
+- 🟢 **Low** — Polish or preference — nice to fix but not critical
+
+For each issue:
+
+### [Priority] Issue [N]: [Short name]
+
+**What's happening:**
+[Describe the specific design problem — be precise about which element, screen, or interaction]
+
+**Why it matters:**
+[Connect to the user goal or a specific principle — don't just say "it's confusing." Say why it creates confusion and what the consequence is for the user.]
+
+**Framework reference:**
+[Name the principle being violated — e.g. Nielsen's Heuristic #6 (Recognition over Recall), Gestalt proximity, JTBD clarity, Fitts's Law, etc.]
+
+**Recommendation:**
+[Specific, actionable suggestion. Not "make the button bigger" but "Increase the primary CTA to at least 44x44px to meet touch target guidelines; consider moving it below the form rather than inline with the input fields to reduce accidental taps."]
+
+---
+
+## 3. Heuristic Assessment
+
+Quick assessment against Nielsen's 10 Usability Heuristics — score each as ✅ Pass / 🟡 Partial / ❌ Fail:
+
+| Heuristic | Status | Note |
+|---|---|---|
+| 1. Visibility of system status | | |
+| 2. Match between system and real world | | |
+| 3. User control and freedom | | |
+| 4. Consistency and standards | | |
+| 5. Error prevention | | |
+| 6. Recognition rather than recall | | |
+| 7. Flexibility and efficiency of use | | |
+| 8. Aesthetic and minimalist design | | |
+| 9. Help users recognise, diagnose, and recover from errors | | |
+| 10. Help and documentation | | |
+
+Only include heuristics relevant to what's visible in the design — don't penalise for things not in scope.
+
+---
+
+## 4. Gestalt Principles Check
+
+[Comment on any Gestalt principles that are either well-applied or violated:]
+
+- **Proximity:** [Are related elements grouped clearly?]
+- **Similarity:** [Do similar elements look similar?]
+- **Continuity:** [Does the eye flow naturally through the design?]
+- **Figure/Ground:** [Is the primary content clearly distinguished from background?]
+- **Closure:** [Are any implied shapes or containers confusing?]
+
+---
+
+## 5. JTBD Alignment
+
+[Assess how well the design serves the stated job-to-be-done:]
+
+- **Does the design make the user's primary job obvious?** [Yes / Partially / No — explain]
+- **Are there any elements that distract from the primary job?** [List any competing CTAs, distractions, or unclear hierarchy]
+- **What emotional job does this design serve?** [Speed / Confidence / Control / Delight / Other] — and does the visual design match that emotional goal?
+
+---
+
+## 6. Top 3 Recommended Next Steps
+
+Prioritised list of the 3 most impactful changes. Each should be actionable in the next design iteration:
+
+1. [Most impactful change — specific]
+2. [Second priority]
+3. [Third priority]
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] "What's working" includes only genuine, specific observations
+- [ ] Every issue has a framework reference (not just subjective opinion)
+- [ ] Recommendations are specific and actionable
+- [ ] Priority levels (High/Medium/Low) reflect actual impact on user goal
+- [ ] Heuristic assessment only covers visible elements
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not lead with visual preference (e.g. "I don't like the colour") — every issue must reference a UX principle or user impact
+- [ ] Do not invent problems in the "What's Working" section — manufactured praise undermines the entire critique
+- [ ] Do not provide the same priority level (High/Medium/Low) to every issue — prioritisation requires genuine judgment about user impact
+- [ ] Do not skip the JTBD section for product screens — connecting feedback to the user's job-to-be-done is what separates UX critique from aesthetic opinion
+- [ ] Do not give recommendations that require a full redesign when the user is in high-fidelity — scope recommendations to the design stage
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Critique this design: [description or image]"
+- "Give me feedback on this UI/UX"
+- "Review this Figma screen for usability issues"
+- "What's wrong with this user flow?"
+- "Do a heuristic evaluation of [screen/product]"
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+---
+name: design-system-audit
+description: "Audit a design system for consistency, coverage, and quality. Use when asked to audit a design system, review a component library, assess design token coverage, or evaluate the health of a shared design system. Produces a structured audit with a health score, component coverage gaps, token inconsistencies, accessibility issues, and a prioritised remediation roadmap."
+---
+
+# Design System Audit Skill
+
+This skill produces a structured audit of a design system — covering component coverage, token consistency, documentation quality, accessibility compliance, contribution processes, and adoption health. Output is ready for a design system team, design leadership, or an engineering team evaluating their shared component library.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Design system name** and what product(s) it serves
+- **Audit scope** — component library / design tokens / documentation / contribution process / all of the above
+- **Current tooling** — Figma / Storybook / Zeroheight / custom / combination?
+- **Team using it** — how many designers and engineers, how many products?
+- **Known pain points** — what do teams complain about most?
+- **Governance model** — centralised team / federated contributors / no dedicated team?
+- **Goal of the audit** — improve adoption / prepare for a rebrand / onboard new teams / justify investment?
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+# Design System Audit: [System Name]
+
+**Products served:** [List of products / apps]
+**Audit scope:** [Full / Components only / Tokens only / Documentation]
+**Auditor:** [Name / Team]
+**Date:** [Date]
+**Stakeholders:** [Design lead, Eng lead, CPO, etc.]
+
+---
+
+## Overall Health Score
+
+| Dimension | Score (1–5) | Status |
+|---|---|---|
+| Component coverage | [X/5] | 🟢/🟡/🔴 |
+| Token consistency | [X/5] | 🟢/🟡/🔴 |
+| Documentation quality | [X/5] | 🟢/🟡/🔴 |
+| Accessibility compliance | [X/5] | 🟢/🟡/🔴 |
+| Adoption rate | [X/5] | 🟢/🟡/🔴 |
+| Contribution process | [X/5] | 🟢/🟡/🔴 |
+| **Overall** | **[X/5]** | 🟢/🟡/🔴 |
+
+**Summary:** [2–3 sentences. What is the overall state of the design system? What are the top 2 issues and what is the biggest strength?]
+
+---
+
+## 1. Component Coverage Audit
+
+**How to assess:** Compare components in the design system against the actual UI patterns in the product. Every pattern that exists in production but not in the system is a coverage gap.
+
+### Component Inventory
+
+| Category | Components present | Coverage | Gap |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| **Navigation** | [Navbar, Sidebar, Breadcrumb, Tabs] | [80%] | [Missing: Mega menu, mobile drawer] |
+| **Forms & Inputs** | [Text input, Dropdown, Checkbox, Radio, Toggle, Date picker] | [90%] | [Missing: Multi-select, Rich text editor] |
+| **Feedback & Alerts** | [Toast, Banner, Modal, Tooltip] | [60%] | [Missing: Inline validation, Progress indicator, Skeleton loader] |
+| **Data Display** | [Table, Card, Badge, Avatar] | [50%] | [Missing: Data grid, Stat card, Timeline, Gantt] |
+| **Layout** | [Grid, Container, Divider, Spacer] | [70%] | [Missing: Responsive breakpoint utilities] |
+| **Buttons & Actions** | [Button, Icon button, FAB, Link] | [100%] | [None] |
+
+**Coverage score:** [X% of production UI patterns are covered by the design system]
+
+**Most impactful gaps:**
+1. [Most used pattern not in the system — causing most duplication]
+2. [...]
+3. [...]
+
+---
+
+## 2. Component Quality Audit
+
+For each component, assess against these quality criteria:
+
+| Component | States complete | Responsive | Accessibility | Dark mode | Props documented | Code matches Figma |
+|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
+| Button | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| Modal | ⚠️ Loading state missing | ✅ | ✅ | ❌ | ⚠️ Partial | ✅ |
+| Table | ❌ Sorting state missing | ❌ No mobile layout | ⚠️ No aria-sort | ❌ | ❌ | ⚠️ Drift |
+| [Component] | [...] | [...] | [...] | [...] | [...] | [...] |
+
+**Legend:** ✅ Complete — ⚠️ Partial / inconsistent — ❌ Missing
+
+**Components with critical quality issues (fix before anything else):**
+- [Component name]: [Specific issue and why it's blocking]
+- [...]
+
+---
+
+## 3. Design Token Audit
+
+**Token coverage:**
+
+| Token type | Defined | Used consistently | Issues |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| **Colour** | [X tokens defined] | [⚠️ — 12 hardcoded hex values found in Figma] | [Inconsistent use of primary-500 vs primary-600 for CTAs across products] |
+| **Typography** | [X tokens defined] | [✅] | [None — all type styles use token scale] |
+| **Spacing** | [X tokens defined] | [⚠️ — custom spacing used in X components] | [Engineers using arbitrary px values instead of spacing tokens in X components] |
+| **Border radius** | [X tokens defined] | [❌ — not defined; each component has hardcoded values] | [Button, card, modal all use different radius values with no token] |
+| **Shadow / elevation** | [X tokens defined] | [⚠️] | [3 different drop-shadow values in use; no elevation scale] |
+| **Animation / motion** | [X tokens defined] | [❌ — not defined] | [Transition durations inconsistent across components] |
+
+**Semantic token layer:** [Does the system have semantic tokens (e.g. `color.action.primary` on top of `color.blue.500`) or only primitive tokens?]
+
+**Token drift:** [Are code tokens and Figma tokens in sync? Use a tool like Token Studio, Style Dictionary, or manual comparison.]
+
+---
+
+## 4. Documentation Quality Audit
+
+**Assessment per component / pattern:**
+
+| Document type | Quality | Issues |
+|---|---|---|
+| **Usage guidelines** | [⚠️ — X% of components have guidelines] | [Button and Form components documented; Navigation and Data Display mostly undocumented] |
+| **Do / Don't examples** | [❌ — mostly absent] | [Engineers frequently misuse components because intent is unclear] |
+| **Accessibility notes** | [⚠️ — present for some components] | [No consistent format; accessibility notes missing for interactive components] |
+| **Code examples** | [✅ — all Storybook components have code examples] | [...] |
+| **Changelog** | [❌ — no component-level changelog exists] | [Breaking changes are not communicated; causes unexpected UI regressions] |
+| **Migration guides** | [❌ — absent] | [Teams don't know how to upgrade to new component versions] |
+
+**Documentation score:** [X% of components have complete, usable documentation]
+
+**Most common designer / engineer complaint about docs:** [e.g. "I can't find whether to use Modal or Drawer for this use case — no guidance exists"]
+
+---
+
+## 5. Accessibility Audit
+
+**WCAG 2.2 compliance status:**
+
+| Criterion | Level | Status | Components affected |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Colour contrast (text) | AA | [✅ / ⚠️ / ❌] | [e.g. ❌ — Disabled state text fails 4.5:1 ratio in 3 components] |
+| Colour contrast (UI components) | AA | [✅ / ⚠️ / ❌] | [...] |
+| Keyboard navigation | AA | [✅ / ⚠️ / ❌] | [⚠️ — Modal focus trap not implemented; Dropdown not keyboard accessible] |
+| Focus visible | AA | [✅ / ⚠️ / ❌] | [...] |
+| Screen reader support (ARIA) | AA | [✅ / ⚠️ / ❌] | [❌ — Table component lacks aria-sort; Icon buttons have no aria-label] |
+| Touch target size | AA | [✅ / ⚠️ / ❌] | [⚠️ — Mobile tap targets below 44×44px in X components] |
+| Motion / animation | AA | [✅ / ⚠️ / ❌] | [...] |
+
+**Critical accessibility blockers (must fix before next release):**
+1. [Most critical issue — e.g. Keyboard users cannot close Modal — focus trap missing]
+2. [...]
+
+---
+
+## 6. Adoption Audit
+
+**Adoption by team / product:**
+
+| Product / Team | Components used from system | Custom components built outside system | Adoption score |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [Product A] | [X% of UI uses system components] | [Y custom components] | [High / Medium / Low] |
+| [Product B] | [...] | [...] | [...] |
+
+**Why teams are not adopting:**
+
+| Barrier | Severity | Evidence |
+|---|---|---|
+| [Component doesn't exist] | High | [Top reason in team survey] |
+| [Component exists but doesn't meet use case] | Medium | [Modal component lacks X state needed by Product B] |
+| [Documentation too sparse to know how to use it] | Medium | [...] |
+| [No one enforces system use — easier to build custom] | High | [...] |
+| [System is out of date with product's current visual language] | Medium | [...] |
+
+---
+
+## 7. Contribution Process Audit
+
+| Dimension | Current state | Assessment |
+|---|---|---|
+| **How to contribute** | [Documented / Not documented] | [✅ / ❌] |
+| **Contribution criteria** | [Clear entry bar for what goes in the system] | [⚠️ — unclear who decides what becomes a system component vs stays local] |
+| **Review process** | [Who reviews contributions and how long it takes] | [❌ — no formal review; contributions sit unreviewed for weeks] |
+| **Release cadence** | [How often system releases happen] | [⚠️ — sporadic; no set cadence] |
+| **Breaking change policy** | [How breaking changes are handled and communicated] | [❌ — no policy; breaking changes are a surprise] |
+| **Versioning** | [Semantic versioning in place?] | [✅ — all packages use semver] |
+
+---
+
+## 8. Prioritised Remediation Roadmap
+
+| Priority | Initiative | Impact | Effort | Timeline |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| P1 | Fix [X] critical accessibility issues (keyboard nav, ARIA) | Critical — legal + user impact | Medium | Sprint 1–2 |
+| P1 | Define and implement border radius and shadow token scale | High — ends inconsistency | Low | Sprint 1 |
+| P1 | Document top 10 most-used components (usage + do/don't) | High — unblocks adoption | Medium | Sprint 2–4 |
+| P2 | Build Skeleton loader + Inline validation components (top 2 gaps) | High — eliminates custom duplication | High | Quarter 2 |
+| P2 | Establish contribution process with SLA for reviews | Medium — enables growth | Low | Sprint 3 |
+| P3 | Dark mode token support | Medium — product parity | High | Quarter 3 |
+| P3 | Design-code token sync tooling (Token Studio / Style Dictionary) | Medium — reduces drift | Medium | Quarter 2–3 |
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Coverage gaps are identified by comparing the design system to actual production UI, not assumed
+- [ ] Accessibility issues cite specific WCAG criterion and affected components
+- [ ] Adoption barriers are backed by evidence (interviews, survey, usage data) — not assumed
+- [ ] Remediation roadmap has effort estimates and is sequenced by impact
+- [ ] Both Figma and code (Storybook/implementation) are assessed — not just Figma
+- [ ] Stakeholders from design, engineering, and product have reviewed the audit
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not assess only the Figma library without checking the code implementation — Figma-code drift is one of the most common and costly design system failures
+- [ ] Do not score adoption without interviewing teams — audit tool metrics miss the human reasons teams build custom components instead of using the system
+- [ ] Do not treat all component gaps equally — prioritise gaps based on how many production screens rely on custom implementations, not alphabetically
+- [ ] Do not recommend adding more components without first auditing documentation quality — an undocumented component is often worse than no component
+- [ ] Do not schedule remediation without a named owner per initiative — design system improvements without ownership consistently stall
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Audit our design system for consistency and coverage"
+- "Review our component library and identify gaps"
+- "Assess the health of our shared design system"
+- "Run a design system audit before we do a rebrand"
+- "What's wrong with our design system and what should we fix first?"
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+---
+name: ux-research-plan
+description: "Create a structured UX research plan for any product question or feature. Use when asked to write a research plan, design a user study, create a discussion guide, write screener questions, or plan usability testing. Produces a full research plan with objectives, methodology, screener, discussion guide, and synthesis framework."
+---
+
+# UX Research Plan Skill
+
+This skill creates a complete, ready-to-execute UX research plan. Output covers everything from research objectives to screener questions, discussion guide, and synthesis framework.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Research question** (what decision will this research inform?)
+- **Product area or feature** being researched
+- **Research type** (Generative / Evaluative / Usability testing / Diary study / Survey)
+- **Stage** (Discovery / Concept validation / Prototype testing / Live product)
+- **Target participants** (role, demographics, behaviour — who should we talk to?)
+- **Timeline and number of sessions**
+- **Existing assumptions or hypotheses** (optional but valuable)
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+# UX Research Plan: [Study Title]
+**Product area:** [Area]
+**Research type:** [Type]
+**Date:** [Timeline]
+**Researcher:** [Leave for user]
+
+---
+
+## 1. Research Objectives
+
+State 2–4 clear research objectives. Each objective should map to a decision that will be made differently depending on what you find.
+
+**Objective [N]:** Understand [specific thing] so we can [decision this informs].
+
+---
+
+## 2. Research Questions
+
+[5–8 questions — the actual questions you want research to answer. These are not the interview questions; they're the knowledge gaps. Organised under each objective.]
+
+**Objective 1:**
+- RQ1.1: [Research question]
+- RQ1.2: [Research question]
+
+---
+
+## 3. Methodology & Rationale
+
+**Method chosen:** [e.g. Semi-structured interviews / Usability testing / Concept testing]
+
+**Why this method:**
+[2–3 sentences. Match method to research type. If evaluative: usability testing. If generative: contextual inquiry or interviews. If testing comprehension: 5-second test or concept test.]
+
+**What this method will and won't tell us:**
+- **Will tell us:** [What this method is good at revealing]
+- **Won't tell us:** [What's out of scope — be honest about limits]
+
+**Sample size:** [Recommended number of sessions and why — e.g. "5–6 moderated interviews for generative research; 5–8 usability sessions to identify top issues"]
+
+---
+
+## 4. Participant Screener
+
+**Recruitment criteria:**
+
+| Criterion | Must Have / Nice to Have | Disqualify if |
+|---|---|---|
+| [e.g. Uses project management software daily] | Must Have | [Never uses any PM tool] |
+| [e.g. Works in a team of 5+] | Must Have | — |
+| [e.g. B2B industry] | Nice to Have | — |
+
+**Screener questions (5–8 questions):**
+
+[Q1] [Screening question — clear, not leading]
+- [Answer options — flag which qualify/disqualify]
+
+[Q2] ...
+
+**Incentive recommendation:** [Amount and format — e.g. "£50 gift voucher for a 60-min session is standard in the UK for professional participants"]
+
+---
+
+## 5. Discussion Guide
+
+Structure the session:
+
+### Opening (5 min)
+- Introduce yourself and the study
+- "We're testing the design, not you — there are no wrong answers"
+- Permission to record
+- Warm-up: [1–2 easy questions to build rapport — e.g. "Tell me about your role and what a typical week looks like"]
+
+### Core Questions (by section)
+
+**Section [A]: [Topic]** *(~X min)*
+
+1. [Open question — start broad] *[Probe: Tell me more about...]*
+2. [Follow-up to go deeper] *[Probe: Can you walk me through what happened?]*
+3. [Specific scenario or past behaviour question]
+
+**Section [B]: [Topic]** *(~X min)*
+[Continue with 2–3 questions per section]
+
+**Usability tasks (if applicable):**
+> "I'm going to ask you to try a few things with this prototype. Please think aloud as you go."
+
+- Task [N]: [Clear task instruction — write from the user's perspective, not "click on X" but "find where you would go to do Y"]
+  - **Success criteria:** [What "completing this task" looks like]
+  - **What to observe:** [Where friction typically appears]
+
+### Closing (5 min)
+- "Is there anything about [topic] we haven't covered that you think is important?"
+- "If you could change one thing about [product/concept], what would it be?"
+- Debrief and thank
+
+---
+
+## 6. Synthesis Framework
+
+After sessions, use this framework to synthesise findings:
+
+**Step 1: Session notes → Key observations**
+For each session: 3–5 specific observations (behaviours, quotes, reactions — not interpretations yet)
+
+**Step 2: Affinity mapping**
+Group observations by theme across all sessions. Aim for 4–7 clusters.
+
+**Step 3: Insight statements**
+For each cluster: "When [context], users [behaviour/experience], because [underlying need or mental model]."
+
+**Step 4: Implications**
+For each insight: "This means we should [design/product implication]" or "This challenges our assumption that [assumption]."
+
+**Step 5: Research report structure:**
+- Key findings (3–5 headlines)
+- Supporting evidence per finding
+- Design recommendations
+- Open questions for next research cycle
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Research objectives map to real decisions
+- [ ] Discussion guide opens broad before going specific
+- [ ] Screener criteria are specific enough to get the right participants
+- [ ] Tasks (if usability) are written from the user's perspective
+- [ ] Synthesis framework is included
+- [ ] Incentive recommendation is included
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not write a research plan without clearly stated research objectives — every methodology choice must flow from the objectives
+- [ ] Do not design a plan that mixes generative and evaluative research without clearly separating them
+- [ ] Do not omit screener criteria — recruiting unqualified participants invalidates the research
+- [ ] Do not write discussion guide questions that are leading — questions must be neutral and open-ended
+- [ ] Do not skip the incentive recommendation — uncompensated research has lower participant quality and completion rates
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Write a research plan for [feature or product area]"
+- "Create a discussion guide for user interviews about [topic]"
+- "Plan a usability test for [prototype or feature]"
+- "Write screener questions for [target user type]"
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-discovery",
+  "version": "3.0.0",
+  "description": "Discovery & research skills: Discovery Interview Guide, Job Story Mapper, User Interview Synthesis, Assumption Mapper. Structure user research from screener to synthesis.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["product-management", "user-research", "discovery", "jtbd", "interviews", "assumption-mapping"]
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+---
+name: assumption-mapper
+description: "Extract and risk-rate hidden assumptions in a product brief or PRD. Use when asked to review a product brief for assumptions, audit a PRD for risks, find hidden assumptions, validate product plans, or run an assumption analysis. Produces a prioritised assumption map with confidence and impact scores, recommended validation methods, and critical assumption flags."
+---
+
+# Assumption Mapper Skill
+
+Surface and prioritize the untested assumptions embedded in any product plan before development begins.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Product brief, PRD, or concept description** (even rough notes work)
+- **Stage** (concept / discovery / pre-build / post-launch — affects which assumptions matter most)
+
+## Process
+1. Read the provided brief, PRD, or concept description
+2. Extract assumptions across four categories:
+   - **Desirability** (do users want this?)
+   - **Feasibility** (can we build it?)
+   - **Viability** (will it sustain the business?)
+   - **Usability** (can users actually use it?)
+3. Score each assumption:
+   - Confidence (1-5): How sure are we this is true?
+   - Impact (1-5): How badly does the plan fail if this assumption is wrong?
+   - Priority = Impact − Confidence (higher = test first)
+4. **Validate completeness** — Ensure at least one assumption per category. If a category is empty, re-read the brief looking specifically for that type.
+5. Output a ranked list with recommended validation methods
+
+## Output Structure
+
+### Assumption Map: [Feature/Product Name]
+
+| Assumption | Category | Confidence | Impact | Priority | Validation Method |
+|------------|----------|------------|--------|----------|-------------------|
+| [assumption] | [type] | [1-5] | [1-5] | [score] | [method] |
+
+#### Critical Assumptions (Impact 4+ and Confidence 2 or below)
+[Flagged items with detailed validation recommendations]
+
+#### Top 3 Assumptions to Validate First
+[Detailed recommendations including specific research method, estimated effort, and what the result would change]
+
+## Example (Partial)
+
+Input: *"We're building a self-serve onboarding flow to reduce time-to-value for SMB customers."*
+
+| Assumption | Category | Confidence | Impact | Priority | Validation Method |
+|------------|----------|------------|--------|----------|-------------------|
+| SMB users can complete onboarding without human help | Usability | 2 | 5 | 3 | Unmoderated usability test (n=8) |
+| Faster onboarding correlates with higher retention | Viability | 3 | 4 | 1 | Cohort analysis of current onboarding times vs. 90-day retention |
+| The current onboarding is the primary reason for slow time-to-value | Desirability | 2 | 4 | 2 | User interviews with recent churned SMB accounts |
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not only surface desirability assumptions — feasibility and viability assumptions are equally likely to kill a product and are often overlooked
+- [ ] Do not assign high confidence to an assumption just because it hasn't been challenged yet — absence of evidence is not evidence
+- [ ] Do not recommend "user interviews" as the validation method for every assumption — some assumptions require quantitative data, competitive analysis, or technical spikes
+- [ ] Do not list assumptions that cannot be tested — every assumption in the map must have a plausible validation method, or it should be flagged as unknowable and treated as a risk
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] At least one assumption per category (Desirability, Feasibility, Viability, Usability)
+- [ ] All Impact 4+ / Confidence 2− assumptions flagged as CRITICAL
+- [ ] Each validation method is specific (not just "do research" — name the method and sample size)
+- [ ] Priority scores are consistent (Impact − Confidence, higher = more urgent)
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+---
+name: customer-journey-map
+description: "Build a customer journey map for a product, service, or experience. Use when asked to map a customer journey, create a user journey, document touchpoints and pain points, or design an experience map. Produces a complete journey map with stages, touchpoints, emotions, pain points, and prioritised opportunities."
+---
+
+# Customer Journey Map Skill
+
+This skill produces a complete customer journey map covering every stage from awareness through advocacy. Each stage includes touchpoints, customer actions, emotions, pain points, and specific improvement opportunities. Output is ready for use in product discovery, UX design, or cross-functional alignment workshops.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Product or service** being mapped
+- **Customer persona** — which customer segment is this map for? (be specific — one persona per map)
+- **Journey scope** — full end-to-end (awareness → advocacy), or a specific phase (e.g. onboarding only)?
+- **Current state or future state?** — mapping how it works today, or designing how it should work?
+- **Data sources** — any research, user interviews, support tickets, NPS comments, analytics available?
+- **Goal of the map** — what decision will this inform? (redesign, prioritisation, stakeholder alignment, new feature)
+
+## Output Structure
+
+---
+
+# Customer Journey Map: [Product / Service]
+
+**Persona:** [Name — e.g. "Sarah, the overwhelmed HR manager"]
+**Journey scope:** [Full end-to-end / Onboarding / Purchase / Renewal]
+**Current or future state:** [Current state / Desired future state]
+**Prepared by:** [Name / Team]
+**Date:** [Date]
+**Based on:** [Research sources — interviews, analytics, support data, assumed/hypothetical]
+
+---
+
+## Persona Summary
+
+| | |
+|---|---|
+| **Name** | [Sarah] |
+| **Role** | [HR Manager at a 200-person professional services firm] |
+| **Goal** | [Reduce time spent on manual employee data management] |
+| **Frustrations** | [Too many tools that don't talk to each other; always chasing approvals] |
+| **Tech comfort** | [Moderate — comfortable with SaaS tools but not a power user] |
+| **Decision power** | [Recommends tools; budget approved by CHRO] |
+
+---
+
+## Journey Overview
+
+```
+AWARENESS → CONSIDERATION → DECISION → ONBOARDING → ADOPTION → ADVOCACY
+   [Stage 1]      [Stage 2]      [Stage 3]    [Stage 4]     [Stage 5]   [Stage 6]
+```
+
+**Overall experience rating (current state):** [😤 Frustrating / 😐 Neutral / 😊 Positive]
+
+---
+
+## Stage 1: Awareness
+
+*How does the customer first discover the product exists?*
+
+**Customer goal at this stage:** [e.g. Realise they have a problem worth solving — or find a solution to a specific pain]
+
+| Element | Detail |
+|---|---|
+| **Trigger** | [What event makes them start looking? — e.g. Manual process breaks down / peer recommendation / saw ad] |
+| **Where they are** | [Google search / LinkedIn / conference / colleague conversation / email newsletter] |
+| **What they do** | [e.g. Searches "automate employee onboarding" / asks peers in HR community / clicks LinkedIn ad] |
+| **Emotion** | [😤 Frustrated — overwhelmed by manual processes and hoping for a better way] |
+| **Pain points** | [Overwhelming number of options / hard to know which tools are credible / can't tell what's B2B vs B2C from homepage] |
+| **Opportunities** | [SEO content targeting the trigger keyword / LinkedIn thought leadership / peer community presence] |
+
+---
+
+## Stage 2: Consideration
+
+*The customer is actively evaluating options. What do they do to decide?*
+
+| Element | Detail |
+|---|---|
+| **Customer goal** | [Narrow down from many options to a shortlist of 2–3] |
+| **What they do** | [Reads G2/Capterra reviews / watches demo video / downloads comparison guide / asks peers who use something similar] |
+| **Touchpoints** | [Website / review sites / social proof / demo request flow / sales email] |
+| **Emotion** | [😕 Anxious — worried about making the wrong choice; past tool purchases haven't delivered] |
+| **Pain points** | [Pricing not visible on website / demo requires a call before seeing the product / unclear if it works with their existing stack] |
+| **Opportunities** | [Self-serve demo or interactive product tour / transparent pricing page / ROI calculator / case studies from similar company size] |
+
+---
+
+## Stage 3: Decision
+
+*The customer is ready to buy — or not. What makes them commit?*
+
+| Element | Detail |
+|---|---|
+| **Customer goal** | [Get sign-off from CHRO and justify the decision with a business case] |
+| **What they do** | [Books sales call / requests security questionnaire / builds internal business case / negotiates contract] |
+| **Touchpoints** | [AE / sales call / security review / contract / procurement process] |
+| **Emotion** | [😬 Cautious — doesn't want to be wrong; presenting to leadership adds pressure] |
+| **Pain points** | [Sales process is slow / security questionnaire takes weeks / contract terms are non-standard and require legal] |
+| **Opportunities** | [Security FAQ self-serve / standard contract with predictable terms / champion toolkit (slides, business case template) to help them sell internally] |
+
+---
+
+## Stage 4: Onboarding
+
+*The customer has bought. Now they need to get value fast.*
+
+| Element | Detail |
+|---|---|
+| **Customer goal** | [Get the product working and show their CHRO it was a good decision] |
+| **What they do** | [Receives welcome email / attends kickoff call / configures integrations / invites team] |
+| **Touchpoints** | [Onboarding email sequence / in-product onboarding checklist / CSM / help centre / integrations marketplace] |
+| **Emotion** | [😬 Anxious but hopeful — excited about potential but stressed about the setup work] |
+| **Pain points** | [Setup is more complex than expected / IT required for SSO but IT is slow to respond / generic onboarding doesn't match their use case] |
+| **Opportunities** | [Role-specific onboarding paths / IT connector with pre-filled request template / quick win email at day 3 (show them one thing that already works)] |
+
+**Key moment of truth:** [What single moment in this stage determines whether they'll become an active user or ghost? — e.g. "First time the product saves them 30 minutes on a task they used to do manually"]
+
+---
+
+## Stage 5: Adoption
+
+*The customer is using the product. Are they getting consistent value?*
+
+| Element | Detail |
+|---|---|
+| **Customer goal** | [Make the product a regular part of their workflow; demonstrate ROI to leadership] |
+| **What they do** | [Uses core features daily / discovers new features / hits a limitation / contacts support / attends webinar] |
+| **Touchpoints** | [Product UI / in-app notifications / email / support / community / customer success manager] |
+| **Emotion** | [Variable — some days 😊 when the product works well; some days 😤 when hitting a gap or bug] |
+| **Pain points** | [Feature they expected isn't there / reporting doesn't show the metric leadership wants / power features are too complex / feels like they're underutilising what they're paying for] |
+| **Opportunities** | [Proactive CSM check-in at day 30 / in-product feature discovery / usage dashboard for the customer to see their own ROI / community for peer learning] |
+
+**Adoption health indicators:**
+- [DAU/MAU ratio — what does healthy look like?]
+- [Feature X used by Y% of seats within Z weeks]
+- [First NPS survey at 60 days — target score]
+
+---
+
+## Stage 6: Advocacy
+
+*The customer loves the product. How do you turn them into a referral engine?*
+
+| Element | Detail |
+|---|---|
+| **Customer goal** | [Solve problems faster; feel like an expert; feel valued as a customer] |
+| **What they do** | [Refers a peer / writes a G2 review / participates in case study / speaks at event / becomes a power user / joins community] |
+| **Touchpoints** | [CSM / community / review request email / referral programme / case study outreach / conference sponsorship] |
+| **Emotion** | [😊 Proud — the tool is part of their professional identity; they feel smart for choosing it] |
+| **Pain points** | [Referral programme is clunky / no structured way to connect with peers / case study process is slow and effortful for them] |
+| **Opportunities** | [One-click G2 review request at high-satisfaction moment / peer community / referral programme with meaningful reward / case study process that does most of the work for them] |
+
+---
+
+## Emotion Curve
+
+Plot the customer's emotional experience across the journey:
+
+```
+High  😊 │        *                              *          *
+          │                                   *
+Neutral 😐│  *         *
+          │                  *
+Low   😤 │                        *    *
+          └────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+            Aware   Consider  Decide  Onboard  Adopt   Advocate
+```
+
+**Lowest point:** [Which stage has the worst experience — and why?]
+**Highest point:** [When is the customer most delighted — what drove it?]
+**Biggest drop:** [Where does sentiment fall most sharply — this is usually the biggest opportunity]
+
+---
+
+## Prioritised Opportunities
+
+| Opportunity | Stage | Impact on customer | Effort to fix | Priority |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| [Self-serve product tour before sales call] | Consideration | [High — removes top buying barrier] | [Medium] | P1 |
+| [Quick win email at day 3] | Onboarding | [High — builds early habit] | [Low] | P1 |
+| [IT SSO setup template] | Onboarding | [Medium — removes specific blocker] | [Low] | P2 |
+| [30-day proactive CSM check-in] | Adoption | [Medium — catches churn signals early] | [Medium] | P2 |
+| [Peer referral programme] | Advocacy | [High for growth — reduces CAC] | [High] | P3 |
+
+---
+
+## What We Don't Know (Research Gaps)
+
+| Gap | How to close it | Priority |
+|---|---|---|
+| [What actually triggers the decision to start looking?] | [5 JTBD interviews with recent buyers] | [High] |
+| [What causes customers to stall in onboarding?] | [Drop-off analysis in onboarding funnel + 3 interviews with churned customers] | [High] |
+| [What % of customers have reached the advocacy stage?] | [Product analytics — identify power users; NPS by cohort] | [Medium] |
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Map covers one specific persona — not "all customers"
+- [ ] Each stage includes the customer's emotional state — not just actions
+- [ ] Pain points are the customer's pain — not the company's pain
+- [ ] Opportunities are specific enough to become backlog items or design prompts
+- [ ] Emotion curve shows the real experience — not an aspirationally positive version
+- [ ] Research gaps are documented — the map reflects what is known, not assumed
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not build the map from assumptions alone — ground at least the pain points in real customer data or research
+- [ ] Do not treat all journey stages as equally weighted — identify the highest-friction moments explicitly
+- [ ] Do not omit the emotional layer — a journey map without emotions is a process flow, not a customer map
+- [ ] Do not create generic touchpoints that apply to any product — each touchpoint must be specific to this product and customer
+- [ ] Do not leave opportunities unranked — prioritise by impact and feasibility
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Map the customer journey for [product]"
+- "Build a user journey from awareness to advocacy"
+- "Create a journey map for our onboarding experience"
+- "Map out the touchpoints and pain points for [customer type]"
+- "Design an experience map for [process or product]"
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+---
+name: discovery-interview-guide
+description: "Create a structured user discovery interview guide with screener questions, a discussion guide, and a synthesis framework. Use when planning user interviews, customer discovery sessions, Jobs-to-be-Done research, or problem validation. Produces a complete guide covering warm-up, problem exploration, and a per-session synthesis template."
+---
+
+# Discovery Interview Guide Skill
+
+Design interviews that surface genuine insight — not validation of what you already believe. Every guide follows a story-based, past-behaviour-focused structure.
+
+## Core Principles
+
+1. **Never ask about the future.** "Would you use X?" tells you nothing. "Tell me about the last time you did X" tells you everything.
+2. **Interview for behaviour, not opinion.** Opinions are cheap. Behaviour is evidence.
+3. **The 5 Whys.** Every surface answer is a door. Keep opening doors.
+4. **Confirm the problem before exploring the solution.** Never show a prototype until you've confirmed the pain exists unprompted.
+
+## Interview Structure (60 minutes standard)
+
+### 1. Warm-Up (5 min)
+Build rapport. Get them talking. Don't discuss the topic yet.
+- "Tell me a bit about your role and what a typical week looks like for you."
+- "What tools do you rely on most day-to-day?"
+
+### 2. Context Setting (10 min)
+Understand their world before diving into the problem space.
+- "Walk me through how you currently [handle the domain area]."
+- "What does that process look like from start to finish?"
+- "Who else is involved when you do this?"
+
+### 3. Problem Exploration (25 min) — THE CORE
+Surface pain without leading.
+- "Tell me about the last time you had to [relevant task]. What happened?"
+- "What was the hardest part of that?"
+- "How did you handle it?"
+- "What did you try before settling on that approach?"
+- "What does it cost you when this goes wrong?" (time, money, stress, reputation)
+- "If you could wave a magic wand and change one thing about this process, what would it be?"
+
+⚠️ **Do not mention your product or feature during this phase.**
+
+### 4. Current Solutions (10 min)
+Understand the competitive landscape from their perspective.
+- "What tools or workarounds do you use today for this?"
+- "What do you like about [current solution]? What frustrates you?"
+- "Have you tried other approaches? What happened?"
+
+### 5. Wrap-Up (10 min)
+- "Is there anything about this topic we haven't covered that you think I should know?"
+- "Is there anyone else you'd recommend I speak to?"
+- "Would you be open to a follow-up if I have more questions?"
+
+---
+
+## Output Format
+
+### Discovery Interview Guide — [Topic] — [Date]
+
+**Research Goal:** [One sentence: what decision will this research inform?]
+**Target Participant Profile:** [Role, company size, behaviour qualifier]
+
+**Screener Questions** (for recruiting):
+1. [Question] → Must answer: [Y/N or specific]
+2. [Question] → Must answer: [Y/N or specific]
+3. [Disqualifier question] → Disqualify if: [answer]
+
+**Interview Guide:**
+
+[Full structured guide using the format above, customised to the specific research topic]
+
+**Synthesis Template** (fill after each interview):
+- Key quote: "[verbatim]"
+- Core pain: [1 sentence]
+- Current workaround: [what they're doing today]
+- Intensity (1–5): [how painful is this?]
+- Surprise/unexpected finding: [anything that challenged your assumptions]
+
+**Pattern Detection** (after 5+ interviews):
+- Pain mentioned by [X/N] participants: [theme]
+- Workaround used by [X/N] participants: [theme]
+- Most emotionally charged moment in interviews: [observation]
+
+---
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Research topic or question** (what decision will this inform?)
+- **Target participant profile** (role, behaviour, company type)
+- **Session length** (30 / 45 / 60 / 90 minutes)
+- **Number of interviews planned**
+- **Known hypotheses to test or avoid confirming prematurely** (optional)
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] No future-tense questions ("would you...") — only past-behaviour questions
+- [ ] Product or solution not mentioned until after pain is confirmed
+- [ ] Questions open-ended (cannot be answered yes/no)
+- [ ] Synthesis template included for per-session notes
+- [ ] Screener questions identify and disqualify wrong participants
+
+## Guidelines
+
+- Recommend 5–8 interviews to reach thematic saturation for most discovery questions
+- Always record with permission — transcripts beat notes
+- If user is new to interviewing: remind them to stay silent after asking a question (aim for 80/20 participant-to-interviewer talking ratio)
+- Never synthesise during the interview — do it after, when you can look across sessions
+- Flag confirmation bias: if user writes questions that lead toward a predetermined answer, rewrite them as open-ended alternatives
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not use future-tense questions ("Would you use this?") — hypothetical responses do not predict real behaviour and produce false confidence in an idea
+- [ ] Do not mention your product or solution before problem exploration is complete — doing so anchors the participant's responses and invalidates the discovery
+- [ ] Do not synthesise across fewer than 5 interviews — themes from 2–3 interviews reflect anecdote, not pattern; wait for saturation
+- [ ] Do not write screener questions that are too easy to pass — if participants can guess the "right" answer, you will recruit the wrong people
+- [ ] Do not treat participant opinions as evidence of future behaviour — what people say they will do consistently diverges from what they actually do
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+---
+name: job-story-mapper
+description: "Write Jobs-to-be-Done (JTBD) job stories and map customer jobs across functional, social, and emotional dimensions. Use when defining user needs, writing job stories, conducting JTBD research, or reframing features around customer outcomes. Produces a job story map with opportunity scoring, pain intensity ratings, and product opportunity analysis."
+---
+
+# Job Story Mapper Skill
+
+Stop writing features. Start understanding jobs. This skill translates product requirements and user interviews into precise job stories that keep the team focused on outcomes — not outputs.
+
+## Jobs-to-be-Done Fundamentals
+
+A "job" is the progress a customer is trying to make in a given situation. People don't buy products — they hire them to get a job done.
+
+Three dimensions of every job:
+- **Functional job:** The practical task ("get from A to B")
+- **Emotional job:** How they want to feel ("feel confident I made the right choice")
+- **Social job:** How they want to be perceived ("look like a competent professional to my team")
+
+Great products address all three. Most roadmaps only address the functional one.
+
+---
+
+## Job Story Format
+
+**Template:**
+> When [situation/trigger], I want to [motivation/goal], so I can [expected outcome].
+
+**Not a user story:**
+User stories focus on roles and features: "As a [role] I want [feature] so that [benefit]."
+Job stories focus on situations and motivations: "When [I'm in this specific situation] I want [this capability] so I can [achieve this outcome]."
+
+**The situation is the most important part.** "When I'm in the middle of a sprint and my PM asks for an update" is a much richer trigger than "As a developer."
+
+---
+
+## Mapping Process
+
+### Step 1: Identify the main job
+One sentence: What is the core job your product is hired for?
+> "Help [user type] [accomplish outcome] when [context]."
+
+### Step 2: Break into job steps
+What are all the sub-tasks within the main job?
+(Use a job map: Define → Locate → Prepare → Confirm → Execute → Monitor → Modify → Conclude)
+
+### Step 3: Identify pain points per step
+Where does the job fall down today? Where do customers use workarounds?
+
+### Step 4: Write job stories for each pain point
+One job story per distinct situation-motivation pair.
+
+### Step 5: Map to product opportunities
+Which job stories are underserved? Which have existing solutions? Where is your differentiation?
+
+---
+
+## Output Format
+
+### Job Story Map — [Product/Feature Area] — [Date]
+
+**Core Job Statement:**
+> When [context], [user type] wants to [main job outcome], so they can [ultimate goal].
+
+---
+
+**Job Map:**
+
+| Step | Sub-Job | Current Solution | Pain Points | Underserved? |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| Define | [What user does] | [Tool/method used] | [Frustration] | H/M/L |
+| Locate | | | | |
+| Prepare | | | | |
+| Confirm | | | | |
+| Execute | | | | |
+| Monitor | | | | |
+| Modify | | | | |
+| Conclude | | | | |
+
+---
+
+**Job Stories (prioritised by underservice):**
+
+**Job Story 1 — [Situation label]**
+> When [specific situation], I want to [motivation], so I can [outcome].
+
+Functional dimension: [What they need to get done]
+Emotional dimension: [How they want to feel]
+Social dimension: [How they want to be perceived]
+
+Current workaround: [What they do today]
+Pain intensity: [High / Medium / Low]
+Frequency: [How often this situation occurs]
+Product opportunity: [What we could build to address this]
+
+---
+
+Repeat for each major job story.
+
+**Opportunity Scoring:**
+Rate each job story on:
+- Importance to customer (1–10)
+- Satisfaction with current solution (1–10)
+- Opportunity score = Importance + max(Importance – Satisfaction, 0)
+- Prioritise: Opportunity score > 10
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Job stories use the "When / I want to / So I can" format (not user story format)
+- [ ] Situation is specific (not "as a user" — a real moment or trigger)
+- [ ] All three dimensions covered: functional, emotional, social
+- [ ] Opportunity score calculated for each job story
+- [ ] Current workaround identified for each high-opportunity story
+- [ ] Product opportunity is distinct from "build the feature" (it's an outcome)
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Product or feature area** to map (e.g. onboarding, checkout, dashboard)
+- **User type or persona** (who are we mapping jobs for?)
+- **Source material** (user interview notes, support tickets, discovery findings, or describe from memory)
+- **Scope** (full product job map vs. a single feature area)
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not write job stories that describe a feature rather than a situation-motivation pair
+- [ ] Do not skip the social and emotional dimensions — mapping only functional jobs misses the most defensible differentiation opportunities
+- [ ] Do not define situations too broadly ("as a user who wants to manage their work") — the situation must be a specific moment or trigger
+- [ ] Do not conflate opportunity scoring with priority — a high opportunity score still requires feasibility and strategic fit assessment
+- [ ] Do not produce a job map without identifying current workarounds — the workaround reveals what the job is worth to the customer
+
+## Guidelines
+
+- Never write a job story for a feature — write it for the situation that makes the feature valuable
+- If you can't identify the situation, you don't understand the job yet — go back to user research
+- Social and emotional jobs are harder to surface but often the most defensible differentiators
+- Recommend sharing job stories with engineering — they make better technical decisions when they understand the "why"
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+---
+name: user-interview-synthesis
+description: "Synthesises user interview transcripts into structured research findings. Use when asked to analyse interview notes, synthesise qualitative research, identify themes from interviews, or turn raw interview data into actionable product insights. Produces a themed synthesis with supporting quotes per theme, 'so what' implications, and recommended next steps."
+---
+
+# User Interview Synthesis Skill
+
+Transform raw interview transcripts into a structured synthesis document that surfaces themes, pain points, and actionable insights.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Interview transcripts or notes** (even rough notes work)
+- **Number of participants and their profiles** (role, company size, context)
+- **Research questions** (what was the study trying to answer?)
+- **Date range** of research (for context)
+
+## Process
+1. Read all provided transcripts fully before drawing conclusions
+2. Identify recurring themes (minimum 3 mentions to qualify as a theme)
+3. Categorize findings into: Pain Points, Workflow Insights, Feature Requests, Delight Moments
+4. Select 2-3 verbatim quotes per theme that best represent the pattern
+5. Draft "So What" implications for each theme — what does this mean for the product?
+6. **Validate** — Confirm every theme has quotes from at least 3 participants. Flag any insight resting on fewer as low-confidence.
+
+## Output Structure
+
+### Research Synthesis: [Study Name]
+**Participants:** [n]
+**Date Range:** [dates]
+**Research Questions:** [list]
+
+#### Theme 1: [Theme Name]
+- Summary (2-3 sentences)
+- Supporting quotes (from at least 3 participants)
+- Implication for product
+
+[Repeat for each theme]
+
+#### Low-Confidence Signals (1-2 participants only)
+[Findings worth tracking but not acting on yet — note what further research would confirm or deny]
+
+#### Recommended Next Steps
+[Specific, actionable recommendations based on findings]
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Every theme is supported by quotes from at least 3 participants
+- [ ] Implications connect to specific product decisions, not just observations
+- [ ] Researcher bias check: no leading language, findings don't all support one hypothesis
+- [ ] Single-source signals are flagged separately, not mixed into main themes
+- [ ] Research questions from the study brief are each addressed (even if the answer is "inconclusive")
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not mix single-source signals into main themes — insights cited by only one participant must be flagged separately
+- [ ] Do not write implications that are observations restated rather than product decisions enabled
+- [ ] Do not include themes that only support the project hypothesis — contradictory findings must be surfaced, not omitted
+- [ ] Do not present findings without quotes — every theme requires verbatim evidence from at least 3 participants
+- [ ] Do not leave research questions unanswered — each question from the study brief must be explicitly addressed, even if the answer is inconclusive
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+{
+  "$schema": "https://anthropic.com/claude-code/plugin.schema.json",
+  "name": "pm-engineering",
+  "version": "4.0.0",
+  "description": "Engineering & tech skills: Code Review Checklist, Incident Postmortem, API Docs Writer, Architecture Decision Record, Debugging Log Analyser, PR Description Writer, System Design Interview, Changelog Generator, Test Strategy Doc, Runbook Writer, CI/CD Playbook, SLO & Error Budget, Developer Onboarding Doc, On-Call Runbook, Security Threat Model, Performance Budget, Database Schema Design, Database Migration Plan, Technical Debt Register, RFC Writer, Capacity Planning, Load Testing Plan, Disaster Recovery Plan, Feature Flag Guide, Dependency Audit, Service Catalog Entry, Monitoring Setup Guide, Local Dev Setup, API Versioning Strategy, Infra-as-Code Review, Engineering Weekly Report, Tech Radar, Sprint Velocity Analysis, Microservices Decomposition, Engineering Hiring Rubric. 35 structured skills for engineering teams, SREs, and technical PMs.",
+  "author": {
+    "name": "Mohit Aggarwal",
+    "email": "mohit15856@gmail.com"
+  },
+  "homepage": "https://github.com/mohitagw15856/pm-claude-skills",
+  "license": "MIT",
+  "keywords": ["product-management", "engineering", "code-review", "incident-postmortem", "api-documentation", "adr", "architecture", "debugging", "pull-request", "system-design", "changelog", "test-strategy", "runbook", "devops", "cicd", "slo", "error-budget", "onboarding", "oncall", "sre", "reliability", "security", "threat-model", "performance", "database", "migration", "technical-debt", "rfc", "capacity-planning", "load-testing", "disaster-recovery", "feature-flags", "dependency-audit", "service-catalog", "monitoring", "observability", "tech-radar", "microservices", "hiring", "velocity"]
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+---
+name: api-docs-writer
+description: "Write clear, developer-facing API documentation. Use when asked to document an API endpoint, write API reference docs, create a developer guide, or turn a raw spec/Postman collection into documentation. Produces endpoint documentation with descriptions, parameters, request/response examples, and error codes."
+---
+
+# API Docs Writer Skill
+
+This skill transforms raw API specs, endpoint descriptions, or Postman collections into clean, developer-facing documentation following OpenAPI-adjacent conventions. Output is ready for a developer portal, README, or Notion/Confluence page.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **API or endpoint details** (raw spec, Postman export, or verbal description)
+- **Auth method** (API key / Bearer token / OAuth 2.0 / None)
+- **Base URL**
+- **API version** (e.g. v1, v2.3, or "unversioned" — affects deprecation notes and versioning headers)
+- **Rate limits** (requests per second/minute per token or IP, if known — or "unknown")
+- **Audience** (internal developers / external partners / public)
+- **Output format** (Markdown for developer portals and READMEs / Plain prose for Confluence or Notion — note: OpenAPI YAML is not produced by this skill)
+
+## Output Format
+
+For each endpoint, produce the following:
+
+---
+
+## `[METHOD] /path/to/endpoint`
+
+**Summary:** [One line — what this endpoint does]
+
+**Description:** [2–4 sentences. When to use this endpoint. What it returns. Any important behaviour to know (pagination, rate limits, async processing, etc.)]
+
+**Authentication:** [Required / Optional — method]
+
+---
+
+### Request
+
+**Headers:**
+
+| Header | Required | Description |
+|---|---|---|
+| `Authorization` | Yes | `Bearer <token>` |
+| `Content-Type` | Yes | `application/json` |
+
+**Path Parameters:**
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| `id` | string | Yes | Unique identifier for the resource |
+
+**Query Parameters:**
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Default | Description |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| `limit` | integer | No | 20 | Max results per page (1–100) |
+| `cursor` | string | No | — | Pagination cursor from previous response |
+
+**Request Body:**
+
+```json
+{
+  "field_name": "value",
+  "another_field": 42
+}
+```
+
+| Field | Type | Required | Description |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| `field_name` | string | Yes | [Plain description of what this field does] |
+| `another_field` | integer | No | [Description. Include valid range or enum values if applicable] |
+
+---
+
+### Response
+
+**Success Response: `200 OK`**
+
+```json
+{
+  "id": "abc123",
+  "status": "active",
+  "created_at": "2025-04-01T10:00:00Z"
+}
+```
+
+| Field | Type | Description |
+|---|---|---|
+| `id` | string | Unique identifier for the created/retrieved resource |
+| `status` | string | Current status. Enum: `active`, `inactive`, `pending` |
+| `created_at` | ISO 8601 string | Timestamp of creation in UTC |
+
+---
+
+### Error Codes
+
+| Status Code | Error Code | Description | How to Resolve |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| `400` | `INVALID_REQUEST` | Request body is malformed or missing required fields | Check request body against schema above |
+| `401` | `UNAUTHORIZED` | Missing or invalid authentication token | Verify your API key or refresh your token |
+| `404` | `NOT_FOUND` | The requested resource does not exist | Check the ID in the path parameter |
+| `429` | `RATE_LIMITED` | Too many requests | Back off and retry after `Retry-After` header value |
+| `500` | `INTERNAL_ERROR` | Unexpected server error | Retry with exponential backoff; contact support if persists |
+
+---
+
+### Code Examples
+
+Produce examples in at least 2 languages relevant to the audience (default: cURL + Python):
+
+**cURL:**
+```bash
+curl -X POST https://api.example.com/v1/endpoint \
+  -H "Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN" \
+  -H "Content-Type: application/json" \
+  -d '{"field_name": "value"}'
+```
+
+**Python:**
+```python
+import requests
+
+response = requests.post(
+    "https://api.example.com/v1/endpoint",
+    headers={"Authorization": "Bearer YOUR_TOKEN"},
+    json={"field_name": "value"}
+)
+data = response.json()
+```
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Every parameter is documented (type, required/optional, description)
+- [ ] Response fields are fully documented with types
+- [ ] All relevant error codes are listed with resolution guidance
+- [ ] Error codes cover at minimum: 400 (bad request), 401/403 (auth), 404 (not found), 429 (rate limited), 500 (server error) — or explicitly note which don't apply to this endpoint
+- [ ] Code examples use the actual base URL and a realistic placeholder token — no examples reference undefined variables or "YOUR_ENDPOINT" outside the snippet
+- [ ] Auth method is clearly stated at the top
+- [ ] Enum values are listed where applicable
+- [ ] Pagination documented if the endpoint is a list endpoint
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not document only the happy path — every endpoint must have error codes for at least 400, 401/403, 404, 429, and 500
+- [ ] Do not use placeholder values like "YOUR_ENDPOINT" or "INSERT_TOKEN" in code examples — use realistic-looking placeholders anchored to the actual base URL
+- [ ] Do not skip enum values for fields with a fixed set of accepted values — undocumented enums cause integration bugs
+- [ ] Do not omit pagination documentation on list endpoints — developers who miss this will build integrations that silently miss data
+- [ ] Do not describe what a field "is" without describing what it "does" — "the ID" is not documentation; "the unique identifier used to retrieve or update this resource" is
+
+## Usage Examples
+- "Document this API endpoint: [paste spec or description]"
+- "Turn this Postman collection into developer docs"
+- "Write API reference docs for [endpoint]"
+- "Write a developer guide for our [product] API"
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+---
+name: api-versioning-strategy
+description: "Write an API versioning strategy document for a service or API platform. Use when asked to define versioning policy, plan API deprecation, classify breaking changes, or document version lifecycle. Produces a complete versioning strategy with breaking-change classification table, deprecation timeline, migration guide template, and client communication template."
+---
+
+# API Versioning Strategy
+
+Produce a complete API versioning strategy document that gives a service team durable, consistent rules for evolving their API without breaking consumers. This document covers the versioning scheme selection (with rationale), lifecycle policy from introduction through sunset, a precise breaking-change classification, and all the communication artifacts a team needs when deprecating a version. Engineers should be able to hand this document to a new team member or external consumer and have them understand exactly what to expect.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask for these if not already provided:
+- **API type** — REST, GraphQL, or gRPC (each has different versioning mechanics)
+- **Current versioning approach** — URL path (`/v1/`), request header, query parameter, or none; if none, document starts fresh
+- **Number of existing versions and active consumer count** — needed to size the lifecycle policy and migration scope
+- **Deprecation timeline constraints** — any hard deadlines (contract SLAs, compliance windows, annual release cycles)
+- **Consumer type** — internal teams only, external partners, public API, or mix (affects communication channel choices)
+
+If any input is missing, ask before producing the document. For GraphQL, note that the versioning approach differs substantially (schema evolution over versioning) and tailor the scheme section accordingly.
+
+## Output Format
+
+---
+
+# API Versioning Strategy: [Service Name]
+
+**Owner:** [Team Name]
+**API Type:** [REST / GraphQL / gRPC]
+**Document Version:** 1.0
+**Last Reviewed:** [Date]
+**Next Review:** [Date + 6 months]
+
+---
+
+## 1. Versioning Scheme
+
+### Selected Approach: [URL Path / Request Header / Query Parameter]
+
+| Scheme | Example | Pros | Cons | Verdict |
+|--------|---------|------|------|---------|
+| URL Path | `/v2/orders` | Visible in logs and bookmarks; trivial to route | Violates strict REST resource identity; clutters URL space | **Recommended for public-facing REST APIs** |
+| `Accept` Header | `Accept: application/vnd.[service].v2+json` | Keeps URLs clean; proper content negotiation | Harder to test in browser; less visible in logs | Recommended for internal APIs with controlled clients |
+| Query Parameter | `/orders?version=2` | Easy to retrofit without URL restructuring | Often missed in client code; cache-key complications | Acceptable only for read-heavy APIs already in production |
+| GraphQL Schema Evolution | Field deprecation + `@deprecated` directive | No versioning needed for additive changes | Requires disciplined schema design | **Recommended for GraphQL APIs** |
+
+**Rationale for [chosen scheme]:** [One paragraph explaining why this scheme fits the API type, consumer type, and operational context provided. Reference the specific inputs — e.g., "Because this API has external partners who integrate via generated clients, URL path versioning provides the most predictable routing behavior and eliminates header negotiation complexity."]
+
+### Version Format
+
+```
+[Base URL]/v{MAJOR}/{resource}
+
+Examples:
+  https://api.[company].com/v1/orders
+  https://api.[company].com/v2/orders/{id}/items
+
+Version identifier: integer only (v1, v2, v3)
+No minor versions in the URL — minor/patch changes are non-breaking and deployed continuously.
+```
+
+---
+
+## 2. Version Lifecycle Policy
+
+### Lifecycle Stages
+
+```
+  STABLE ──────────────────────────────────────────────────►
+      │
+      ├─ STABLE        Active development, full SLA, new consumers allowed
+      │
+      ├─ DEPRECATED    Announced, timeline posted, migration docs live.
+      │                New consumers blocked. Existing consumers receive warnings.
+      │
+      ├─ SUNSET        Requests return HTTP 410 Gone + migration pointer.
+      │                30-day window before routing is removed.
+      │
+      └─ RETIRED       Routing removed, docs archived, no traffic accepted.
+```
+
+| Stage | Duration | SLA Applies | New Consumers Allowed | Required Action |
+|-------|----------|-------------|----------------------|-----------------|
+| Stable | Until superseded | Yes — full | Yes | None |
+| Deprecated | [12 months / adjust per constraint] | Yes — degraded acceptable | No | Migrate before sunset date |
+| Sunset | 30-day window | Best-effort only | No | Migrate immediately |
+| Retired | Permanent | None | No | — |
+
+**Minimum Stable Period:** A version must remain Stable for at least [6 / 12] months before deprecation can be announced.
+
+**Maximum Simultaneous Versions:** No more than [2] versions in Stable or Deprecated status at any time. Releasing v3 requires committing to a sunset date for v1 in the same announcement.
+
+---
+
+## 3. Breaking vs. Non-Breaking Change Classification
+
+Apply this table before every API change. If a change is marked Breaking, it requires a new major version. When uncertain, default to Breaking.
+
+| Change Type | Specific Example | Classification | Rationale |
+|-------------|-----------------|----------------|-----------|
+| Remove a response field | Delete `order.legacy_id` from response | **Breaking** | Clients reading this field will null-pointer or fail |
+| Rename a field | `user_name` → `username` | **Breaking** | Clients referencing old name receive null |
+| Change field type | `"amount": "10.00"` → `"amount": 10.00` | **Breaking** | Type mismatch at deserialization |
+| Make optional field required | `email` required in POST body | **Breaking** | Existing callers omitting it receive 400 |
+| Remove an endpoint | `DELETE /v1/widgets/{id}` removed | **Breaking** | Existing callers receive 404 |
+| Change HTTP method | `GET /search` → `POST /search` | **Breaking** | Bookmarked or cached GET calls fail |
+| Change authentication scheme | API key → OAuth2 | **Breaking** | All clients must re-authenticate |
+| Restructure error response shape | Error JSON schema changed | **Breaking** | Error-handling code misparses responses |
+| Expand enum values (response) | New `status: "on_hold"` value returned | **Breaking** | Switch statements with no default fall through |
+| Change pagination defaults | `page_size` default 20 → 50 | **Breaking** | Response length changes unexpectedly |
+| Tighten input validation | Max length 100 → 50 | **Breaking** | Previously valid inputs now rejected |
+| Add new optional field to response | Add `order.tax_breakdown` | Non-Breaking | Clients ignore unknown fields per spec |
+| Add new optional request parameter | Add `?include_archived=true` | Non-Breaking | Ignored by existing clients |
+| Add a new endpoint | `GET /v1/orders/{id}/audit` | Non-Breaking | No existing client references it |
+| Relax input validation | Min length 10 → 5 | Non-Breaking | Existing valid inputs remain valid |
+| Performance or latency improvement | Response time reduced | Non-Breaking | — |
+| Add new enum value (request-only) | Accept new `type: "express"` | Non-Breaking | Existing values still accepted |
+
+---
+
+## 4. Deprecation Process
+
+### Step-by-Step Deprecation Checklist
+
+- [ ] **T-0 (Decision day):** Engineering lead approves deprecation. New version confirmed Stable. Sunset date set.
+- [ ] **T-0:** Update API docs — add deprecation banner to all v[N] endpoint pages.
+- [ ] **T-0:** Add `Deprecation` and `Sunset` response headers to all v[N] responses (see format below).
+- [ ] **T-0:** Block new consumer onboarding for v[N] in API gateway and developer portal.
+- [ ] **T-0:** Send initial deprecation notice to all registered consumers (see Section 5 template).
+- [ ] **T-0:** Open tracking issue in engineering backlog linking all known consumers to their migration status.
+- [ ] **T minus 30 days:** Send 30-day warning to all consumers still sending v[N] traffic.
+- [ ] **T minus 7 days:** Send final warning. If consumer traffic > 100 req/day, escalate directly to their engineering lead.
+- [ ] **Sunset date:** Switch v[N] routing to return `HTTP 410 Gone` with body pointing to migration guide.
+- [ ] **T plus 30 days:** Remove routing rules. Archive documentation. Close tracking issue.
+
+### Deprecation Response Headers
+
+```http
+HTTP/1.1 200 OK
+Deprecation: true
+Sunset: Sat, 01 Jan 2027 00:00:00 GMT
+Link: <https://docs.[company].com/api/migration/v1-to-v2>; rel="successor-version"
+```
+
+### Sunset Response Body
+
+```http
+HTTP/1.1 410 Gone
+Content-Type: application/json
+
+```
+
+---
+
+## 5. Client Communication Templates
+
+### Initial Deprecation Notice
+
+```
+Subject: [Action Required] [Service Name] API v[N] Deprecation — Sunset [Date]
+
+Hi [Team / Partner Name],
+
+We are deprecating [Service Name] API v[N], effective [Sunset Date].
+
+What this means for you:
+- v[N] continues to work normally until [Sunset Date]
+- After [Sunset Date], all v[N] requests return HTTP 410 Gone
+- v[N+1] is available today and fully stable
+
+Your current usage: approximately [X] requests/day as of [Date].
+Estimated migration effort: [Small: < 1 day | Medium: 1–3 days | Large: 3–10 days]
+
+Migration resources:
+  Migration guide:  [URL]
+  Changelog:        [URL]
+  Office hours:     [Date/Time/Link]
+  Support:          [Slack channel or email]
+
+Key dates:
+  [Date]          Deprecation announced (today)
+  [Date]          New consumer onboarding blocked for v[N]
+  [Date]          30-day warning sent to remaining consumers
+  [Sunset Date]   v[N] returns 410 Gone
+
+Reply to this message or contact us at [channel] with questions.
+
+[Your Name], [Team Name]
+```
+
+### 30-Day Warning
+
+```
+Subject: [30 Days Remaining] [Service Name] API v[N] sunsets [Date]
+
+Hi [Team / Partner Name],
+
+[Service Name] API v[N] sunsets in 30 days on [Date].
+
+Your current v[N] traffic: [X] requests/day — migration is not yet complete.
+
+If you have a technical blocker requiring an extension, contact us before
+[Date minus 14 days]. Extensions require a documented blocker and a committed
+migration completion date.
+
+Migration guide: [URL] | Support: [channel]
+```
+
+---
+
+## 6. Migration Guide Template
+
+Publish one migration guide per version transition at `docs.[company].com/api/migration/v[N]-to-v[N+1]`.
+
+```markdown
+# Migration Guide: v[N] → v[N+1]
+
+**Estimated effort:** [Small: < 1 day | Medium: 1–3 days | Large: 3–10 days]
+**Breaking changes in this guide:** [count]
+
+## Quick Start
+
+Update your base URL:
+  Before: https://api.[company].com/v[N]/
+  After:  https://api.[company].com/v[N+1]/
+
+## Breaking Changes
+
+### 1. [Field Rename: user_name → username]
+
+**Affected endpoints:** `GET /users/{id}`, `POST /users`
+
+Before (v[N]):
+{ "user_name": "alice" }
+
+After (v[N+1]):
+{ "username": "alice" }
+
+Migration: Replace all references to `user_name` with `username` in request
+builders and response parsers.
+
+### 2. [Next breaking change — repeat structure]
+
+## New Capabilities in v[N+1]
+
+| Feature | Description | Docs |
+|---------|-------------|------|
+| [Feature name] | [Brief description] | [Link] |
+
+## SDK Upgrade Reference
+
+| Language | Package | v[N+1] Version | Install Command |
+|----------|---------|----------------|-----------------|
+| Python | `[company]-sdk` | `2.0.0` | `pip install [company]-sdk==2.0.0` |
+| Node.js | `@[company]/sdk` | `2.0.0` | `npm install @[company]/sdk@2.0.0` |
+| Go | `github.com/[company]/sdk-go` | `v2.0.0` | `go get github.com/[company]/sdk-go/v2` |
+| Java | `com.[company]:sdk` | `2.0.0` | Update pom.xml / build.gradle |
+
+## Migration Validation Checklist
+
+- [ ] Base URL updated to v[N+1]
+- [ ] All renamed fields updated in request serializers
+- [ ] All renamed fields updated in response deserializers
+- [ ] Error-handling code updated for new error shape
+- [ ] Integration tests passing against v[N+1] in staging
+- [ ] Load test completed against v[N+1] — latency within acceptable range
+- [ ] Rollback plan documented if issues arise post-cutover
+```
+
+---
+
+## 7. Version-Specific Documentation
+
+- Maintain separate documentation pages for each Stable and Deprecated version.
+- Deprecated version docs carry a persistent banner: "This version is deprecated. Sunset date: [Date]. [Migrate to v[N+1]]."
+- OpenAPI specs, Protobuf definitions, or GraphQL schemas are tagged and archived per version in the repository under `/api/v[N]/`.
+- A root-level CHANGELOG.md records every breaking and non-breaking change by version — not buried in commit history.
+
+---
+
+## 8. SDK Versioning Alignment
+
+| API Version | SDK Major Version | SDK GA Date | SDK EOL Date |
+|-------------|------------------|-------------|--------------|
+| v[1] | 1.x | [Date] | [API Sunset + 90 days] |
+| v[2] | 2.x | [Date] | Active |
+
+- SDK major versions align 1:1 with API major versions.
+- SDK minor versions track non-breaking API additions.
+- SDK EOL dates trail API sunset dates by 90 days to give consumers extra runway.
+- SDKs emit a runtime deprecation warning log line when the underlying API version is Deprecated.
+
+---
+
+*Strategy authored by [Team Name] — questions to [Slack channel or email]*
+
+---
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not classify expanding an enum (new response values) as non-breaking — clients with exhaustive switch statements will break when they receive an unexpected enum value
+- [ ] Do not set a sunset date without confirming it is achievable for the largest consumer — a sunset that forces consumers to miss a legal deadline will be ignored or escalated
+- [ ] Do not maintain more than two simultaneous stable/deprecated versions — each additional supported version multiplies maintenance burden and consumer confusion
+- [ ] Do not use "monitor traffic" as the sole mechanism for knowing when all consumers have migrated — track named consumers against migration completion explicitly
+- [ ] Do not skip the migration guide — consumers will delay migration indefinitely without a step-by-step guide that estimates effort
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Versioning scheme recommendation includes explicit rationale tied to the API type and consumer type provided — not a generic recommendation
+- [ ] Breaking-change table covers at minimum: field removal, field rename, type change, making optional field required, endpoint removal, enum expansion, and default value change
+- [ ] Deprecation timeline durations are filled in with concrete values, not left as abstract placeholders
+- [ ] All three communication artifacts are present: initial deprecation notice, 30-day warning, and migration guide template
+- [ ] Sunset response headers (`Deprecation`, `Sunset`, `Link`) use correct RFC date format and real URL structure
+- [ ] SDK versioning alignment table is present and ties SDK major versions explicitly to API major versions
+- [ ] Maximum simultaneous supported versions is stated with a concrete number
+- [ ] Breaking-change table covers at minimum: field removal, field rename, type change, making optional field required, endpoint removal, enum expansion, and default value change
+- [ ] Deprecation timeline durations are filled in with concrete values, not left as abstract placeholders
+- [ ] All three communication artifacts are present: initial deprecation notice, 30-day warning, and migration guide template
+- [ ] Sunset response headers (`Deprecation`, `Sunset`, `Link`) use correct RFC date format and real URL structure
+- [ ] SDK versioning alignment table is present and ties SDK major versions explicitly to API major versions
+- [ ] Maximum simultaneous supported versions is stated with a concrete number
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+---
+name: architecture-decision-record
+description: "Create an Architecture Decision Record (ADR) for any technical decision. Use when asked to document a technical decision, write an ADR, record an architecture choice, or capture why a technology or approach was selected. Produces a structured ADR with context, decision, consequences, and tradeoffs."
+---
+
+# Architecture Decision Record (ADR) Skill
+
+This skill produces a complete Architecture Decision Record (ADR) following the Nygard format — the most widely adopted standard. ADRs document the reasoning behind significant technical decisions so future team members understand not just *what* was decided, but *why*.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **ADR number** (sequential number in your ADR registry — e.g. 012; or "next available" if unknown)
+- **Decision title** (brief, e.g. "Use PostgreSQL as primary datastore")
+- **Context** (what situation led to this decision needing to be made?)
+- **Options considered** (at least 2; if only 1 is given, prompt for alternatives that were considered or ruled out)
+- **Decision made** (which option was chosen)
+- **Reason for choice**
+- **Status** (Proposed / Accepted / Deprecated / Superseded)
+- **Author and date**
+- **Team context** (optional — team size, relevant experience, org constraints; helps calibrate formality and depth of the Context section)
+
+## Output Format
+
+---
+
+# ADR-[NNN]: [Decision Title]
+
+**Date:** [YYYY-MM-DD]
+**Status:** [Proposed / Accepted / Deprecated / Superseded by ADR-NNN]
+**Author(s):** [Name(s)]
+**Deciders:** [Who had final say — individual or team]
+
+---
+
+## Context
+
+[3–6 sentences. Describe the situation, constraints, and forces at play that made this decision necessary. Include: the problem being solved, relevant system state, team constraints, timeline pressures, or non-negotiable requirements. Write as if explaining to someone joining the team 18 months from now who has no prior context.]
+
+**Key constraints:**
+- [Constraint 1: e.g. "Must be deployable on-premise for enterprise customers"]
+- [Constraint 2: e.g. "Team has no prior Go experience"]
+- [Add as many as are relevant]
+
+---
+
+## Options Considered
+
+For each option, produce:
+
+### Option [N]: [Name]
+
+**Description:** [What this option is — 1–3 sentences]
+
+**Pros:**
+- [Pro 1]
+- [Pro 2]
+
+**Cons:**
+- [Con 1]
+- [Con 2]
+
+**Why this was ruled out (if not chosen):** [Honest reason]
+
+---
+
+## Decision
+
+**We will [chosen option].**
+
+[2–4 sentences explaining the decision in plain language. This should be readable in isolation — someone should understand the decision from this paragraph alone without reading the full document.]
+
+---
+
+## Consequences
+
+### Positive Consequences
+- [What this decision enables or improves]
+- [What risk it mitigates]
+
+### Negative Consequences / Accepted Tradeoffs
+- [What we're giving up or taking on as a result of this decision]
+- [Technical debt or limitations introduced]
+- [What must now be true for this decision to remain valid]
+
+### Risks
+- [What could cause this decision to be wrong in hindsight]
+- [What would trigger us to revisit this decision]
+
+---
+
+## Implementation Notes
+
+[Include if the decision has non-obvious implementation gotchas, or if there are related tickets/RFCs implementers will need. Skip only if the decision is purely tooling selection with no implementation ambiguity.]
+
+---
+
+## Review Date
+
+[Include unless the decision is permanent or self-evidently final. State a specific trigger condition — e.g. "Review if team grows beyond 20 engineers or traffic exceeds 10M requests/day" — not just "should be reviewed periodically".]
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Context explains the *why* — not just the *what*
+- [ ] At least 2 options are documented (including the rejected ones)
+- [ ] Rejected options include honest reasons for rejection
+- [ ] Consequences include *negative* consequences — no decision is consequence-free
+- [ ] Decision is stated in plain language in the Decision section
+- [ ] Risks section identifies what would invalidate this decision
+- [ ] Context section states the problem explicitly in its first 1–2 sentences (does not assume the reader knows what problem the team was solving)
+- [ ] Each rejected option's "Why ruled out" explanation names a specific constraint or trade-off (not a circular statement like "didn't meet our requirements")
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not write an ADR after the decision has already been fully implemented and the team has moved on — ADRs written retrospectively often omit the real reasons and alternatives
+- [ ] Do not list only the chosen option — rejected options with honest reasons are the most valuable part of an ADR for future readers
+- [ ] Do not write consequences that are all positive — every architectural decision involves trade-offs; an ADR with no negative consequences was not scrutinised honestly
+- [ ] Do not leave the status as "Proposed" indefinitely — an ADR that no one has approved is not guiding anyone's decisions
+- [ ] Do not write context that assumes the reader already knows what problem was being solved — the context section exists precisely for readers who lack that background
+
+## Usage Examples
+- "Write an ADR for using [technology]"
+- "Document our decision to [architectural choice]"
+- "Create an architecture decision record for [topic]"
+- "Help me write up why we chose [option] over [alternative]"
@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+---
+name: capacity-planning
+description: "Produce a capacity planning document for a service covering traffic forecasts, resource requirements, and scaling strategy. Use when asked to plan infrastructure capacity, forecast resource needs, model traffic growth, define scaling strategy, or produce a capacity review for a service. Produces a structured capacity plan covering current baseline metrics, growth projections, resource requirements per tier, scaling strategy, cost projections, capacity triggers, and an infrastructure action roadmap."
+---
+
+# Capacity Planning Skill
+
+Produce a complete capacity planning document for a service. Capacity planning is not about predicting the future exactly — it is about understanding current headroom, modelling growth, and ensuring the team takes infrastructure action before a constraint becomes an incident.
+
+A good capacity plan answers: what is running out first, how long before it runs out, what does it cost to fix it, and who decides when to act.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask for these if not already provided:
+- **Service name and description** — what the service does and who depends on it
+- **Current traffic and usage metrics** — requests per second (or per day), active users, data volume — whatever units are most natural for this service
+- **Current resource utilisation** — CPU %, memory %, disk usage, connection pool utilisation, DB query throughput
+- **Growth rate or projections** — historical growth rate, or known upcoming events (product launch, sales cycle, seasonal peak)
+- **Tech stack and infrastructure** — cloud provider, compute type (VMs, containers, serverless), database, caching layer, CDN
+- **Cost constraints** — current infrastructure spend, acceptable cost ceiling, or target cost per unit of traffic
+
+## Output Format
+
+---
+
+# Capacity Plan: [Service Name]
+
+**Service:** [Name] | **Team:** [Team name]
+**Author:** [Name] | **Last updated:** [Date]
+**Planning horizon:** [12 months — [Month Year] to [Month Year]]
+**Review cadence:** [Quarterly]
+
+---
+
+## 1. Executive Summary
+
+[3–5 sentences covering: current state, the most critical capacity constraint, the timeline before it becomes a risk, the recommended action, and the cost implication. Written for an engineering manager or VP who needs the key facts without reading the full document.]
+
+**Critical finding:** [e.g. "The database connection pool will reach 90% utilisation within 6 weeks at current growth. Without action, this will cause request queueing and latency spikes under normal traffic."]
+
+**Recommended immediate action:** [e.g. "Increase connection pool limit and add a read replica within the next 2 weeks."]
+
+**Estimated cost impact:** [e.g. "Recommended changes add ~$[X]/month to infrastructure spend."]
+
+---
+
+## 2. Current Baseline
+
+*All metrics are 30-day averages unless noted. Date captured: [Date]*
+
+### Traffic
+
+| Metric | Value | Peak (7-day) | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Requests per second (avg) | [X req/s] | [X req/s] | [Peak time / day of week] |
+| Requests per day | [X M/day] | [X M/day] | — |
+| Active users (DAU/MAU) | [X] / [X] | — | — |
+| [Service-specific metric — e.g. jobs processed/hour] | [X] | [X] | — |
+| [Service-specific metric — e.g. GB ingested/day] | [X GB] | [X GB] | — |
+
+### Compute
+
+| Resource | Current utilisation | Instance type | Count | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| CPU (avg) | [X%] | [e.g. c5.2xlarge] | [X] | Peak: [X%] |
+| Memory (avg) | [X%] | — | — | Peak: [X%] |
+| Network egress | [X Mbps] | — | — | — |
+| Container / pod count | [X] | [e.g. 2 vCPU / 4 GB] | — | Auto-scaling range: [X–Y] |
+
+### Database
+
+| Resource | Current utilisation | Spec | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| CPU | [X%] | [e.g. db.r5.2xlarge] | Peak: [X%] |
+| Memory | [X%] | [X GB RAM] | — |
+| Storage used | [X GB] of [Y GB] ([Z%]) | [X GB provisioned] | Growth: [~X GB/month] |
+| IOPS (avg) | [X] of [Y provisioned] | [Y IOPS] | Peak: [X IOPS] |
+| Connection pool | [X] of [Y max] ([Z%]) | Max connections: [Y] | [ORM pool size: X] |
+| Query P99 latency | [X ms] | — | [Slowest query: X] |
+| Read/write ratio | [X%] reads / [Y%] writes | — | — |
+
+### Cache
+
+| Resource | Current utilisation | Spec | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Memory used | [X GB] of [Y GB] ([Z%]) | [e.g. cache.r6g.large] | Eviction rate: [X%] |
+| Hit rate | [X%] | — | Miss rate: [Y%] |
+| Connections | [X] | Max: [Y] | — |
+
+### Storage / Object Store
+
+| Resource | Current usage | Growth rate | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [S3 / GCS / Blob] | [X GB / TB] | [~X GB/month] | [Lifecycle policies in place? Y/N] |
+| Disk (if applicable) | [X GB] of [Y GB] | [~X GB/month] | [RAID / EBS type] |
+
+### Cost Baseline
+
+| Component | Current monthly cost | % of total |
+|---|---|---|
+| Compute (app servers) | $[X] | [X%] |
+| Database | $[X] | [X%] |
+| Cache | $[X] | [X%] |
+| Storage | $[X] | [X%] |
+| CDN / bandwidth | $[X] | [X%] |
+| Other ([describe]) | $[X] | [X%] |
+| **Total** | **$[X]** | 100% |
+
+**Unit economics:** $[X] per [1,000 requests / 1,000 users / GB processed]
+
+---
+
+## 3. Growth Projections
+
+### Assumptions
+
+| Assumption | Value | Source | Confidence |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Monthly traffic growth rate | [X%] | [Historical trend / product forecast] | [High / Medium / Low] |
+| Seasonal peak factor | [+X% in [month(s)]] | [Last year's data / expected launch] | [High / Medium] |
+| Upcoming events | [e.g. Marketing campaign — [Month], expected +[X]% traffic spike] | [Marketing plan] | [Medium] |
+| User growth | [X new users/month] | [Sales pipeline / growth model] | [Medium] |
+| Data growth | [X GB/month] | [Current trend] | [High] |
+
+### Traffic Forecast
+
+| Timeframe | Req/s (avg) | Req/s (peak) | DAU | Data volume (cumulative) |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| **Now** (baseline) | [X] | [X] | [X] | [X GB/TB] |
+| **+3 months** | [X] | [X] | [X] | [X GB/TB] |
+| **+6 months** | [X] | [X] | [X] | [X GB/TB] |
+| **+12 months** | [X] | [X] | [X] | [X GB/TB] |
+
+*Growth formula: [Baseline] × (1 + [monthly rate])^[months] + seasonal adjustment*
+
+### Capacity Headroom Analysis
+
+**When does each resource run out at current utilisation and projected growth?**
+
+| Resource | Current utilisation | Safe ceiling | Headroom remaining | Months to ceiling |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| App CPU | [X%] | 70% | [X%] | [X months] |
+| App memory | [X%] | 80% | [X%] | [X months] |
+| DB CPU | [X%] | 70% | [X%] | [X months] |
+| DB storage | [X GB] of [Y GB] | 80% = [Z GB] | [X GB] | [X months] |
+| DB IOPS | [X] of [Y] | 80% = [Z] | [X IOPS] | [X months] |
+| DB connections | [X] of [Y] | 80% = [Z] | [X] | [X months] |
+| Cache memory | [X GB] of [Y GB] | 75% = [Z GB] | [X GB] | [X months] |
+| Storage (object) | [X TB] | No hard limit — cost trigger | — | [Cost trigger: $X/month] |
+
+**Red flags** (resources hitting ceiling within 3 months):
+- [Resource]: [current]% → ceiling in [X weeks] — **Action required**
+- [Resource]: [current]% → ceiling in [X weeks] — **Action required**
+
+---
+
+## 4. Resource Requirements
+
+### Compute Requirements
+
+| Timeframe | Required instances | Recommended instance type | Auto-scaling range | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| Now | [X] | [type] | [min: X, max: Y] | Current configuration |
+| +3 months | [X] | [type] | [min: X, max: Y] | [Any instance type change needed?] |
+| +6 months | [X] | [type or upgrade] | [min: X, max: Y] | [Consider [larger type / horizontal scale]] |
+| +12 months | [X] | [type or upgrade] | [min: X, max: Y] | [State of horizontal vs vertical decision] |
+
+**Memory headroom target:** Maintain ≥30% available memory at average load; ≥20% at peak.
+**CPU headroom target:** Maintain ≥30% available CPU at average load; ≥15% at peak.
+
+### Database Requirements
+
+| Timeframe | Instance type | Storage | IOPS | Read replica | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|---|---|
+| Now | [type] | [X GB] | [X] | [Y/N] | Current |
+| +3 months | [type] | [X GB] | [X] | [Y/N] | [Upgrade storage / IOPS] |
+| +6 months | [type or upgrade] | [X GB] | [X] | **Yes** | [Read replica recommended by this point] |
+| +12 months | [type] | [X GB] | [X] | [X replicas] | [Consider sharding / partitioning at this scale] |
+
+**Storage growth management:**
+- Current growth: [~X GB/month]
+- Storage auto-scaling: [Enabled / Not enabled — enable by [date]]
+- Archiving policy: [Records older than X months moved to [cold storage / archive tier]]
+
+### Cache Requirements
+
+| Timeframe | Node type | Nodes | Memory | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| Now | [type] | [X] | [X GB] | Current |
+| +6 months | [type] | [X] | [X GB] | [Scale out or upgrade] |
+| +12 months | [type] | [X] | [X GB] | [Cluster mode if >Y GB required] |
+
+---
+
+## 5. Scaling Strategy
+
+### Compute — Horizontal Scaling
+
+**Decision: [Horizontal / Vertical / Both]**
+
+[State the scaling strategy and the reasoning. E.g. "The application is stateless and CPU-bound; horizontal scaling is preferred. Vertical scaling is a short-term fallback only."]
+
+**Auto-scaling configuration:**
+
+```
+Scale-out trigger:  CPU > [X%] for [Y minutes] OR memory > [X%] for [Y minutes]
+Scale-in trigger:   CPU < [X%] for [Y minutes] AND memory < [X%] for [Y minutes]
+Min instances:      [X] (ensures HA across [X] AZs)
+Max instances:      [Y] (cost ceiling)
+Cooldown period:    [X seconds]
+Warmup time:        [X seconds] (time for new instance to be healthy)
+```
+
+**Limits of horizontal scaling:**
+- [e.g. Database connection pool is the current bottleneck — adding more app instances without increasing DB connections will not help]
+- [e.g. Session affinity required for WebSocket connections — limits pure stateless scaling]
+
+### Database — Read Scaling
+
+**Strategy:** [Read replica / Connection pooling via PgBouncer / Query caching / None needed yet]
+
+**When to add a read replica:**
+- DB CPU sustained >60% for >30 minutes, OR
+- Read query P95 latency >50ms, OR
+- Connection pool utilisation >70%
+
+**Connection pooling:**
+- Pooler: [PgBouncer / RDS Proxy / application-level / not configured]
+- Pool size: [X connections per app instance × Y instances = Z total]
+- Max DB connections: [configured to Z + 20% headroom]
+
+### Caching Strategy
+
+**Cache policy:** [Cache-aside / Write-through / Write-behind]
+**TTL strategy:**
+
+| Data type | TTL | Invalidation method |
+|---|---|---|
+| [e.g. User profile] | [5 minutes] | [Explicit invalidation on update] |
+| [e.g. Product catalog] | [1 hour] | [TTL expiry — eventual consistency acceptable] |
+| [e.g. Session data] | [24 hours] | [Explicit invalidation on logout] |
+
+**Cache miss handling:** [Describe what happens on a cache miss — does it fall through gracefully or cause a thundering herd risk?]
+
+---
+
+## 6. Cost Projections
+
+### Infrastructure Cost Forecast
+
+| Component | Now (monthly) | +3 months | +6 months | +12 months |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| Compute | $[X] | $[X] | $[X] | $[X] |
+| Database | $[X] | $[X] | $[X] | $[X] |
+| Cache | $[X] | $[X] | $[X] | $[X] |
+| Storage | $[X] | $[X] | $[X] | $[X] |
+| CDN / bandwidth | $[X] | $[X] | $[X] | $[X] |
+| **Total** | **$[X]** | **$[X]** | **$[X]** | **$[X]** |
+| MoM growth % | — | [X%] | [X%] | [X%] |
+
+**Unit economics trend:**
+
+| Timeframe | Cost per 1k requests | Cost per user/month | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Now | $[X] | $[X] | Baseline |
+| +6 months | $[X] | $[X] | [Improving / worsening — why] |
+| +12 months | $[X] | $[X] | [Target: $X per 1k requests] |
+
+**Cost optimisation opportunities:**
+
+| Opportunity | Estimated saving | Effort | Timeline |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [e.g. Reserved instances for baseline compute] | $[X/month] | Low | Immediate |
+| [e.g. S3 lifecycle policy — move objects >90 days to Glacier] | $[X/month] | Low | This sprint |
+| [e.g. Right-size [instance] — current is overprovisioned] | $[X/month] | Low | This sprint |
+| [e.g. Optimise top-5 slow queries — reduce DB compute need] | $[X/month] | Medium | Next quarter |
+
+---
+
+## 7. Capacity Triggers and Actions
+
+Define the thresholds that require explicit action — not retrospective fixes after an incident.
+
+| Resource | Watch (amber) | Act (red — schedule work) | Emergency (incident risk) |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| App CPU (sustained avg) | >60% | >70% | >85% |
+| App memory | >70% | >80% | >90% |
+| DB CPU | >55% | >65% | >80% |
+| DB storage | >65% | >75% | >85% |
+| DB connections | >60% | >70% | >85% |
+| Cache memory / eviction | Hit rate <90% | Hit rate <85% | Hit rate <75% |
+| Error rate | >0.5% | >1% | >2% |
+| P99 latency | >2× baseline | >3× baseline | >5× baseline |
+
+**When a Watch threshold is crossed:**
+- Engineer who observes it creates a ticket with capacity label
+- Ticket reviewed in next sprint planning
+
+**When an Act threshold is crossed:**
+- On-call engineer creates a ticket marked P2
+- Tech lead reviews within 24 hours
+- Action plan documented and scheduled within 1 sprint
+
+**When an Emergency threshold is crossed:**
+- Treat as a potential incident — page on-call
+- Emergency scaling actions taken immediately (see runbook)
+- Root cause investigation starts within 2 hours
+
+**Emergency scaling runbook:** [Link to oncall-runbook for capacity incidents]
+
+---
+
+## 8. Infrastructure Action Roadmap
+
+### Immediate Actions (next 2 weeks)
+
+| Action | Owner | Effort | Justification |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [e.g. Increase DB connection pool limit to X] | [Name] | [2 hours] | [DB connections at X% — hitting ceiling in X weeks] |
+| [e.g. Enable storage auto-scaling on RDS] | [Name] | [30 min] | [Storage at X% — prevents emergency at X months] |
+| [e.g. Add S3 lifecycle policy for [bucket]] | [Name] | [1 hour] | [Storage growing at $X/month unnecessarily] |
+
+### This Quarter (within 3 months)
+
+| Action | Owner | Effort | Justification |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [e.g. Add read replica to production DB] | [Name] | [1 day] | [DB CPU projected to hit 65% in 2 months] |
+| [e.g. Increase max auto-scaling limit from X to Y] | [Name] | [2 hours] | [Current max is too close to expected peak] |
+| [e.g. Configure PgBouncer for connection pooling] | [Name] | [3 days] | [Reduce per-connection overhead; headroom for growth] |
+
+### Next Quarter (3–6 months)
+
+| Action | Owner | Effort | Justification |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [e.g. Upgrade DB instance class — [current] → [next]] | [Name] | [2 hours — blue/green] | [DB CPU projected to hit 70% by Q[X]] |
+| [e.g. Implement caching for [high-read endpoint]] | [Name] | [1 week] | [Reduce DB read load by estimated [X%]] |
+| [e.g. Evaluate horizontal DB sharding] | [Name] | [2 weeks (spike)] | [At 12-month projections, single DB hits limits] |
+
+### Horizon (6–12 months)
+
+| Action | Description | Trigger condition |
+|---|---|---|
+| [e.g. Multi-region deployment] | [Active-passive setup in eu-west-2] | [DAU exceeds X or SLA requires 99.99%] |
+| [e.g. Database sharding or migration to distributed DB] | [Evaluate CockroachDB / Vitess] | [Single-node DB projected to hit ceiling] |
+| [e.g. CDN expansion] | [Add PoPs in [region]] | [Latency SLO breached for [geography]] |
+
+---
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not set capacity trigger thresholds without knowing the baseline — a "CPU > 70%" alert is meaningless if you don't know what normal looks like
+- [ ] Do not plan only for average traffic — capacity plans that don't model peak load will result in incidents during the events that matter most
+- [ ] Do not conflate vertical and horizontal scaling — adding more app servers without addressing database connection limits will not resolve the constraint
+- [ ] Do not present growth projections as certainties — all forecasts have uncertainty; state the confidence level and provide a conservative and optimistic scenario
+- [ ] Do not defer action items without a named owner and a specific date — a roadmap with no owners is a wish list
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Every resource has a quantified current utilisation and a projected months-to-ceiling — no hand-waving
+- [ ] The most critical constraint is called out in the executive summary with a specific timeline
+- [ ] Growth projections state their assumptions and confidence level — not presented as certainties
+- [ ] Capacity triggers define amber/red thresholds and name who acts at each level
+- [ ] Cost projections include unit economics, not just absolute totals
+- [ ] The infrastructure roadmap has named owners and effort estimates — not just a wish list
+- [ ] Auto-scaling configuration includes both scale-out AND scale-in triggers, and a min/max range
+- [ ] Actions are ordered by urgency — immediate items are genuinely immediate, not backlog filler
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+---
+name: changelog-generator
+description: "Convert a git log, commit list, or release notes into a polished, user-facing changelog. Use when writing release notes, generating a CHANGELOG.md entry, or documenting what changed in a version. Produces a structured changelog section with version header, categorised changes, and migration notes."
+---
+
+# Changelog Generator Skill
+
+Converts raw git commits, a diff summary, or developer release notes into a polished changelog entry — categorised, user-facing, and following Keep a Changelog conventions.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask for these if not provided:
+- **Commits or release notes** (paste `git log --oneline`, raw commit messages, or a description of what changed)
+- **Version number** (e.g. 2.4.0, v1.0.0-beta.2)
+- **Release date** (or "today")
+- **Audience** (developers using an API / end users of a product / internal team — affects language)
+- **Any breaking changes** (flag these explicitly if known)
+- **Previous version behaviour** (optional — paste the previous changelog entry or describe what is changing; needed for accurate "Changed" entries)
+- **Scope** (whole product / specific package or module — e.g. "payments SDK only", "iOS app", "all services")
+
+## Output Format
+
+Follow [Keep a Changelog](https://keepachangelog.com) format:
+
+---
+
+## [X.Y.Z] — YYYY-MM-DD
+
+### Breaking Changes ⚠️
+[Only include if there are breaking changes]
+- **[Breaking change]:** [What changed and what it breaks]
+- **Migration required:** [Specific action the user must take]
+
+### Added
+- [New feature or capability, written from the user's perspective]
+- [Another addition]
+
+### Changed
+- [Changed behaviour — what it did before vs. what it does now]
+- [Performance improvement with measurable impact if known]
+
+### Fixed
+- [Bug fixed — describe what was broken, not the fix implementation]
+- [Another fix]
+
+### Deprecated
+- [Deprecated thing] — use [replacement] instead. Will be removed in [version].
+
+### Removed
+- [Removed thing] — was deprecated in [version]
+
+### Security
+- [Security fix — describe the vulnerability class, not exploit details]
+
+---
+
+---
+
+> **Skill guidance — do not include the following section in the delivered changelog:**
+
+## Formatting Rules Applied
+
+**Language:** Write for the reader, not the committer. "Add dark mode support" not "implement ThemeProvider with dark palette variant".
+
+**Breaking changes:** Always call these out first with ⚠️. Include a migration path.
+
+**Bug fixes:** Describe what was broken, not what was changed. "Fix crash when user has no profile picture" not "null-check avatar URL before rendering".
+
+**Granularity:** Group related commits into one line. Don't list every micro-commit separately.
+
+**Tone:** Active voice, imperative mood. "Add", "Fix", "Remove" — not "Added", "Fixed", "Removed".
+
+**Empty sections:** Omit any section with no entries. Don't include empty `### Fixed` blocks.
+
+## Quality Checks
+- [ ] Breaking changes are at the top with migration instructions
+- [ ] All entries are user-facing language (no internal variable names or implementation details)
+- [ ] Related commits are grouped into single entries (not listed individually)
+- [ ] Version and date header is correct
+- [ ] Empty sections are omitted
+- [ ] No entries start with past-tense verbs (no "Added", "Fixed", "Removed" — use "Add", "Fix", "Remove")
+- [ ] Every breaking change entry includes a specific migration action (not just "update your code")
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not include implementation details in changelog entries — users need to know what changed for them, not how the code was refactored internally
+- [ ] Do not list every micro-commit as a separate entry — related commits should be grouped into one user-facing change
+- [ ] Do not omit the migration path for breaking changes — a breaking change entry without a specific migration action forces users to read the source code
+- [ ] Do not include empty sections — a "### Fixed" section with no entries signals the template was filled in carelessly
+- [ ] Do not write breaking changes in the same casual tone as minor additions — breaking changes must be visually prominent and call out migration requirements explicitly
+
+## Usage Examples
+- "Write a changelog for version [X]" + [paste commits]
+- "Generate release notes from these commits"
+- "Turn this git log into a CHANGELOG entry"
+- "Write the CHANGELOG.md update for this release"
+- "What changed in this release?" + [paste commit list]
@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+---
+name: cicd-playbook
+description: "Write a CI/CD pipeline playbook for a service or team. Use when asked to document a CI/CD pipeline, write a deployment process, define release gates, document build and test stages, or create a deployment guide. Produces a structured playbook covering pipeline stages, environment definitions, deployment gates, rollback procedures, and on-call responsibilities."
+---
+
+# CI/CD Playbook Skill
+
+Produce a complete, actionable CI/CD playbook for a service or team — covering everything a new engineer needs to understand, contribute to, and operate the pipeline safely.
+
+A good playbook is not a diagram. It is a document that answers: what runs, when, why, who owns it, and what to do when it breaks.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask for these if not already provided:
+- **Service name** and brief description
+- **Tech stack** — language, framework, containerisation (Docker, etc.)
+- **Source control** — GitHub / GitLab / Bitbucket, branching strategy
+- **CI platform** — GitHub Actions / CircleCI / Jenkins / BuildKite / other
+- **CD platform / deployment target** — Kubernetes, ECS, Lambda, Heroku, VMs, etc.
+- **Environments** — e.g. dev, staging, production (and any canary / feature environments)
+- **Deployment frequency** — how often does the team ship?
+- **Any existing gates** — manual approvals, smoke tests, feature flags
+- **On-call setup** — who's responsible during deploys?
+
+## Output Format
+
+---
+
+# CI/CD Playbook: [Service Name]
+
+**Service:** [Name] | **Team:** [Team name]
+**Last updated:** [Date] | **Owner:** [Name / role]
+**Pipeline platform:** [CI tool] → [CD tool / platform]
+
+---
+
+## Overview
+
+[2–3 sentences describing what this service does and why the CI/CD pipeline is structured the way it is. Include the deployment target and how frequently the team ships.]
+
+**Deployment frequency:** [Multiple times per day / Daily / Weekly / On-demand]
+**Average pipeline duration:** [X minutes]
+**Rollback time (p95):** [X minutes]
+
+---
+
+## Pipeline Stages
+
+```
+[Branch push]
+    │
+    ▼
+[1. Build & Lint] ──fail──▶ ❌ Block PR
+    │
+    ▼
+[2. Unit Tests] ──fail──▶ ❌ Block PR
+    │
+    ▼
+[3. Integration Tests] ──fail──▶ ❌ Block PR
+    │
+    ▼
+[4. Security Scan] ──fail──▶ ⚠️ [Block / Warn — specify]
+    │
+    ▼
+[5. Build Artefact / Container Image]
+    │
+    ▼
+[6. Deploy to Staging] ──fail──▶ ❌ Block promotion
+    │
+    ▼
+[7. Smoke Tests (Staging)]
+    │
+    ▼
+[8. Manual Approval Gate] ──(if required)
+    │
+    ▼
+[9. Deploy to Production] ──fail──▶ 🔁 Auto-rollback (if configured)
+    │
+    ▼
+[10. Post-deploy checks]
+```
+
+---
+
+## Stage Definitions
+
+### Stage 1 — Build & Lint
+
+**What runs:** [Build command] + [Linter — e.g. ESLint, golangci-lint, flake8]
+**Trigger:** Every commit to any branch
+**Blocking:** Yes — PR cannot be merged if this fails
+**Typical duration:** [X minutes]
+**Owner if it fails:** PR author
+
+**Common failure causes:**
+- [e.g. Missing dependency — run `npm install` locally before pushing]
+- [e.g. Lint rule violation — run `npm run lint --fix` to auto-fix most issues]
+
+---
+
+### Stage 2 — Unit Tests
+
+**What runs:** [Test command — e.g. `npm test`, `go test ./...`, `pytest`]
+**Coverage gate:** [X]% minimum — pipeline fails below this threshold
+**Trigger:** Every commit
+**Blocking:** Yes
+**Typical duration:** [X minutes]
+
+**Coverage report:** [Where to find it — e.g. uploaded to Codecov, available in CI artifacts]
+
+---
+
+### Stage 3 — Integration Tests
+
+**What runs:** [Test suite description — e.g. "API integration tests against a test database using Docker Compose"]
+**Environment:** [Ephemeral test environment / shared test DB / etc.]
+**Trigger:** Every commit to `main` and feature branches targeting `main`
+**Blocking:** Yes
+**Typical duration:** [X minutes]
+
+**If slow:** [e.g. "Integration tests can be skipped locally with `SKIP_INTEGRATION=true` — never skip in CI"]
+
+---
+
+### Stage 4 — Security Scan
+
+**Tools:** [e.g. Snyk, Trivy, OWASP Dependency Check, Semgrep]
+**What it checks:** [Dependency vulnerabilities / SAST / secrets detection — list what applies]
+**Blocking on:** Critical and High severity findings
+**Non-blocking on:** Medium and Low (flagged, not blocking)
+**Trigger:** Every commit to `main`
+
+**How to handle a flagged vulnerability:**
+1. Check if a fix is available — upgrade the dependency
+2. If no fix available, open a security ticket and add a suppression with justification
+3. Never suppress without a ticket and owner
+
+---
+
+### Stage 5 — Build Artefact
+
+**What is produced:** [Docker image / binary / zip — be specific]
+**Registry:** [ECR / GCR / Docker Hub / Artifactory — URL]
+**Tagging convention:** `[service-name]:[git-sha]` (also tagged `:latest` on `main`)
+**Trigger:** Commits to `main` only (not feature branches)
+
+---
+
+### Stage 6 — Deploy to Staging
+
+**Deployment method:** [e.g. Helm upgrade / kubectl apply / ecs deploy / Terraform apply]
+**Staging URL:** [URL]
+**Trigger:** Automatic on successful artefact build from `main`
+**Who can deploy to staging:** Any engineer (automatic)
+
+**Environment variables:** Managed in [Vault / AWS SSM / GitHub Secrets / etc.]
+**Staging is not production:** [Any differences in config, scale, or data — state them here]
+
+---
+
+### Stage 7 — Smoke Tests (Staging)
+
+**What runs:** [Description — e.g. "10 critical path tests covering login, core API endpoints, and payment flow"]
+**Tool:** [e.g. Playwright / Postman / custom script]
+**Pass criteria:** All smoke tests pass within [X seconds] timeout
+**Blocking:** Yes — production deploy will not proceed if smoke tests fail
+
+**Smoke test suite location:** [Link to test files or folder]
+
+---
+
+### Stage 8 — Manual Approval Gate
+
+**Required for:** [Production deploys / deploys affecting >X% of traffic / deploys to specific regions]
+**Who can approve:** [e.g. Any engineer on the team / Lead engineer / On-call engineer]
+**Approval timeout:** [e.g. 24 hours — auto-cancelled if no approval]
+**How to approve:** [GitHub Actions approve step / Slack command / other — with link]
+
+**When to withhold approval:**
+- Active incident in production
+- Deploy is outside the deployment window (see below)
+- On-call engineer has not been notified
+
+---
+
+### Stage 9 — Deploy to Production
+
+**Deployment method:** [Same as staging or different — specify]
+**Deployment window:** [e.g. Monday–Thursday 09:00–16:00 UTC — no deploys on Fridays or before bank holidays]
+**Canary / progressive rollout:** [Yes — X% initial traffic, full rollout after Y minutes / No — full deploy]
+**Deployment notifications:** [Slack channel — #deployments]
+
+**Who is on-call during deploy:** Deploying engineer is responsible until post-deploy checks pass.
+
+---
+
+### Stage 10 — Post-Deploy Checks
+
+**Automated checks (run for [X minutes] after deploy):**
+- [ ] Error rate: <[X]% (baseline: [Y]%)
+- [ ] P99 latency: <[X]ms (baseline: [Y]ms)
+- [ ] [Key business metric]: within [X]% of baseline
+
+**Where to watch:** [Datadog / Grafana / CloudWatch dashboard — link]
+
+**If a check fails:** See Rollback Procedure below.
+
+---
+
+## Environments
+
+| Environment | Purpose | Deploy trigger | URL | Data |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| **Dev** | Local development | Manual | localhost | Seeded test data |
+| **Staging** | Pre-production validation | Automatic (main) | [URL] | Anonymised prod copy |
+| **Production** | Live traffic | Manual approval | [URL] | Live data |
+
+---
+
+## Branching Strategy
+
+**Model:** [Trunk-based / GitFlow / GitHub Flow — describe briefly]
+
+| Branch | Purpose | Who merges | Deploy target |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| `main` | Production-ready code | PR + review | Staging → Production |
+| `feature/*` | Feature development | Author | None (CI only) |
+| `hotfix/*` | Critical production fixes | Lead engineer | Can bypass staging gate with approval |
+
+**Hotfix process:** [Describe when and how to use a hotfix branch — what level of incident justifies bypassing the standard process]
+
+---
+
+## Rollback Procedure
+
+**Automated rollback:** [Yes — triggered if post-deploy error rate exceeds [X]% / No — manual only]
+
+**Manual rollback steps:**
+```bash
+# 1. Identify the last known good image tag
+[command to list recent deployments]
+
+# 2. Deploy the previous version
+[deployment command with previous tag]
+
+# 3. Confirm rollback is live
+[smoke test command or health check URL]
+
+# 4. Notify the team
+[Slack command or template]
+```
+
+**Rollback decision authority:** Any engineer on-call can initiate a rollback without waiting for approval.
+
+**After a rollback:**
+1. Create a post-deploy incident report (see [incident-postmortem skill])
+2. Do not re-deploy the same commit without fixing the root cause
+3. Notify [stakeholder / support team] of the rollback and expected fix timeline
+
+---
+
+## Secrets and Configuration Management
+
+**Secret store:** [Vault / AWS SSM / GitHub Secrets / Doppler — specify]
+**How to add a new secret:**
+1. [Step 1]
+2. [Step 2]
+**Who has access:** [Role or team]
+**Rotation policy:** [How often secrets are rotated and who owns it]
+
+**Never do:** Commit secrets to source control, even in `.env` files. The pipeline includes secret scanning (Stage 4) which will flag this.
+
+---
+
+## Common Failures and Fixes
+
+| Failure | Likely cause | Fix |
+|---|---|---|
+| Build fails with "module not found" | Dependency not installed | Run `[install command]` and commit `lock file` |
+| Integration tests timeout | Test DB not seeded / external service down | Check [service] status; re-run pipeline |
+| Smoke tests fail after staging deploy | Environment variable missing | Check [config location]; compare staging and prod env vars |
+| Production deploy stuck at approval | Approver not notified | Tag `@[on-call handle]` in `#deployments` |
+| Post-deploy error rate spike | Bad deploy / upstream dependency | Check [dashboard]; initiate rollback if >5 min |
+
+---
+
+## On-Call Responsibilities During Deploy
+
+- The deploying engineer is responsible for monitoring post-deploy checks for [X minutes] after a production deploy
+- If you cannot monitor after deploying, hand off explicitly to another engineer in `#deployments`
+- For deploys outside business hours: only hotfixes — always page the on-call engineer before deploying
+
+---
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not describe a rollback procedure that has never been tested — a theoretical rollback is not a rollback plan; test it in staging before production
+- [ ] Do not allow deploys on Fridays or before holidays without an explicit on-call engineer who will monitor through the weekend
+- [ ] Do not commit secrets to source control even in non-production branches — secret scanning in the pipeline catches this, but prevention is the standard
+- [ ] Do not skip post-deploy monitoring after a production deploy — the deploying engineer must watch error rates and latency for the specified observation window
+- [ ] Do not suppress a security scan finding without a linked ticket and a named owner — suppressions without accountability accumulate into unmanaged risk
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Every stage has a clear owner when it fails
+- [ ] Rollback procedure is tested — not theoretical
+- [ ] Secrets management section names the actual tool used (not "use secrets management")
+- [ ] Deployment window is specific — not "during business hours"
+- [ ] Post-deploy check thresholds are calibrated to actual baseline metrics
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+---
+name: claude-superpowers
+description: "Activate a 4-stage coding discipline framework that forces Claude to plan before coding, isolate changes on a branch, write tests first, and self-review output twice before presenting it. Use when starting a complex coding task, when past Claude sessions produced broken first drafts, or when you want to prevent rework cycles. Produces a confirmed written plan, isolated feature branch, test-first implementation, and a double-reviewed output with a correctness and code-quality checklist."
+---
+
+# Claude Superpowers Skill
+
+Stop Claude from shipping the first thing it writes. Superpowers mode locks Claude into four stages — Plan, Isolate, Test First, Double Review — so that what it presents at the end is actually right.
+
+The default problem: Claude sprints out of the gate, writes the whole thing in one shot, and it looks great — until someone runs it. It doesn't plan. It doesn't test. It doesn't verify. The result: code that breaks on edge cases, debugging rounds that burn tokens, and rework that costs more than doing it right the first time.
+
+> **Credit:** Inspired by a skill from Nate Herk's YouTube channel — adapted and extended for this library.
+
+---
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+No inputs required. Superpowers activates on command, then applies to whatever coding task follows.
+
+---
+
+## The Four Stages
+
+### Stage 1 — Plan
+
+Before writing a single line of code, Claude must produce a written plan and wait for user confirmation.
+
+**Plan format:**
+
+```
+PLAN
+════
+
+TASK
+[One-sentence restatement of what was asked. If anything is ambiguous, flag it here before proceeding.]
+
+APPROACH
+[2–4 sentences describing the implementation approach and key decisions. If there are multiple valid approaches, briefly explain why this one was chosen.]
+
+FILES TO CREATE OR MODIFY
+- [path/to/file.ts] — [what changes: create / modify / delete — one line reason]
+- [path/to/file.ts] — [what changes]
+
+EDGE CASES I WILL HANDLE
+- [Edge case 1]
+- [Edge case 2]
+- [Edge case 3]
+
+EDGE CASES I AM NOT HANDLING (out of scope)
+- [Out of scope case — reason]
+
+ASSUMPTIONS
+- [Any assumption made where the requirements were unclear]
+
+Confirm this plan before I start coding.
+```
+
+Claude must not proceed until the user says yes (or provides corrections). If the user corrects the plan, revise and re-confirm before starting.
+
+---
+
+### Stage 2 — Isolate
+
+Claude works in isolation until the output is complete and reviewed. Nothing touches the main project until explicitly approved.
+
+**Isolation rules:**
+- If git is available: create a feature branch before making any changes. Branch name format: `superpowers/[task-slug]`
+- If no git: note that changes are being made to a working copy and flag all modified files at the end for user review before they're considered "shipped"
+- Do not modify files outside the scope defined in the plan unless the user explicitly expands scope during the session
+- If new scope is discovered mid-task (e.g. a dependency needs to change), surface it: "This requires also modifying [X] — should I include that in scope?"
+
+**On starting Stage 2, announce:**
+```
+ISOLATE
+Working in isolation on branch: superpowers/[task-slug]
+No changes will be considered final until Stage 4 review is complete.
+```
+
+---
+
+### Stage 3 — Test First
+
+Before writing the implementation, write the tests (or at minimum, define the expected behaviour as executable assertions).
+
+**Test-first approach:**
+1. Write tests that define the expected behaviour for the task
+2. Write tests that cover each edge case identified in the plan
+3. Run the tests — they should fail (implementation doesn't exist yet)
+4. Confirm the tests are failing for the right reason before writing implementation
+5. Write the implementation
+6. Run the tests — they should now pass
+7. If tests fail: fix the implementation, not the tests
+
+**If the project has no test setup:** flag it and offer two options:
+- Option A: Set up a minimal test harness before proceeding (recommended)
+- Option B: Define the expected behaviour as a checklist of manual verification steps (faster but weaker)
+
+**Test summary to show before writing implementation:**
+
+```
+TESTS WRITTEN
+─────────────
+File: [test file path]
+Tests:
+  ✗ [test description — covers: happy path]
+  ✗ [test description — covers: edge case 1]
+  ✗ [test description — covers: edge case 2]
+  ✗ [test description — covers: error state]
+
+All tests failing as expected. Starting implementation.
+```
+
+---
+
+### Stage 4 — Double Review
+
+After completing the code and running tests, Claude reviews its own work twice before presenting it. Neither review is a formality.
+
+**Review 1 — "Does this match what was asked for?"**
+
+Check the completed code against the original request and confirmed plan:
+- Does it do everything that was asked?
+- Does it handle all edge cases from the plan?
+- Are there any mismatches between what was planned and what was built?
+- Are there any assumptions baked in that weren't confirmed?
+
+**Review 2 — "Is this good code?"**
+
+Check for technical quality independent of the requirements:
+- Obvious bugs or logic errors
+- Missing error handling (especially at boundaries: API calls, file I/O, user input)
+- Security issues (injection vulnerabilities, exposed secrets, missing auth checks)
+- Readability: would another developer understand this in 6 months?
+- Performance: any obvious inefficiencies on the critical path?
+- Dead code or unused imports introduced
+
+**Double Review output format:**
+
+```
+REVIEW 1 — CORRECTNESS
+───────────────────────
+✅ Handles [requirement 1]
+✅ Handles [requirement 2]
+✅ Edge case [X] covered
+⚠️  [Issue found — what it is and what was changed to fix it]
+
+REVIEW 2 — CODE QUALITY
+────────────────────────
+✅ Error handling present at all API boundaries
+✅ No obvious security issues
+⚠️  [Issue found — what it was and how it was fixed]
+✅ Readable — no unexplained complexity
+
+VERDICT: [Ready to present / Fixed N issues before presenting]
+```
+
+If issues are found in either review, fix them and note what was fixed. Present the corrected version, not the original draft.
+
+---
+
+## Activation Response
+
+When the user triggers Superpowers mode, respond with:
+
+```
+Superpowers mode active.
+
+I'll work in 4 stages for every coding task this session:
+  1. PLAN    — Write a plan and wait for your confirmation before coding
+  2. ISOLATE — Work on a branch; nothing ships until you approve
+  3. TEST    — Write tests before the implementation
+  4. REVIEW  — Review my own work twice before presenting it
+
+What are we building?
+```
+
+---
+
+## Output Structure
+
+### Full task flow (all four stages)
+
+```
+PLAN
+════
+[Plan format as above]
+Confirm this plan before I start coding.
+
+---
+[User confirms]
+---
+
+ISOLATE
+Working in isolation on branch: superpowers/[task-slug]
+
+TESTS WRITTEN
+─────────────
+[Test summary — all failing]
+Starting implementation.
+
+---
+[Implementation runs]
+---
+
+REVIEW 1 — CORRECTNESS
+───────────────────────
+[Checklist]
+
+REVIEW 2 — CODE QUALITY
+────────────────────────
+[Checklist]
+
+VERDICT: Ready to present.
+
+---
+
+COMPLETE
+════════
+[Summary of what was built, files created/modified, how to run/test it]
+Branch: superpowers/[task-slug] — merge when ready.
+```
+
+---
+
+## CLAUDE.md Installation Text
+
+After activating Superpowers for the session, provide the user with the exact text to add to their `CLAUDE.md` to make it permanent:
+
+````
+```
+## Superpowers Framework
+
+This framework is always active for coding tasks in this project.
+
+### Stage 1 — Plan
+Before writing any code: produce a written plan including task restatement, approach, files to create/modify, edge cases to handle, and assumptions. Wait for explicit user confirmation before proceeding.
+
+### Stage 2 — Isolate
+Work on a feature branch (superpowers/[task-slug]) or clearly flagged working copy. Nothing is considered shipped until the user approves after Stage 4.
+
+### Stage 3 — Test First
+Write tests before writing the implementation. Tests should fail before implementation, pass after. If no test setup exists, offer to create one or produce a manual verification checklist.
+
+### Stage 4 — Double Review
+After completing code, run two reviews before presenting:
+- Review 1: Does this match what was asked for? Check against original request and plan.
+- Review 2: Is this good code? Check for bugs, missing error handling, security issues, readability.
+Fix any issues found. Present the corrected version. Show the review checklist.
+```
+````
+
+Tell the user: "Add this to your CLAUDE.md and Superpowers will be active permanently for this project."
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Stage 1 plan was shown and user explicitly confirmed before any code was written
+- [ ] Plan includes: task restatement, approach, files to modify, edge cases in scope, edge cases out of scope, assumptions
+- [ ] Ambiguities in the original request were flagged in the plan (not silently assumed)
+- [ ] Stage 2 isolation: a feature branch was created (or flagged as working copy if no git)
+- [ ] Stage 3 tests were written before implementation — not after
+- [ ] Tests were run and confirmed to be failing before implementation started
+- [ ] Stage 4 Review 1 checked against the original request — not just against the plan
+- [ ] Stage 4 Review 2 checked for bugs, error handling, security, readability — all four
+- [ ] Issues found in either review were fixed before presenting — not flagged as "things to fix later"
+- [ ] Final output shows what was built, which files were changed, and how to run/test it
+- [ ] CLAUDE.md installation text was offered after activation
+
+---
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not proceed to Stage 2 without explicit user confirmation of the plan — coding before confirmation defeats the entire purpose of the planning stage
+- [ ] Do not write tests after the implementation and call it "test-first" — tests must be written and confirmed failing before the implementation starts
+- [ ] Do not skip the Double Review when time is tight — the review is most valuable precisely when speed is the priority, because that is when errors are most likely
+- [ ] Do not expand scope during Stage 2 without surfacing it — silent scope expansion produces code the user did not approve and may not want
+- [ ] Do not mark both reviews as clean without actually performing them — a rubber-stamp review produces false confidence and defeats the framework
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Enable superpowers mode"
+- "Activate superpowers"
+- "Turn on superpowers for this session"
+- "Use the superpowers framework"
+- "Make sure you plan before coding"
+- "I want you to review your work before showing me"
+- "Write tests first this time"
+- "Slow down and plan it out before you start building"
+- "Work on a branch and show me a plan before touching anything"
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+---
+name: code-review-checklist
+description: "Generate a tailored code review checklist for any pull request based on the language, type of change, and risk level. Use when asked to review code, check a PR, review a pull request, or generate a code review checklist. Produces a focused checklist with language-specific checks, risk-level-appropriate depth, and a clear approve/request-changes recommendation."
+---
+
+# Code Review Checklist Skill
+
+Produces a tailored code review checklist for a specific pull request — scaled to the language, type of change, and risk level. Not a generic template.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask the user for these if not provided:
+- **Language and framework** (e.g. TypeScript + React / Python + FastAPI / Go)
+- **Type of change** (feature / bug fix / refactor / dependency upgrade / security patch / performance)
+- **Risk level** (low / medium / high / critical)
+- **PR description** (paste the description or link to the PR)
+- **Code or diff** (optional — paste key changed files or a `git diff`; significantly improves checklist specificity)
+- **Author context** (new starter / experienced / external contributor)
+
+## Output Format
+
+---
+
+# Code Review: [PR Title or Reference]
+
+### 1. PR Overview
+**Scope assessment:** [Small / Medium / Large / Too large — should be split]
+**Recommended review depth:** [Skim / Standard / Deep dive]
+**Estimated review time:** [e.g. 20–30 min — use 5 min per 50 lines of diff as a rough guide]
+
+### 2. Correctness Checks
+
+Language-specific correctness checks — choose based on the language stated:
+
+**For TypeScript/JavaScript:**
+- Type definitions match actual usage
+- No implicit `any` in non-test code
+- Async/await used consistently; no unhandled promises
+- Null/undefined handling is explicit
+
+**For Python:**
+- Type hints present on public functions
+- Exception handling is specific (no bare except)
+- Resources are closed (context managers, with blocks)
+
+**For Go:**
+- Errors are handled or explicitly ignored with a comment
+- Context propagation is correct
+- Goroutine lifetimes are bounded
+
+[Include only the section matching the stated language]
+
+### 3. Change-Type-Specific Checks
+
+**For bug fixes:**
+- A test exists that would have caught this bug
+- The fix addresses root cause, not symptom
+- Related code paths checked for the same issue
+
+**For features:**
+- Acceptance criteria met
+- Edge cases handled (empty, large, concurrent)
+- Error paths tested, not just happy path
+- Telemetry/logging added for debugging
+
+**For refactors:**
+- Behaviour unchanged (tests still pass)
+- No scope creep — refactor only
+- Complexity reduced, not just moved
+
+**For dependency upgrades:**
+- Breaking changes reviewed
+- Security advisories checked
+- License compatibility verified
+
+[Include only the section matching the stated change type]
+
+### 4. Risk-Appropriate Checks
+
+**Low risk:** basic correctness, style conventions, test coverage
+**Medium risk:** above + rollback plan, monitoring updates, performance considerations
+**High risk:** above + security implications, data migration safety, feature flag/gradual rollout
+**Critical risk:** above + staging validation plan, incident response plan, post-deploy verification checklist
+
+### 5. Testing Adequacy
+- Unit tests cover new logic
+- Integration tests cover the contract changes
+- Edge cases tested
+- Failure modes tested
+- Performance tests if performance-sensitive
+
+### 6. Review Decision Framework
+
+**Approve if:** [2-3 specific conditions based on this PR]
+**Request changes if:** [Specific blockers]
+**Comment (non-blocking) if:** [Items worth discussing but not blocking merge]
+
+### 7. Common Pitfalls for This Change Type
+Based on the change type and language, flag 2-3 things reviewers typically miss for this combination.
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+- [ ] Checklist is tailored to the stated language (not generic)
+- [ ] Change-type-specific section is included
+- [ ] Risk-appropriate depth matches stated risk level
+- [ ] Decision framework includes at least one named blocking condition and one named non-blocking comment condition
+- [ ] Common pitfalls are specific to the stated language + change-type combo (not generic advice like "watch out for bugs")
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not generate a generic checklist that ignores the stated language — a Python checklist and a Go checklist have fundamentally different correctness concerns
+- [ ] Do not treat "looks fine" as a valid review outcome — the checklist exists to surface specific concerns, not validate a superficial read
+- [ ] Do not scope a "high risk" review the same as a "low risk" review — depth must scale with the stated risk level
+- [ ] Do not flag every stylistic preference as a blocking issue — distinguish between blocking correctness issues and non-blocking comments
+- [ ] Do not skip the "common pitfalls" section for the stated language and change-type combination — this is where the most valuable knowledge lives
+
+## Usage Examples
+- "Generate a code review checklist for [PR description]"
+- "What should I check in this pull request?"
+- "Give me a code review checklist for a [language] [change type]"
+- "Review checklist for a high-risk PR in [language]"
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+---
+name: context-mode
+description: "Activate output filtering, session logging, and auto-resume to keep Claude Code sessions productive across resets. Use when starting a long or complex coding session, when previous sessions lost context mid-task, or when you need Claude to resume exactly where it left off after a reset. Installs a session.log at project root, filters verbose command output to preserve context, and automatically resumes in-progress tasks after any Claude reset."
+---
+
+# Context Mode Skill
+
+Fix the two session killers that end most Claude Code sessions in under 30 minutes: context bloat from raw command output, and memory loss after a reset.
+
+Context Mode runs three systems simultaneously to keep sessions alive:
+
+- **Output Filtering** — strips verbose command output before it enters context
+- **Session Log** — writes a running log of everything that happened
+- **Auto-Resume** — reads the log on reset and picks up exactly where you left off
+
+> **Credit:** Inspired by a skill from Nate Herk's YouTube channel — adapted and extended for this library.
+
+---
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+No inputs required. Context Mode activates on command.
+
+Optional: user can specify a custom log file path if they don't want `session.log` in the project root.
+
+---
+
+## How Context Mode Works
+
+### Part 1 — Output Filtering
+
+The problem: every time Claude Code runs a command, the full raw output enters the context window. A single `npm install` can dump hundreds of lines. A test suite run? Thousands. Within 30 minutes, the context is full of noise and Claude resets.
+
+The fix: before any command output enters context, filter it to the useful summary only.
+
+**What gets kept:**
+- Last 10 lines of stdout
+- Every line containing `error`, `warn`, `fail`, `exception`, `traceback`, or `fatal` (case-insensitive)
+- The exit code
+- A one-line summary of what the command did and whether it succeeded
+
+**What gets discarded:**
+- Middle section of long stdout (replaced with `[... N lines of output truncated ...]`)
+- Progress bars, download indicators, verbose install logs
+- Repeated identical lines (deduplicated)
+
+**Filtering summary format:**
+
+```
+COMMAND: [command run]
+STATUS:  [exit code — success / failed]
+SUMMARY: [one sentence: what happened]
+ERRORS:  [any error/warn lines — or "none"]
+TAIL:    [last 10 lines of stdout]
+```
+
+---
+
+### Part 2 — Session Log
+
+Claude maintains a running log file at `[project root]/session.log`. This file is written after every significant action and is the source of truth for resuming after a reset.
+
+**Session log format:**
+
+```
+SESSION LOG
+===========
+Started:    [timestamp]
+Branch:     [current git branch]
+Directory:  [working directory]
+
+FILES EDITED
+────────────
+[timestamp] [file path] — [one-line description of what changed]
+
+COMMANDS RUN
+────────────
+[timestamp] [command] — [outcome: success / failed — brief reason]
+
+TASKS IN PROGRESS
+─────────────────
+[ ] [Task description — what's been done so far and what's left]
+[x] [Completed task]
+
+LAST USER PROMPT
+────────────────
+[The most recent instruction from the user, verbatim]
+
+LAST ACTION TAKEN
+─────────────────
+[What Claude did last, in one sentence]
+```
+
+**Log update rules:**
+- Write to `session.log` after every file edit
+- Write to `session.log` after every command run
+- Update "Tasks in Progress" when a task is started, progressed, or completed
+- Always overwrite "Last User Prompt" and "Last Action Taken" with the current values — don't append, replace
+
+---
+
+### Part 3 — Resume on Reset
+
+When a new Claude session starts, the first action is:
+
+1. Check for `session.log` in the project root
+2. If found, read it and announce the resume:
+
+```
+Resuming session.
+
+Branch:          [branch]
+Last working on: [last task in progress]
+Files edited:    [list from session log]
+Tasks pending:   [incomplete tasks]
+Last prompt:     "[last user prompt]"
+
+Continuing from where we left off.
+```
+
+3. Continue with the next logical step — don't ask "what should I do?" — check the task list and carry on
+
+If no `session.log` exists, start fresh and initialise the log.
+
+---
+
+## Activation Response
+
+When the user triggers Context Mode, respond with:
+
+```
+Context Mode active.
+
+Session log initialised at: [absolute path to session.log]
+Output filtering:           enabled
+Auto-resume:                enabled
+
+I'll maintain your session state across resets. Long sessions won't lose context.
+```
+
+Then immediately initialise `session.log` with the current timestamp, branch, and directory.
+
+---
+
+## Output Structure
+
+### On activation
+
+```
+Context Mode active.
+Session log initialised at: [path]
+Output filtering: enabled
+Auto-resume: enabled
+I'll maintain your session state across resets. Long sessions won't lose context.
+```
+
+### On command execution (filtered output format)
+
+```
+COMMAND: npm test
+STATUS:  exit 1 — failed
+SUMMARY: 47 tests passed, 3 failed in auth.test.ts
+ERRORS:  Error: Expected 200, received 401 (line 84)
+         Error: Token not found in response (line 112)
+TAIL:
+  ✓ login with valid credentials (23ms)
+  ✓ logout clears session (11ms)
+  ✗ refresh token after expiry
+  ...
+```
+
+### On reset / new session (resume announcement)
+
+```
+Resuming session.
+
+Branch:          feature/auth-refresh
+Last working on: Fixing token refresh logic in auth.service.ts
+Files edited:    src/auth/auth.service.ts, src/auth/auth.test.ts
+Tasks pending:   [ ] Fix failing test on line 112
+                 [ ] Run full test suite once fix is applied
+Last prompt:     "The refresh token test is still failing — look at the 401 handling"
+
+Continuing from where we left off.
+```
+
+---
+
+## CLAUDE.md Installation Text
+
+After activating Context Mode for the session, provide the user with the exact text to add to their `CLAUDE.md` to make it permanent across all sessions:
+
+````
+```
+## Context Mode
+
+Context Mode is always active in this project.
+
+### Output Filtering
+Before any command output enters context, filter it to:
+- Last 10 lines of stdout
+- Any lines containing: error, warn, fail, exception, traceback, fatal (case-insensitive)
+- Exit code
+- One-line summary of what the command did
+
+Use this format for filtered output:
+COMMAND: [command]
+STATUS:  [exit code — success/failed]
+SUMMARY: [one sentence]
+ERRORS:  [error lines or "none"]
+TAIL:    [last 10 lines]
+
+### Session Log
+Maintain a running session log at ./session.log. Write to it after every file edit and every command run. Track: files edited, commands run, tasks in progress, last user prompt, last action taken. Format defined in Context Mode skill.
+
+### Auto-Resume
+At the start of every new session, check for ./session.log. If it exists, read it and announce the resume state. Continue from the last task in progress without asking for instructions.
+```
+````
+
+Tell the user: "Add this to your CLAUDE.md and Context Mode will be active permanently for this project — even after you close and reopen the session."
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] `session.log` was initialised immediately on activation (not deferred)
+- [ ] Log path shown to user is the absolute path, not relative
+- [ ] Output filtering is applied on the very next command run — not just announced
+- [ ] Filtered output format includes: command, status, summary, errors, and tail — all five fields
+- [ ] Session log tracks all four categories: files edited, commands run, tasks in progress, last prompt
+- [ ] Resume announcement reads the actual log contents — not a generic template
+- [ ] On resume, Claude continues the work without prompting the user for instructions
+- [ ] CLAUDE.md installation text was offered after activation
+- [ ] Log update rule is clear: "Last User Prompt" and "Last Action Taken" replace previous values, not append
+
+---
+
+## Example Trigger Phrases
+
+- "Enable context mode"
+- "Turn on context mode for this session"
+- "Activate long session mode"
+- "I keep losing context — fix it"
+- "Set up session logging"
+- "Keep track of what you've done so you can resume after a reset"
+- "Enable output filtering to save context"
+- "Set up auto-resume so we don't lose our place"
@@ -0,0 +1,462 @@
+---
+name: database-migration-plan
+description: "Write a safe, zero-downtime database migration plan for a schema change. Use when asked to plan a database migration, design a zero-downtime schema change, document an expand/contract migration, produce a rollback procedure for a database change, or coordinate a database schema update with a deployment. Produces a structured migration plan covering migration objectives, backward compatibility analysis, expand/contract phase breakdown, exact SQL, rollback steps per phase, data validation queries, and a deployment runbook."
+---
+
+# Database Migration Plan Skill
+
+Produce a complete, safe database migration plan for a schema change. A migration plan is not just the SQL — it is a coordinated sequence of steps that ensures the application stays available, data stays consistent, and every step can be rolled back independently.
+
+The expand/contract pattern is the default approach: expand the schema to support both old and new states, migrate the application, then contract to remove the old state. Never combine schema changes and data backfills in a single migration that runs during deployment.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask for these if not already provided:
+- **Current schema state** — the DDL or description of the table(s) as they are now
+- **Target schema state** — the DDL or description of what the table(s) should look like after migration
+- **Migration reason** — why this change is being made (new feature, performance fix, normalization, compliance)
+- **Database engine** — PostgreSQL, MySQL, SQLite, CockroachDB, etc.
+- **Estimated data volume** — approximate number of rows in affected tables
+- **Deployment constraints** — is any downtime allowed? What is the expected traffic level during migration? Are there multiple app instances running?
+- **Rollback window** — how long after deploy can the team roll back before the migration becomes irreversible?
+
+## Output Format
+
+---
+
+# Database Migration Plan: [Migration Name]
+
+**Service:** [Name] | **Team:** [Team name]
+**Author:** [Name] | **Reviewed by:** [Name / DBA]
+**Date:** [Date] | **Target deploy date:** [Date]
+**Database engine:** [PostgreSQL X.X / MySQL X.X]
+**Ticket:** [JIRA-XXX]
+
+---
+
+## 1. Migration Overview
+
+**What is changing:**
+[1–2 sentences: the specific schema change — e.g. "Adding a non-nullable `organisation_id` column to the `users` table and backfilling it from the `accounts` table."]
+
+**Why:**
+[1–2 sentences: the business or technical reason driving the change.]
+
+**Migration type:** [Additive only / Additive + backfill / Column rename / Column type change / Table restructure / Index change]
+
+**Zero-downtime:** [Yes — using expand/contract / No — requires maintenance window — state duration]
+
+**Estimated migration duration:**
+- Expand phase: [~X minutes]
+- Data backfill: [~X minutes/hours — based on X rows at Y rows/second]
+- Contract phase: [~X minutes after app version deployed]
+
+---
+
+## 2. Backward Compatibility Analysis
+
+Before writing a single line of SQL, assess whether each change is backward compatible with the currently deployed application code.
+
+| Change | Backward compatible? | Risk | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| [e.g. Add nullable column `org_id`] | Yes | Low | Old app ignores new column |
+| [e.g. Backfill `org_id`] | Yes | Medium | Old app unaffected; new app reads backfilled values |
+| [e.g. Add NOT NULL constraint to `org_id`] | **No** | High | Old app that inserts without `org_id` will fail |
+| [e.g. Drop old column `account_id`] | **No** | High | Old app that reads `account_id` will fail |
+| [e.g. Add index on `org_id`] | Yes | Low | Additive; no breaking change |
+| [e.g. Rename column] | **No** | High | Never rename in one step; use expand/contract |
+
+**Summary:** [e.g. "This migration requires the expand/contract pattern across 3 deployment phases because steps 3 and 4 are not backward compatible."]
+
+---
+
+## 3. Expand/Contract Phases
+
+### Phase Overview
+
+```
+Phase 1 — EXPAND
+  Deploy migration: add new column (nullable), create new indexes
+  Old app: continues to work (ignores new column)
+  New app: not yet deployed
+  Duration: [~X min] | Rollback: trivial — drop new column
+
+       │
+       ▼
+
+Phase 2 — BACKFILL + DUAL-WRITE
+  Deploy app update: writes to both old and new columns
+  Run backfill: populate new column for existing rows
+  Validate: confirm 100% of rows have non-null new column
+  Duration: [~X hours depending on data volume]
+  Rollback: deploy previous app version; new column is still nullable
+
+       │
+       ▼
+
+Phase 3 — ENFORCE + SWITCH
+  Deploy migration: add NOT NULL constraint, drop old column/index
+  Deploy app update: reads only from new column
+  Duration: [~X min] | Rollback: requires forward-fix (constraint must be dropped first)
+
+       │
+       ▼
+
+Phase 4 — CONTRACT (optional cleanup)
+  Deploy migration: drop deprecated columns, rename if needed
+  Final state matches target schema
+  Rollback: not recommended — contract changes are destructive
+```
+
+---
+
+### Phase 1 — Expand Schema
+
+**Goal:** Add the new column and structures without breaking the existing application.
+**Deploy order:** Run migration first, then (optionally) deploy app.
+**Application state:** Old app running; no app changes required yet.
+
+```sql
+-- Migration: 001_add_org_id_to_users.sql
+BEGIN;
+
+-- Add nullable column (safe — old app ignores it)
+ALTER TABLE users
+    ADD COLUMN org_id UUID NULL
+        REFERENCES organisations(id) ON DELETE RESTRICT;
+
+-- Add index NOW, not in Phase 3 — building index on large table during Phase 3 is risky
+CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY users_org_id_idx ON users (org_id);
+
+-- Note: CONCURRENTLY does not lock the table; safe on live traffic
+-- Note: Cannot run CONCURRENTLY inside a transaction block; run separately if needed
+
+COMMIT;
+```
+
+**Validation after Phase 1:**
+```sql
+-- Confirm column exists and is nullable
+SELECT column_name, data_type, is_nullable
+FROM information_schema.columns
+WHERE table_name = 'users' AND column_name = 'org_id';
+-- Expected: is_nullable = 'YES'
+
+-- Confirm index exists
+SELECT indexname, indexdef
+FROM pg_indexes
+WHERE tablename = 'users' AND indexname = 'users_org_id_idx';
+```
+
+**Rollback (Phase 1 only):**
+```sql
+BEGIN;
+DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY IF EXISTS users_org_id_idx;
+ALTER TABLE users DROP COLUMN IF EXISTS org_id;
+COMMIT;
+```
+
+---
+
+### Phase 2 — Backfill Existing Data
+
+**Goal:** Populate the new column for all existing rows before enforcing NOT NULL.
+**When to run:** After Phase 1 is live and stable. Can be run as a background job or a one-time script.
+**Application state:** Deploy app version that dual-writes to both old and new columns.
+
+**App code change required:**
+```
+// All INSERT and UPDATE operations must now set BOTH old_column and new_column
+// until Phase 3 is complete. This ensures new rows are populated during the backfill window.
+```
+
+**Backfill script — batch processing:**
+```sql
+-- Run in batches to avoid locking. Adjust batch size based on table size and DB load.
+-- Target: no single batch takes more than 5 seconds.
+
+DO $$
+DECLARE
+    batch_size  INT := 1000;
+    affected    INT;
+BEGIN
+    LOOP
+        UPDATE users
+        SET    org_id = accounts.organisation_id
+        FROM   accounts
+        WHERE  users.account_id = accounts.id
+          AND  users.org_id IS NULL
+        LIMIT  batch_size;
+
+        GET DIAGNOSTICS affected = ROW_COUNT;
+        EXIT WHEN affected = 0;
+
+        -- Pause between batches to avoid saturating I/O
+        PERFORM pg_sleep(0.1);
+    END LOOP;
+END $$;
+```
+
+**Monitoring during backfill:**
+```sql
+-- Check progress — run periodically during backfill
+SELECT
+    COUNT(*) FILTER (WHERE org_id IS NOT NULL) AS backfilled,
+    COUNT(*) FILTER (WHERE org_id IS NULL)     AS remaining,
+    COUNT(*)                                   AS total,
+    ROUND(
+        100.0 * COUNT(*) FILTER (WHERE org_id IS NOT NULL) / COUNT(*), 2
+    ) AS pct_complete
+FROM users;
+```
+
+**Backfill completion validation:**
+```sql
+-- Must return 0 before proceeding to Phase 3
+SELECT COUNT(*) AS unbackfilled_rows
+FROM users
+WHERE org_id IS NULL;
+
+-- Confirm no new rows written without org_id (dual-write working)
+SELECT COUNT(*) AS recent_missing
+FROM users
+WHERE org_id IS NULL
+  AND created_at > now() - INTERVAL '1 hour';
+```
+
+**Rollback (Phase 2 — app only):**
+- Deploy previous app version (single-write to old column)
+- `org_id` column remains nullable; no data is lost
+- Backfilled values remain; harmless
+
+---
+
+### Phase 3 — Enforce Constraints
+
+**Goal:** Add NOT NULL constraint and remove dependency on the old column.
+**Prerequisites:** Phase 2 backfill must be 100% complete (zero rows with `org_id IS NULL`).
+**Deploy order:** Run migration, then deploy app version that reads only from `org_id`.
+
+**PostgreSQL — use NOT VALID + VALIDATE for large tables:**
+```sql
+-- Step 1: Add constraint as NOT VALID (no full table scan — instant)
+ALTER TABLE users
+    ADD CONSTRAINT users_org_id_not_null
+    CHECK (org_id IS NOT NULL) NOT VALID;
+
+-- Step 2: VALIDATE CONSTRAINT (takes a SHARE UPDATE EXCLUSIVE lock — allows reads and writes)
+-- Run this separately, as it can take minutes on large tables
+ALTER TABLE users
+    VALIDATE CONSTRAINT users_org_id_not_null;
+
+-- Step 3: Once validated, convert to actual NOT NULL
+-- (PostgreSQL trusts the validated check constraint — this is instant)
+ALTER TABLE users
+    ALTER COLUMN org_id SET NOT NULL;
+
+-- Step 4: Drop the now-redundant check constraint
+ALTER TABLE users
+    DROP CONSTRAINT users_org_id_not_null;
+```
+
+**Validation after Phase 3:**
+```sql
+-- Confirm NOT NULL is enforced
+SELECT column_name, is_nullable
+FROM information_schema.columns
+WHERE table_name = 'users' AND column_name = 'org_id';
+-- Expected: is_nullable = 'NO'
+
+-- Test that insert without org_id fails (run in a transaction and roll back)
+BEGIN;
+INSERT INTO users (email) VALUES ('test@example.com');
+-- Expected: ERROR: null value in column "org_id" violates not-null constraint
+ROLLBACK;
+```
+
+**Rollback (Phase 3):**
+```sql
+-- Drop the NOT NULL constraint (restores nullable state)
+ALTER TABLE users ALTER COLUMN org_id DROP NOT NULL;
+-- Then deploy previous app version (dual-write)
+-- Note: Once app code reading the new column is live, rolling back the constraint
+-- without rolling back the app will cause issues — plan this carefully.
+```
+
+---
+
+### Phase 4 — Contract (Remove Old Column)
+
+**Goal:** Remove the old column once the app no longer references it.
+**Prerequisites:** Phase 3 fully deployed and stable for at least [X days/hours rollback window].
+**Warning:** This phase is destructive — the old column's data is permanently deleted.
+
+```sql
+BEGIN;
+
+-- Drop the old column
+ALTER TABLE users DROP COLUMN account_id;
+
+-- Drop any indexes that referenced the old column
+DROP INDEX IF EXISTS users_account_id_idx;
+
+COMMIT;
+```
+
+**Pre-drop validation:**
+```sql
+-- Confirm no application queries still reference the old column
+-- (Check this in code review and via a search of the codebase before running)
+-- grep -r "account_id" app/
+
+-- Confirm the column is safe to drop
+SELECT COUNT(*) FROM users WHERE account_id IS NOT NULL;
+-- Should be 0 (or irrelevant once new column is canonical)
+```
+
+**Rollback:** Not straightforward — dropped column data cannot be recovered. Only proceed to Phase 4 after the rollback window has passed and the change is confirmed stable.
+
+---
+
+## 4. Data Validation Plan
+
+Run these queries before and after the full migration to confirm data integrity.
+
+**Pre-migration baseline:**
+```sql
+-- Record these values before any migration step
+SELECT COUNT(*)   AS total_users FROM users;
+SELECT COUNT(*)   AS total_orgs  FROM organisations;
+SELECT MIN(created_at), MAX(created_at) FROM users;
+
+-- Check for any anomalies in the source data before backfill
+SELECT COUNT(*) AS users_without_account
+FROM users WHERE account_id IS NULL;
+```
+
+**Post-backfill integrity check:**
+```sql
+-- All users have an org that exists
+SELECT COUNT(*) AS orphaned_org_refs
+FROM users u
+WHERE u.org_id IS NOT NULL
+  AND NOT EXISTS (
+      SELECT 1 FROM organisations o WHERE o.id = u.org_id
+  );
+-- Expected: 0
+
+-- org_id matches expected value from source column
+SELECT COUNT(*) AS mismatched_backfill
+FROM users u
+JOIN accounts a ON u.account_id = a.id
+WHERE u.org_id != a.organisation_id;
+-- Expected: 0
+
+-- Row count unchanged (no rows created or deleted by migration)
+SELECT COUNT(*) AS total_users_after FROM users;
+-- Must match pre-migration baseline
+```
+
+**Post-contract final check:**
+```sql
+-- Old column is gone
+SELECT COUNT(*) FROM information_schema.columns
+WHERE table_name = 'users' AND column_name = 'account_id';
+-- Expected: 0
+
+-- New column is NOT NULL
+SELECT is_nullable FROM information_schema.columns
+WHERE table_name = 'users' AND column_name = 'org_id';
+-- Expected: NO
+```
+
+---
+
+## 5. Performance Impact Assessment
+
+| Step | Lock type | Lock duration | Traffic impact |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| Add nullable column | ACCESS EXCLUSIVE | Milliseconds | Negligible |
+| CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY | SHARE UPDATE EXCLUSIVE | Minutes (proportional to table size) | Reads and writes continue |
+| Batch backfill | Row-level locks only | <5s per batch | Low if batches are small |
+| ADD CONSTRAINT NOT VALID | ACCESS EXCLUSIVE | Milliseconds | Negligible |
+| VALIDATE CONSTRAINT | SHARE UPDATE EXCLUSIVE | Minutes | Reads and writes continue |
+| ALTER COLUMN SET NOT NULL | ACCESS EXCLUSIVE | Milliseconds (if check constraint validated) | Negligible |
+| DROP COLUMN | ACCESS EXCLUSIVE | Milliseconds | Negligible |
+
+**Expected load increase during backfill:**
+- DB CPU: [estimated % increase during batch writes]
+- DB I/O: [estimated increase]
+- Monitoring threshold to pause backfill: [e.g. DB CPU > 80% for >2 minutes]
+
+**Backfill rate estimate:**
+- Table size: [X million rows]
+- Batch size: [1000 rows]
+- Pause between batches: [100ms]
+- Estimated total duration: [X hours at Y rows/second]
+
+---
+
+## 6. Deployment Runbook
+
+Follow this checklist on the day of migration. Mark each step as done before proceeding.
+
+**Pre-migration (day before):**
+- [ ] DBA / tech lead has reviewed the migration plan
+- [ ] Performance impact assessed; monitoring dashboards ready
+- [ ] Backfill script tested on a staging DB with production-scale data
+- [ ] Rollback procedure tested on staging
+- [ ] On-call engineer briefed; Slack channel [#db-migrations] set up for coordination
+- [ ] Maintenance window scheduled (if required)
+
+**Phase 1 — Expand (T+0):**
+- [ ] Take a manual DB snapshot / verify automated backup is recent
+- [ ] Run `001_expand_add_org_id.sql` on production
+- [ ] Run Phase 1 validation queries — confirm pass
+- [ ] Deploy app version with dual-write
+- [ ] Monitor error rate for [10 minutes]
+
+**Phase 2 — Backfill (T+[X hours]):**
+- [ ] Confirm Phase 1 has been stable for [X hours]
+- [ ] Start backfill script in a screen/tmux session
+- [ ] Monitor progress via backfill progress query every [5 minutes]
+- [ ] Monitor DB CPU and I/O — pause if thresholds exceeded
+- [ ] Run completion validation — confirm 0 unbackfilled rows
+- [ ] Run integrity checks — confirm 0 orphaned refs, 0 mismatches
+
+**Phase 3 — Enforce (T+[X days]):**
+- [ ] Confirm backfill 100% complete and stable for [X hours]
+- [ ] Add NOT VALID constraint
+- [ ] Run VALIDATE CONSTRAINT (monitor duration and lock waits)
+- [ ] Alter column to NOT NULL
+- [ ] Run Phase 3 validation queries
+- [ ] Deploy app version reading only from new column
+- [ ] Monitor error rate for [30 minutes]
+
+**Phase 4 — Contract (T+[X days after rollback window]):**
+- [ ] Confirm rollback window has passed — no incidents, no rollback needed
+- [ ] Search codebase for references to old column — confirm zero
+- [ ] Run DROP COLUMN migration
+- [ ] Run final integrity checks
+- [ ] Close migration ticket; update schema documentation
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Every migration phase has an independent rollback procedure — no phase assumes the next one has run
+- [ ] Batch backfill script includes a pause between batches to avoid saturating I/O
+- [ ] NOT NULL constraints use the NOT VALID + VALIDATE pattern on tables with >100k rows
+- [ ] The app dual-write period is explicitly defined — old column writes are not dropped until Phase 3 is deployed
+- [ ] Data validation queries include a row count check to confirm no data loss
+- [ ] Lock types are identified for every DDL statement — no "should be fine" assumptions
+- [ ] The deployment runbook names who runs each step, not just what to run
+- [ ] Phase 4 (contract) is explicitly gated on the rollback window passing — not run on the same day as Phase 3
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not combine the expand and contract phases into a single deployment — they must be separated by a deployment cycle
+- [ ] Do not run DDL changes without first testing on a production-sized data clone
+- [ ] Do not skip the NOT VALID + VALIDATE pattern for constraint additions on large tables — it causes full table locks
+- [ ] Do not define a rollback as "restore from backup" — each phase must have an explicit, fast rollback procedure
+- [ ] Do not omit dual-write logic during the transition period — removing the old column before all writers are updated causes data loss
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+---
+name: database-schema-design
+description: "Document or design a database schema with entity relationships, table definitions, constraints, indexes, and access patterns. Use when asked to design a database, document an existing schema, model entities and relationships, define table structures, plan an index strategy, or produce a data model for review. Produces a structured schema document covering an ER diagram, table DDL definitions, index strategy, access pattern analysis, normalization decisions, and migration notes."
+---
+
+# Database Schema Design Skill
+
+Produce a complete database schema design document for a given domain. A schema document is not just a list of tables — it is a record of decisions: what was modelled, how entities relate, which queries the schema is optimised for, and what trade-offs were made.
+
+A good schema design document lets an engineer understand the data model, query it correctly, extend it safely, and write migrations without breaking things.
+
+## Required Inputs
+
+Ask for these if not already provided:
+- **Domain description** — what the system does; what business objects are being modelled
+- **Entities and relationships** — the main things in the domain and how they relate (e.g. "a User has many Orders; an Order has many OrderItems; an OrderItem references a Product")
+- **Expected query patterns** — the most important read and write queries (e.g. "fetch all orders for a user, sorted by date"; "look up a product by SKU")
+- **Database engine** — PostgreSQL, MySQL, SQLite, CockroachDB, etc. — this affects DDL syntax and available types
+- **Expected data volume** — approximate row counts, growth rate, and any partitioning needs
+- **Constraints** — any existing conventions, naming standards, or migration constraints to respect
+
+## Output Format
+
+---
+
+# Database Schema Design: [Domain / Service Name]
+
+**Service:** [Name] | **Team:** [Team name]
+**Author:** [Name] | **Reviewed by:** [Name]
+**Date:** [Date] | **Database engine:** [PostgreSQL X.X / MySQL X.X / etc.]
+**Status:** [Draft / Reviewed / Approved]
+
+---
+
+## 1. Overview
+
+[2–3 sentences describing the domain being modelled, the scope of this schema, and any key design philosophy (e.g. "this schema prioritises read performance for the customer-facing API over write simplicity", or "designed for eventual migration to multi-tenancy")]
+
+**In scope:**
+- [Entity or subsystem]
+- [Entity or subsystem]
+
+**Out of scope:**
+- [e.g. Analytics / reporting tables — separate schema]
+- [e.g. Audit log tables — covered in separate design doc]
+
+---
+
+## 2. Entity Relationship Diagram
+
+```
+┌───────────────────┐         ┌───────────────────────┐
+│      users        │         │       organisations    │
+│─────────────────  │         │─────────────────────── │
+│ id (PK)           │    ┌───▶│ id (PK)                │
+│ org_id (FK)  ─────┼────┘    │ name                   │
+│ email             │         │ plan                   │
+│ display_name      │         │ created_at             │
+│ created_at        │         └───────────────────────┘
+│ updated_at        │
+└─────────┬─────────┘
+          │ 1
+          │
+          │ N
+┌─────────▼─────────┐         ┌───────────────────────┐
+│      [table_a]    │         │      [table_b]         │
+│─────────────────  │         │─────────────────────── │
+│ id (PK)           │    N    │ id (PK)                │
+│ user_id (FK) ─────┼────────▶│ [table_a]_id (FK)      │
+│ [field]           │    │    │ [field]                │
+│ [field]           │    │    │ [field]                │
+│ created_at        │         │ created_at             │
+└───────────────────┘         └───────────────────────┘
+```
+
+**Relationship summary:**
+
+| Entity A | Relationship | Entity B | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| organisations | has many | users | An org can have many users |
+| users | has many | [table_a] | Soft-deleted on user deletion |
+| [table_a] | has many | [table_b] | Cascade delete |
+| [table_b] | belongs to | [table_a] | Non-nullable FK |
+| [table_c] | many-to-many (via [join_table]) | [table_d] | Join table with metadata |
+
+---
+
+## 3. Table Definitions
+
+### `organisations`
+
+[1 sentence describing what this table stores and its role in the domain.]
+
+```sql
+CREATE TABLE organisations (
+    id          UUID            PRIMARY KEY DEFAULT gen_random_uuid(),
+    name        VARCHAR(255)    NOT NULL,
+    slug        VARCHAR(100)    NOT NULL UNIQUE,
+    plan        VARCHAR(50)     NOT NULL DEFAULT 'free'
+                                CHECK (plan IN ('free', 'pro', 'enterprise')),
+    settings    JSONB           NOT NULL DEFAULT '{}',
+    created_at  TIMESTAMPTZ     NOT NULL DEFAULT now(),
+    updated_at  TIMESTAMPTZ     NOT NULL DEFAULT now()
+);
+```
+
+| Column | Type | Nullable | Default | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| id | UUID | No | gen_random_uuid() | Surrogate PK — UUID preferred over serial for distributed use |
+| name | VARCHAR(255) | No | — | Display name; not unique |
+| slug | VARCHAR(100) | No | — | URL-safe identifier; unique across all orgs |
+| plan | VARCHAR(50) | No | 'free' | Constrained to known values via CHECK |
+| settings | JSONB | No | {} | Flexible config; avoid for queryable fields |
+| created_at | TIMESTAMPTZ | No | now() | Always use TIMESTAMPTZ, not TIMESTAMP |
+| updated_at | TIMESTAMPTZ | No | now() | Updated via trigger (see below) |
+
+---
+
+### `users`
+
+[1 sentence describing what this table stores.]
+
+```sql
+CREATE TABLE users (
+    id              UUID            PRIMARY KEY DEFAULT gen_random_uuid(),
+    org_id          UUID            NOT NULL REFERENCES organisations(id)
+                                    ON DELETE RESTRICT,
+    email           VARCHAR(254)    NOT NULL,
+    display_name    VARCHAR(255)    NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
+    role            VARCHAR(50)     NOT NULL DEFAULT 'member'
+                                    CHECK (role IN ('owner', 'admin', 'member', 'viewer')),
+    email_verified  BOOLEAN         NOT NULL DEFAULT false,
+    deleted_at      TIMESTAMPTZ     NULL,
+    created_at      TIMESTAMPTZ     NOT NULL DEFAULT now(),
+    updated_at      TIMESTAMPTZ     NOT NULL DEFAULT now(),
+
+    CONSTRAINT users_email_org_unique UNIQUE (email, org_id)
+);
+```
+
+| Column | Type | Nullable | Default | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| id | UUID | No | gen_random_uuid() | — |
+| org_id | UUID | No | — | FK to organisations; RESTRICT prevents orphaning |
+| email | VARCHAR(254) | No | — | RFC 5321 max length; unique per org (not globally) |
+| role | VARCHAR(50) | No | 'member' | Application-level RBAC |
+| deleted_at | TIMESTAMPTZ | Yes | NULL | Soft delete; NULL = active |
+
+**Soft delete policy:** Rows with `deleted_at IS NOT NULL` are considered deleted. All application queries MUST filter `WHERE deleted_at IS NULL` unless explicitly fetching deleted records. Use a view or ORM scope to enforce this.
+
+---
+
+### `[table_a]`
+
+[Description of what this table models.]
+
+```sql
+CREATE TABLE [table_a] (
+    id          UUID            PRIMARY KEY DEFAULT gen_random_uuid(),
+    user_id     UUID            NOT NULL REFERENCES users(id) ON DELETE CASCADE,
+    [field_1]   VARCHAR(255)    NOT NULL,
+    [field_2]   TEXT            NULL,
+    [field_3]   INTEGER         NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 CHECK ([field_3] >= 0),
+    status      VARCHAR(50)     NOT NULL DEFAULT 'pending'
+                                CHECK (status IN ('pending', 'active', 'archived')),
+    metadata    JSONB           NOT NULL DEFAULT '{}',
+    created_at  TIMESTAMPTZ     NOT NULL DEFAULT now(),
+    updated_at  TIMESTAMPTZ     NOT NULL DEFAULT now()
+);
+```
+
+| Column | Type | Nullable | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| user_id | UUID | No | CASCADE delete — when user is deleted, their [table_a] rows are too |
+| [field_1] | VARCHAR(255) | No | [Reason for length constraint] |
+| status | VARCHAR(50) | No | State machine: pending → active → archived (no other transitions) |
+| metadata | JSONB | No | [What is stored here and why it's not a typed column] |
+
+---
+
+### `[join_table]` *(Many-to-many)*
+
+[Description of the relationship this table represents.]
+
+```sql
+CREATE TABLE [join_table] (
+    [table_c]_id    UUID        NOT NULL REFERENCES [table_c](id) ON DELETE CASCADE,
+    [table_d]_id    UUID        NOT NULL REFERENCES [table_d](id) ON DELETE CASCADE,
+    granted_by      UUID        NOT NULL REFERENCES users(id) ON DELETE RESTRICT,
+    granted_at      TIMESTAMPTZ NOT NULL DEFAULT now(),
+
+    PRIMARY KEY ([table_c]_id, [table_d]_id)
+);
+```
+
+**Why a composite PK:** The combination of `[table_c]_id + [table_d]_id` is the natural key — each association is unique and the primary key doubles as the uniqueness constraint without needing a separate index.
+
+---
+
+## 4. Index Strategy
+
+For each table, define which indexes are created and why. Include the query they are designed to serve.
+
+| Table | Index name | Columns | Type | Query served | Notes |
+|---|---|---|---|---|---|
+| users | `users_org_id_idx` | `(org_id)` | B-tree | `SELECT * FROM users WHERE org_id = $1` | FK lookup; required for join performance |
+| users | `users_email_lower_idx` | `(lower(email))` | B-tree (functional) | `WHERE lower(email) = lower($1)` | Case-insensitive email lookup |
+| users | `users_active_by_org_idx` | `(org_id, created_at DESC)` | B-tree | `WHERE org_id = $1 AND deleted_at IS NULL ORDER BY created_at DESC` | Partial index candidate (see below) |
+| [table_a] | `[table_a]_user_id_status_idx` | `(user_id, status)` | B-tree | `WHERE user_id = $1 AND status = 'active'` | Compound — order matters |
+| [table_a] | `[table_a]_metadata_gin_idx` | `metadata` | GIN | `WHERE metadata @> '{"key": "value"}'` | Only add if JSONB queried frequently |
+
+**Partial indexes (PostgreSQL):**
+
+```sql
+-- Index only active (non-deleted) users — dramatically smaller for soft-delete tables
+CREATE INDEX users_active_email_idx
+    ON users (email, org_id)
+    WHERE deleted_at IS NULL;
+
+-- Index only pending items — avoids indexing the majority of rows
+CREATE INDEX [table_a]_pending_idx
+    ON [table_a] (user_id, created_at)
+    WHERE status = 'pending';
+```
+
+**Index design principles applied:**
+- FKs that appear in JOIN conditions always have an index
+- Compound indexes follow selectivity order: most selective column first
+- Functional indexes for case-insensitive lookups
+- GIN indexes only where JSONB containment queries are frequent
+- Partial indexes for status-filtered queries on large tables
+
+---
+
+## 5. Access Pattern Analysis
+
+Document the primary queries this schema is designed to serve. For each, show the query, the indexes used, and any caveats.
+
+### AP-1: Fetch all active users for an organisation (paginated)
+
+**Frequency:** Very high — called on every dashboard load
+**Query:**
+```sql
+SELECT id, email, display_name, role, created_at
+FROM users
+WHERE org_id = $1
+  AND deleted_at IS NULL
+ORDER BY created_at DESC
+LIMIT 50 OFFSET $2;
+```
+**Index used:** `users_active_by_org_idx` (org_id, created_at DESC)
+**Notes:** Use keyset pagination (`WHERE created_at < $cursor`) at scale; OFFSET degrades past ~10k rows.
+
+---
+
+### AP-2: Look up a user by email (case-insensitive)
+
+**Frequency:** High — every authentication attempt
+**Query:**
+```sql
+SELECT id, org_id, role, email_verified
+FROM users
+WHERE lower(email) = lower($1)
+  AND deleted_at IS NULL;
+```
+**Index used:** `users_email_lower_idx`
+**Notes:** Returns multiple rows if same email exists across orgs. Application resolves by org context.
+
+---
+
+### AP-3: Fetch [table_a] items for a user by status
+
+**Frequency:** High
+**Query:**
+```sql
+SELECT *
+FROM [table_a]
+WHERE user_id = $1
+  AND status = $2
+ORDER BY created_at DESC
+LIMIT 25;
+```
+**Index used:** `[table_a]_user_id_status_idx`
+**Notes:** Compound index covers both filter columns. Status filter must come second in the index because user_id is more selective.
+
+---
+
+### AP-4: [Add further access patterns as needed]
+
+---
+
+## 6. Normalization Decisions
+
+Document deliberate choices to normalize or denormalize, with reasoning.
+
+| Decision | Approach | Reasoning |
+|---|---|---|
+| [e.g. Organisation name on users table?] | **Not denormalized** — always join to organisations | Avoid stale copies; org name changes are infrequent and joining is cheap |
+| [e.g. Status history] | **Not in this table** — separate `[table_a]_status_history` if needed | Current status is all that's needed for 99% of queries; history is auditing, not application data |
+| [e.g. JSONB `settings` column on organisations] | **Denormalized into JSONB** | Settings are read together; never queried by field; schema changes don't require migrations |
+| [e.g. Computed aggregate counts] | **Not stored** — computed at query time | Counts are small; maintaining a counter column requires careful locking; use `SELECT COUNT(*)` with the index |
+
+---
+
+## 7. Triggers and Automation
+
+```sql
+-- Automatically update updated_at on any row modification
+CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION set_updated_at()
+RETURNS TRIGGER AS $$
+BEGIN
+    NEW.updated_at = now();
+    RETURN NEW;
+END;
+$$ LANGUAGE plpgsql;
+
+-- Apply to all tables with updated_at
+CREATE TRIGGER users_updated_at
+    BEFORE UPDATE ON users
+    FOR EACH ROW EXECUTE FUNCTION set_updated_at();
+
+CREATE TRIGGER [table_a]_updated_at
+    BEFORE UPDATE ON [table_a]
+    FOR EACH ROW EXECUTE FUNCTION set_updated_at();
+```
+
+---
+
+## 8. Migration Notes
+
+If this schema is being introduced to an existing system, note the migration approach.
+
+| Step | Description | Backward compatible | Risk |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| 1 | Create `organisations` table | Yes — additive | Low |
+| 2 | Create `users` table | Yes — additive | Low |
+| 3 | Backfill `org_id` on existing users | **Requires dual-write period** | Medium |
+| 4 | Add NOT NULL constraint on `org_id` | Requires backfill to be 100% complete | Medium |
+| 5 | Remove deprecated columns | Requires app code updated first | Low once app deployed |
+
+**Backfill strategy:** [Describe how to handle existing data — batch size, rate limiting, validation queries]
+
+**Rollback:** Each migration step should be independently reversible. See [database-migration-plan skill] for the full rollback procedure template.
+
+---
+
+## Quality Checks
+
+- [ ] Every table has a primary key and a `created_at` column — no implicit ordering by row insertion
+- [ ] Every foreign key has a corresponding index — no missing FK indexes that would cause full table scans on joins
+- [ ] All TIMESTAMPTZ columns, not TIMESTAMP — timezone awareness is explicit
+- [ ] Soft-delete tables document the convention and where the filter is enforced (ORM scope, view, or query standard)
+- [ ] Every access pattern in the design has a supporting index or an explicit note that a full table scan is acceptable
+- [ ] JSONB columns are justified — not used as a substitute for proper schema design on queryable fields
+- [ ] Normalization decisions are documented with reasoning, not just stated
+- [ ] Migration notes address existing data if this is a schema change, not a greenfield schema
+
+## Anti-Patterns
+
+- [ ] Do not use JSONB columns as a substitute for proper relational schema design on fields that will be queried
+- [ ] Do not add indexes speculatively — every index must be justified by a specific access pattern
+- [ ] Do not omit timezone-awareness — use TIMESTAMPTZ, never plain TIMESTAMP
+- [ ] Do not design without documenting normalization decisions — future maintainers need the reasoning, not just the structure
+- [ ] Do not skip the access patterns section — schema without query patterns cannot be evaluated for correctness
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More